Anchor Electricals aims a revenue of Rs 5000 crore by 2020

The most important decision is how to choose a backpack. Whether it is for working, learning, or traveling, an appropriate bag does bring comfort as well as sophistication. Backpack brands in India have various combinations of quality, durability, and fashionable designs in their products. Thus, selecting the best one among the varieties may feel like an enormous challenge. Safari and Mokobara are two brands of backpacks that have a bag or pocket for a laptop, but there are many other brands, from standard to economy, with exclusive features. From the most appropriate bags for working environments to the toughest travel bags, each of these 10 brands has it all. It is now time to look into what makes these backpack brands different in India.

Check More: Top 10 Luxury Handbag Brands In India 2024

Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

Why Choosing the Right Backpack Matters

A backpack is more than just a bag. Says it is comfort-enhancing, safeguards belongings, and is an individual’s statement on their extraordinary taste. The backpack market size was USD 14.601 billion in 2019 and is estimated to grow from USD 15.9 billion in 2023 to USD 31.38 billion in the forecast period (2024-2031), with a CAGR of 8.96 percent during the period of 2023-2031. Such growth points to the growing popularity of backpacks due to their versatility to suit the many requirements of individuals. There should be such aspects to look at when purchasing bags such as durability, size, which material the bag is made of, and additional facilities like pockets for a laptop, water resistance, and zippers that will prevent thieves from getting into it.

Also Read: 10 Best Luggage Brands in India

Top 10 Best Men’s Wallet Brands in India: Style Meets Function

Backpacks for Every Occasion: Work, Travel, and Beyond

• For Work: Brands like Mokobara and American Tourister offer stylish, functional backpacks that are perfect for professionals.
• For Travel: Wildcraft and Safari are known for their sturdy, travel-friendly options.
• For School: Skybags and Urban Jungle offer trendy, lightweight designs great for students. 

Top 10 Backpack Brands in India (2024)

Here are some of the most popular and trusted brands you can find in India.

1. Mokobara

It not only targets the style but also gives smart solutions to Mokobara. A good number of their backpacks have little facilities, such as USB charge outlets, to suit the contemporary lifestyle. The brand also has a wide range of sizes which gives confidence to the users; with every size,e you are likely to find a bag that suits your needs. By looking at their backpacks, one realises that they incorporate zippers and other materials that can only be referred to as durable, and water resistant. Its elegant and plain apparel is patronized by business people and those who are always on business travels. Quite wisely placed compartments help in achieving an organization of the items that you possess. They also pride themselves in a lifetime warranty policy to add to the product’s quality and how long they are expected to last.

• Pros: Minimalist design, durable material, great for travel.
• Cons: Higher price point.

2. American Tourister

American Tourister is a global brand, known for reliability and practical designs. Their backpacks are designed to endure rough handling, making them ideal for frequent travelers. Some models come with padded straps and back panels for extra comfort, especially when carrying heavy loads. The brand offers a wide variety of designs, from casual styles to more formal options, suitable for both students and office-goers. Their backpacks are often seen in airports worldwide, as they have a strong presence in the travel gear market. With good after-sales support, it’s a trusted choice for long-term use.

• Pros: Strong material, stylish look, great for everyday use.
• Cons: Can feel heavy when fully loaded.

3. Skybags

Skybags is a part of the VIP Industries family, a leading luggage manufacturer in India. The brand is known for its vibrant, youthful designs, appealing especially to students and millennials. Skybags’ use of lightweight materials ensures that the bags are easy to carry, even with a full load. They often feature multiple compartments for better organization. Some models also include special features like water bottle holders and rain covers. Skybags frequently collaborates with popular culture and entertainment brands, adding fun and creative elements to their designs. Despite their affordability, they maintain decent durability.

• Pros: Affordable, lightweight, cool designs.
• Cons: May not last as long under heavy use.

4. Wildcraft

Wildcraft is an outdoor gear brand, well-loved by adventure enthusiasts. Their backpacks are specifically designed for trekking, hiking, and camping. Many Wildcraft bags feature ergonomic designs that reduce strain on the shoulders and back, even during long journeys. They often use ripstop nylon, a material that resists tearing, making their backpacks highly durable. Some models also include hydration systems for easy access to water during outdoor activities. Wildcraft’s backpacks are also designed to be weather-resistant, protecting your belongings from rain and snow. They offer a good balance between functionality and durability for adventurers.

• Pros: Sturdy, water-resistant, ideal for outdoor activities.
• Cons: Heavier than most, can be expensive.

5. Nike

Nike's backpacks are built for those who love an active lifestyle. Besides stylish designs, their backpacks are made with breathable fabric, keeping you cool during long hours of wear. Nike’s bags are known for their specialized compartments, such as separate pockets for shoes or gym clothes, making them perfect for athletes. Many of their backpacks also include reflective elements for safety during night runs. Nike constantly incorporates new technologies, such as lightweight but durable fabrics, to enhance comfort and usability. The brand's iconic logo on each backpack adds a touch of sporty elegance to your look.

• Pros: Lightweight, sporty designs, great for casual and gym use.
• Cons: Expensive compared to similar brands.

6. Puma

Puma offers backpacks that blend fashion and functionality. Their bags are versatile, often used for both gym sessions and daily commutes. Many Puma backpacks feature padded straps for extra comfort, making them ideal for all-day wear. The brand is known for collaborating with athletes and sports teams, incorporating performance-driven designs. Puma also pays attention to sustainability, offering products made with eco-friendly materials. With a mix of bold and neutral colors, their bags appeal to both students and professionals. Puma backpacks are known for their durability, making them a reliable choice for active individuals.

• Pros: Stylish, affordable, comfortable for daily use.
• Cons: Limited compartments for organization.

7. Safari

Safari's backpacks are designed with both urban commuters and travelers in mind. They are known for their practical features, such as spacious compartments, padded laptop sleeves, and water-resistant materials. Safari frequently updates its designs to match current trends, offering a variety of colors and patterns. Despite their affordability, the brand doesn't compromise on quality. Their backpacks often feature reinforced stitching and durable zippers, ensuring they can withstand regular use. Safari also provides after-sales service across India, making it a trusted brand for value-conscious buyers. Their bags are lightweight, making them ideal for daily use.

• Pros: Affordable, durable, great for daily use.
• Cons: Designs may be basic compared to other brands.

8. Aristocrat

Aristocrat is a budget-friendly brand that doesn’t skimp on practicality. Their backpacks are popular among students and working professionals who need durable yet affordable options. Many of their bags come with padded laptop compartments and multiple pockets for easy organization. Aristocrat also focuses on ergonomics, with padded shoulder straps and back panels for comfort during long hours of use. The brand is owned by VIP Industries, ensuring quality and widespread availability across India. Aristocrat offers a wide range of designs, from minimalist styles to more colorful options, catering to different preference

• Pros: Budget-friendly, simple designs, durable.
• Cons: Limited design variety.

9. Urban Jungle

Urban Jungle is all about trendy, urban designs for the fashion-conscious crowd. Their backpacks often feature bold patterns and colors, making them stand out. Despite their stylish appearance, Urban Jungle bags are also practical, offering ample space and organized compartments. Their lightweight materials make them easy to carry, ideal for students and young professionals. The brand often incorporates eco-friendly elements into their designs, appealing to environmentally-conscious buyers. Urban Jungle is rapidly gaining popularity in India due to its combination of style and affordability. They also offer backpacks with water-resistant coatings for added protection.

• Pros: Trendy designs, affordable, lightweight.
• Cons: Limited availability in physical stores.

10. Arctic Fox

Arctic Fox is known for its eco-friendly approach, using recycled materials in its backpacks. Their bags are designed for both style and sustainability, making them popular among environmentally-conscious users. Arctic Fox backpacks often feature multiple compartments, padded straps, and laptop sleeves, making them highly functional. The brand also focuses on creative and fun designs, appeal to younger audiences. Their products are durable and made to withstand daily wear and tear. Arctic Fox is committed to reducing its carbon footprint, which adds to its appeal as a sustainable brand in India’s growing backpack market.

• Pros: Eco-friendly materials, stylish designs, durable.
• Cons: Slightly more expensive for eco-friendly features.

How to Choose the Right Backpack

When choosing a backpack, think about your needs. If you are a student, prefer a smaller, non-bulky backpack that comes with many pockets for better separation of items. Baggage travelers should also make sure that they get bags that are rough and resistant to water. For daily wear, practicality which translates into adequate cushioning, is key, hence a clean design. An adjustable backpack strap is important so that it should not be very tight on your shoulders. In case you use a laptop, it is wise to ensure that there is a special pocket that has padding to protect the laptop. Ideally, you should always opt for a size that will hold your items while not being excessively large. Selecting a good backpack makes your day’s business simpler.

Conclusion

A good backpack is not just a bag where you put your things; it’s a fashion piece and a tote. Whether you are off to work, school or an outing, there is one of the ten best brands reviewed here that should suit your needs. If you decide correctly, your backpack will last you for years

India's cosmetic scene is buzzing with innovation, blending centuries-old rituals with modern eco-friendly trends. Are you part of this cosmetic revolution? Whether you're still loyal to ancient ingredients like saffron and sandalwood or exploring cutting-edge, sustainable cosmetics, there’s something for everyone. Curious about what’s driving this shift and how brands are winning over Indian consumers? Let’s take a look at the exciting trends reshaping the cosmetic game—see which ones resonate with you! Presenting the top 5 cosmetic brands in India.

Read more: Top 7 Whey Protein Brands in India: Maximize Your Gains

Market Size and Growing Influence for Cosmetics

The India Cosmetic Market was estimated to be worth  $8.1 billion in 2023 and is projected to grow at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 3.2 percent to reach $18.4 billion by 2032. This increase in purchasing power is raising the demand for cosmetics, such as skincare, makeup, and hair care products. 

The beauty sector grows in tandem with customers' desire to improve their looks and overall well-being, making India a more profitable market for cosmetic firms. The growing wealth of the middle class not only increases consumer spending on personal hygiene products but also plays a significant role in the nation's cosmetics industry's overall growth.

Read more: Top 7 Israel Products Brands List in India

Top 7 Cosmetic Brands in India 

1. Lakme

Lakme is a homegrown cosmetic brand launched in 1952. It segments all Indian women according to their skin type and tone. Delivering cosmetics and skin care products like foundation and compact, eyes, lips, nails, and makeup serum. Ananya Pandey, Kareena Kapoor, Kajol Devgn, and Shraddha Kapoor serve as brand ambassadors for Lakme. The cosmetic brand is affordable starting from Rs 60 and ranging to Rs 1000 for makeup products. 

USP - To assist clients in selecting the ideal skincare products and regimens, Lakmé provides digital tools such as the Foundation Finder, Skin Pro, and Make-up Pro apps. 

Three Best Seller Cosmetics - Lakme Eyeconic Kajal, Lakme 9 To 5 Naturale Day Creme Spf 20, Lakme Absolute Argan Oil Radiance Overnight Oil-In-Serum

2. Maybelline

Founded in Chicago in 1914 as an MNC cosmetic, skincare, perfume and personal care company. Maybelline provides a broad selection of items in various categories, including skincare, makeup, haircare, hair color, perfumes, and hygiene, at a range of pricing. To be totally in sync with customer tastes, it continually reinvents brands. Year after year, the cosmetic brand adds value to its collection to satisfy evolving customer wants and expand into new markets and regions.

USP - Competitive pricing with a wide range of cosmetic products. 

Three Best Seller Cosmetics -  The Colossal waterproof mascara,  Fit Me Matte + poreless liquid foundation, Instant Age Rewind Concealer

3. Nykaa

The e-retailing cosmetic brand in India, Nykaa has various other verticals apart from just cosmetics. The brand is the first unicorn startup by a woman that has collaborated with Indian as well as International cosmetic brands. The brand has introduced a number of new items in recent years, some of which have celebrity endorsements. The brand brings domestic and international brands to luxury and prestige brands, premium brands, niche and cult brands, expert advice and videos, along with the understanding of the needs and preferences of the consumer, to more than 72 Luxe and On-Trend and Kiosk Stores, an ever-expanding online community for beauty enthusiasts, and a Beauty Helpline. 

USP - Cruelty-free products, personalized recommendations for customers.

Three Best Seller Cosmetics - Nykaa Matte to Last! Transfer Proof Liquid Lipstick - Chai 18, Nykaa Matte Luxe Lipstick - Jager Bomb, Nykaa So Creme! Creamy Matte Lipstick - Game On

4. Sugar

Sugar Cosmetics is one of the luxury cosmetics brands in India that is expanding at a rapid rate. It has been the first pick for many Indian women because of its clutter-breaking attitude, distinctive low-poly packaging, and chart-topping items. The company provides three other brands in addition to its flagship brand, SUGAR: POP, which is for long-wear cosmetics and skincare; Quench, which is for vegan Korean skincare; and ENN, which is for natural and cruelty-free makeup and skincare.

USP - The brand's has the color pigmentation, freshness, and reasonably priced items. 

Three Bestseller Cosmetics - Ace Of Face Foundation Stick - 20 Galao, SUGAR Signature Makeup Kit, Matte Attack Transferproof Lipstick - 01 Boldplay.

5. MAC

MAC is a Canadian cosmetics manufacturer founded in Toronto in 1984. Although the cosmetic brand - MAC sells its products directly to customers globally, cosmetics professionals were the target market for the items. The MAC Cosmetics stores have cosmetic experts who share their knowledge with customers. This fact makes the brand stand out making it position better in the market.  

USP - cater to both professionals and everyday costumes with expertise and quality cosmetics.

Three Bestseller Cosmetics - M·A·CXIMAL SILKY MATTE LIPSTICK, Squirt Plumping Gloss Stick, Studio Fix Powder Plus Foundation

6. Colorbar

Colorbar was founded in 2004 with an intention to promote cosmetic products to indian consumers. It has one of the largest color portfolio and a wide range for every skin type. Colorbar has long-lasting, intensely colored, pleasant to wear products that are manufactured with high-quality ingredients. 

USP - latest technology used and gender inclusive

Three Bestseller Cosmetics - Take Me As I Am Vegan Matte Lipstick, Flawless Full cover concealer, ULTIMATE EYE LINER

7. MyGlamm

This cosmetic brand in India offers makeup, skincare, and sanitizing products. Its products are manufactured in Italy and Germany with skin friendly ingredients Myglamm is famous for conceived, formulated, and developed cosmetic products manufactured in labs with the goal of making a woman's beauty regimen easier.

USP - The brand offers membership benefit to customer with points value system for discount in future purchase. 

Three bestseller Cosmetics - MyGlamm Super Serum BB Cream - 301 Almond, MyGlamm Super Kohl Long Stay Kajal - Black, LIT Liquid Matte Lipstick - Hot Hottie (Maroon Red Shade)

Trends in the Cosmetic Industry in India 

As the cosmetic market continue to grow at a rapid rate in India there are number of trends that influences its growth. Here are some of the factor that contribute to the same. 

• Personalized Experience

With the rise in technology consumers want to experience the product before hand. Providing a sense of personal touch before commiting toward a product. 

• Sustainability

Giving prioroty to eco friendly packaging and sustainabable measure while delivering and manufacturing adds on to the brand value and product value. 

• Tech Invasion 

Now a days cosmetic brand are using AR and VR to provide customer with easy look out while purchasing a cosmetic product. 

• Plant Base

Using plant based items like phytosqualan, biophytosebum, and vegeline in cosmetics are recently started gaining importance making brands healthy and organic. 

Read more: Top 7 French Skincare Brands in India: Unlock your Radiance 

Top 6 Ice Cream Brands in India: Scoop Up Happiness

Last Word

The Indian cosmetic market is rapidly transforming at the rate of 3.2 percent , blending tradition with innovation. Brands like Lakme and Maybelline adapt to consumers’ desires for personalized, eco-friendly products. Nykaa enhances the shopping experience with technology like augmented reality, while Sugar Cosmetics offers vibrant colors at affordable prices. Meanwhile, MAC caters to both professionals and everyday users. This evolution not only meets diverse consumer needs but also promotes a culture of conscious beauty in India. These 7 cosmetic brands in India are fulfilling all the desire of every generation. 

India's culinary landscape is undergoing a significant transformation, marked by an increasing trend toward all-day munching. The traditional three-meals-a-day pattern is gradually being replaced by more frequent eating occasions as lifestyles, health awareness, and convenience reshape the way people eat. As India's food culture continues to evolve, it's clear that convenience, health, and premium experiences are shaping the future. Whether it's through more frequent eating occasions, functional beverages, or the growing appetite for global flavors, Indian consumers are hungry for more—and willing to pay for it.

Fireside Ventures, in collaboration with Thinking Forks, recently launched The World on Our Dining Table: A Report on How India Eats at Fi India 2024, offering insights into these shifting habits.

How Many Meals Do Indians Eat?

The standard three-meals-a-day remains the most common eating pattern in India, with 57 percent of respondents adhering to breakfast, lunch, and dinner. However, a notable 34 percent of people are consuming 4-5 meals daily, including snacks. A smaller but still significant 4 percent report eating six or more meals a day, which includes multiple small meals or snacks. Only 6 percent of respondents say they eat just two meals a day.

This shift in eating patterns is driven by several factors, including busier schedules, changing social habits, and a growing preference for healthier, smaller meals.

Snacks Are the New Meals

One of the key insights from the report is the changing definition of "meals." Snacks, once merely filler between main courses, are now replacing traditional meals in some instances. Many people are turning to quick bites like protein bars, yogurt, and even instant noodles as convenient mini-meals to satiate hunger during busy days.

Interestingly, snacking is no longer just about addressing hunger pangs—it’s also becoming a core part of socializing and lifestyle routines. Whether it’s post-workout snacks or late-night munching, younger consumers, particularly from Tier 2 cities and females, are leading this trend. Brands are responding by offering healthier snack options, which are becoming increasingly popular among the millennial and Gen Z demographic.

A Generation of Health-Conscious Consumers

Kanwaljit Singh, Founder and Managing Partner of Fireside Ventures, emphasizes the importance of the younger generation in shaping India’s evolving food market. With almost half of India's 140 crore population consisting of millennials and Gen Z, these consumers are not only driving demand for global flavors but also prioritizing health and sustainability.

This younger cohort is deeply concerned about their health. According to the report, 72 percent of respondents eat homemade meals at least three times a week, reflecting a strong association between home-cooked food and health. This health-conscious mindset extends beyond food to physical activity. A significant 24 percent of consumers exercise five or more times a week, while 48 percent engage in moderate exercise two to four times weekly.

The Rise of Functional Beverages

The beverage market is also undergoing a transformation, with an increasing demand for functional drinks that offer more than just hydration or flavor. Consumers now want beverages that provide health benefits, such as stress relief, enhanced hydration, or nutritional boosts.

In fact, 69 percent of respondents from metro and Tier 1 cities are willing to pay up to 15 percent more for beverages with functional benefits like added vitamins or probiotics. An additional 20 percent of consumers are willing to pay a premium of 16-30 percent for beverages that offer relaxation or wellness benefits, highlighting a shift away from traditional soft drinks and toward more health-oriented options.

Premiumization: The Willingness to Pay More

Indian consumers are also showing a growing willingness to pay a premium for products that offer better quality, convenience, and exotic flavors. This trend is evident across a variety of food categories, including ready-to-eat (RTE) and ready-to-cook (RTC) meals, snacks, desserts, and beverages.

According to the report, 60 percent of millennials and Gen Z consumers in metro cities are willing to pay up to 15 percent more for cleaner, healthier RTC/RTE products. Premiumization is especially prevalent in the snacking sector, where 30 percent of consumers are willing to pay more for snacks made from better-for-you ingredients or those that offer exotic flavors like Thai curry or khao suey.

In addition, urban Indian consumers are increasingly open to paying more for international cuisine at home. The report highlights that 19 percent of consumers are willing to pay a 30 percent premium for convenient RTC/RTE meal solutions that offer exotic flavors with better ingredients.

Desserts: A Sweet Spot for Indulgence

Desserts remain a popular indulgence across demographics. According to the report, more than 40 percent of consumers enjoy sweets or desserts at least two to three times a week. Western desserts are particularly favored, with categories like cakes and pastries leading the charge. This indulgence is not just limited to celebratory occasions; search terms like "custom cakes near me" have seen a 5000 percent increase in Google searches, highlighting the growing appetite for personalized desserts.

The Clean Label Paradox

While Indian consumers are increasingly demanding healthier packaged foods, they are also cautious about the use of artificial preservatives and additives. This “clean label paradox” is prompting food manufacturers to innovate by offering cleaner, more natural options that still meet consumer expectations for taste and convenience.

Despite concerns about ultra-processed foods, convenience remains a strong driver for the consumption of packaged foods. Manufacturers are responding to this dual demand by introducing products with fewer artificial ingredients, smaller portion sizes, and more transparent labeling.

Opportunities for Growth

For brands, the insights from this report provide a roadmap for navigating the future of India's food market. The increasing trend toward all-day munching, functional beverages, premiumization, and health-conscious snacking points to numerous opportunities for growth and innovation. The market is expected to be worth $68 billion by 2030, driven largely by the younger population’s willingness to pay more for quality and convenience.

Companies that tap into these evolving trends and continue to prioritize health, sustainability, and global flavors will find themselves well-positioned to thrive in India’s dynamic food landscape.

When food consumption is insufficient, whey protein supplements can help satisfy daily protein needs. Whey protein and exercise together have been shown to be a very successful preventative strategy for general health. Selecting the appropriate whey protein brand might significantly impact your fitness progress. Protein is essential for healthy bones, strong muscles, healthy hair, and the support of the body's organs.

The millennial generation in particular is driving up demand for whey protein components due to the rising popularity of fitness activities. In 2023, the market for protein-based products in India was valued at Rs 33,028.5 crore. the market is expected to increase at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 15.8 percent from 2024 to 2032, reaching Rs 1,28,460.5 crores. 

Some of the major reasons driving the market include the increasing demand for fitness and sports nutrition products among athletes and fitness enthusiasts, the growing vegetarian and vegan population, and the growing consumer awareness of health and wellbeing.

Read more: Top 7 Israel Products Brands List in India

Difference between Animal Based Protein and Plant Based Protein

Read more: Top 7 French Skincare Brands in India: Unlock your Radiance 

Top 7 Whey Protein Brands in India

1. As-it-is 

The sports nutrition company AS-IT-IS Nutrition sells a variety of protein supplements. Whey protein isolate and concentrate are available from AS-IT-IS, and they are both low-carb, vegetarian, and ketogenic. The whey protein concentrate is free of sugars, preservatives, and additives and is lightly processed. The whey protein isolate is produced without amino spiking in a facility that complies with GMP regulations. AS-IT-IS whey protein brand in India is a great option who want to be devoid of fillers or needless additions.

Product benefit: Muscle Growth and Recovery

Pros: Labdoor purity certifies, available in different flavors and unflavored, minimal processing. 

Cons: Unflavored whey powder can be not liked by everyone. 

2. Nutrabay 

Nutrabay sells supplements and other products are sold through online and offline health and nutrition stores. Products that Nutrabay offers contain the following; creatine, BCAAs, gainers, vitamins, whey protein powders, and Ayurvedic medicine. Other things are sold under their private label too. Several whey protein powders available are from the Gold Series to athletes and the Pure Series to fitness enthusiasts.

Product benefit: Muscle growth

Pros: Has digestive enzymes, vitamins, and minerals, gluten-free, no banned substances, no amino spiking, artificial colours, fillers, or added sugar

Cons: Opinions on smell and taste are divided.

3. Muscle Blaze

The brand offers sports nutrition supplements to Indian consumers that are specially tailored to their demands. Muscle Blaze is the first in India to use a protein test certificate from NABL-authorized laboratories as support for an SMS-based product authentication system. Digestive enzymes are included in several protein powders of the brand to aid in the digestion and absorption of proteins. Certain MuscleBlaze protein powders reduce hunger, which aids in weight reduction.

Product benefits: Enhances post-workout recovery, prevents muscle breakdown, boosts immune system with Vitamin C, D, Zinc, and KSM Ashwagandha

Pros: Boosts immunity, Free from added sugars and maltodextrin

Cons: Not suitable for lactose-intolerant individuals

4. Muscle Asylum

A leading bodybuilding and sports nutrition supplement brand in India, MuscleBlaze is setting the standard for the fitness sector. Each serving of MuscleBlaze Whey Protein is a premium combination of whey protein isolate and concentrate protein. After intense training sessions, the MuscleBlaze protein aids in quick muscle synthesis and recuperation. It is known for its unique berry banana milkshake flavor and high protein content.

Product benefits: Muscle building, recovery, increased muscle mass, low carb, no sugar

Pros: Easy to mix with no clumps, GMP-compliant and FSSAI-registered, Delicious Berry Banana Milkshake flavour

Cons: The sweetness could be too overwhelming for certain folks.

5. MyFitFuel

MyFitFuel (MFF) sells nutritional items to assist customers in reaching their fitness objectives. Products from the brand are manufactured using premium ingredients and go through stringent quality testing and audits. Protein products from MyFitFuel can aid in post-workout recovery. To aid with muscle regeneration and glycogen level recovery, the MFF Essential Recovery Protein smoothie, for instance, has five distinct protein sources, including whey protein, micellar casein, and calcium caseinate. Certain protein products by the brand are made to be quickly absorbed and digested. 

Product benefit: Muscle regeneration, quick digestive and absorbent. 

Pros: Delicious Chocolate Caramel flavour, Good mixability

Cons: Has Sucralose, an artificial sweetener, sweet for certain users.

6. GNC

The brand’s whey protein boosts strength as well as endurance depending on its very well-proportioned profile of amino acids as well as higher protein contents. GNC has a wide range of products under it. The protein supplements that it provides can speed up recovery after exercise. Glutamine and BCAAs are the types of amino acids that are contained in the whey protein, helping to heal muscles that get hurt. Some of these supplements from GNC aid in enhancing many fitness goals, such as accelerating recovery, increasing strength, and adding muscle.

Product benefits: Recovery, energy generation, antioxidants, digestive enzymes. 

Pros: Good taste and mixes well, Easy on the stomach with added digestive enzymes

Cons: Allergic responses in people with dairy sensitivity.

7. MyProtein

MyProtein is renowned for its extensive flavor selection and premium, reasonably priced protein powder. Its whey protein has extra absorption and mixability. Meal replacement shakes from Myprotein can offer a fast and well-balanced on-the-go meal. They may be used with milk or water to help you cut calories without sacrificing muscle mass. The brand provides a range of goods in different formats, such as powders and meal replacement drinks, as well as collagen, casein, and whey protein. 

Product benefits: Bone health, balance nutrition, weight loss

Pros: Good taste and mixability, boost immunity, speedy recover

Cons: Rise in blood acidity, kidney and liver strain, digestive problems.

Read more: Top 7 Face Wash Brands in India for all Skin Types

Top 9 Hair Care Brands in India: For Men and Women

Final Thought

Since dietary sources would be deficient due to some reason, those needing supplements of protein could do well with whey protein. India has been seeing a steady growth in the demand for quality protein supplements in fitness and well-being areas. When one decides upon whey protein, one should check for purity, easy digestibility, variety of flavors, and no artificial additives. Therefore, choosing the proper whey protein maximizes the benefits of your fitness journey and helps you reach your health and wellness goals as quickly and efficiently as possible.

When we think of the clothes we wear or the products we purchase - from jeans to headphones to the ingredients for tonight’s dinner - we might not automatically think of AI’s role in their journey from source to shelf. But in fact, AI is already making inroads in the retail sector. In India, for example, Raymond’s JARVIS AI integration analyzes customer purchasing patterns, counts unique visitors, as well as offering counter assistance, whilst Kochi’s use of AI, camera technology, and other sensors are enabling 24/7 operations to enhance the consumer experience.

In fact, these innovations are the tip of the iceberg for what AI can do and how it can benefit the retail sector. But while big businesses in the sector are already investing in AI, it’s notable the sector has some catching up to do. According to the Global AI Maturity Model, the sector as a whole, is around average for overall progress on AI. But on other metrics, not least investment, training, external communications, and business focus on the opportunity AI represents, the sector falls behind.

Now is therefore the moment for a conversation across retail about the opportunity offered by AI and how to leverage it. There are three areas in particular in which AI could play a pivotal role.

1. Attracting and retaining talent

According to research by the Centre for Monitoring Indian Economy, India’s workforce has fallen from around 445 million to 435 million in the past six years, meaning only 40 percent are working or seeking work. As BSI’s recent Evolving Together research set out, retail is a sector that has traditionally been reliant on a younger demographic, often because jobs are low-skilled or flexible. Whilst India’s population is both growing and, at present, younger, as the population ages, identifying skilled workers and keeping them challenged and engaged will be critical.

AI can aid this process, especially given that many small retail businesses might not have a designated HR lead and given the higher rate of staff turnover in retail. AI can help organizations to sift through CVs speedily and efficiently to identify talent with the best fit in terms of skill set, attitudes, experience and wisdom that for a particular role.

2. Supporting supply chain management and risk assessment

This is something all businesses need, but of course smaller ones tend to have less capacity. Yet retail is a global supply chain. Food and textiles involve raw materials that can be prone to environmental challenges, weather incidents and crop failures, as well as labor disruption. AI can’t stop those incidents from arising but using predictive analysis, there is the potential for AI tools to provide advance warning of vulnerabilities, explore and identify short and long-term trends, and advise on strategic buying and procurement approaches to smooth out supply chain lumps and bumps.

3. Productivity and efficiency

This is pivotal for smaller companies who do not have vast reserves or large employee counts to rely on. AI can sort through customer data, help manage customer queries, and ensure that every stage of the source to shelf journey is conducted with optimized efficiency.

While AI can make a swift impact for the retail sector, businesses using AI tools will need to be highly mindful of the data that they are harvesting, collecting, collating, and analyzing. They will need to focus on building trust amongst their supply chain and especially customers. In research, just a third of retail business leaders said they were aware of their business implementing policies and processes regarding the safe and ethical use of AI. Their obligation is to communicate with consumers that they are using AI as a force for good.

Ultimately, small businesses have the ability be agile and responsive to the AI transformation. They may not be creating AI themselves, and instead working with partners that provide AI tools, products and services – as for example IT or cybersecurity are outsourced today – but there are myriad ways AI can be deployed to make the retail experience better for all.

Authored By

Theuns Kotze, Managing Director, BSI Group India Private LTD

Bleaching, as well as other hair dyeing, is also in vogue in India. It assists people in showcasing their individualism and personality. Here there are many varieties, and it is crucial to select the most suitable brand of the chosen type. Some brands present themselves with different shades and different formulas, making it good for all. Some stress is ‘bright as a button’ while others see health safety as a marketing factor. Choosing between the two is not easy now that there are a lot of products to choose from out in the market. But it is very important to choose the type of brand that will be perfect for the kind of hair and style that you want. Whether you need something drastic or a more subtle change, there exists the right hair color brand for this occasion. This article narrows down the choice of the 9 best hair color brands in India, so you can stop your search here. See these brands to find the excellent product that complements your personality and beautifies your natural skin tone. Get ready to transform your look and embrace your new hair color!

Check more: Discover the Top 5 Costume Jewellery Brands in India

10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

Market Value Insights: The Hair Products Market in India

The market for hair color is growing in India because of enhancing standards of beauty and awareness about hair treatments. From this, more people are proceeding to use quality products to acquire their most preferred looks. Worldwide, the hair care market was $99.52 billion in 2023. It is expected to reach $213.47 billion by 2032 with a compounded annual growth rate of 10.4 percent. Europe holds the largest market share, while the U.S. market is projected to reach $24.76 billion by 2032.

Also Read: Top 7 Vegan Lipstick Brands in India: Discover Eco-Friendly Beauty

Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

A Quick Overview of the 9 Best Hair Color Brands

Explore the 9 best hair color brands that offer vibrant shades and gentle formulas. Each brand has unique features to suit your needs. Find your perfect hair color today!

1. L'Oreal

L'Oreal is a global leader in hair care, known for its vibrant hair colors. Their products cater to different needs, from bold shades to natural hues. L'Oreal’s hair colors provide long-lasting results, making them a favorite among many users. They use advanced formulas to ensure consistent color. They are enriched with nourishing ingredients that protect hair. L'Oreal is a trusted choice for its quality and wide range of shades, making it popular among users. It’s suitable for those looking for bold changes or subtle enhancements.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 6-8 weeks.
• Safety: Dermatologically tested.
• Ingredients: Contains advanced color technology and nourishing agents to keratinize your hair.

2. Garnier

Garnier focuses on natural ingredients that nourish your hair. Their hair colors are gentle and easy to apply, making them popular among users. Garnier products come in a range of beautiful shades. They aim to provide vibrant color while keeping your hair healthy.  It offers a variety of options, including classic and trendy hues. The brand is suitable for all hair types and ideal for those seeking natural-looking color. Its affordability and gentle formulas make it a popular choice.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 6-8 weeks.
• Safety: Safe for all hair types.
• Ingredients: Includes natural oils for nourishment like Olive Oil. Almond Oil. Avocado Oil. 

3. Godrej

Godrej is a trusted Indian brand known for affordability. Their hair colors come in various shades to suit all hair types. Godrej products are easily available in stores across India. They are popular for their good quality at a reasonable price. The brand focuses on delivering reliable results without being harsh on the hair. It’s ideal for those who want good quality without spending much, making it a trusted name.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 4-6 weeks.
• Safety: Safe for regular use.
• Ingredients: Aloe Vera and Milk.

4. Indica

Indica offers herbal hair colors that are free from ammonia, making them safe for regular use. They use natural ingredients like henna and herbs to create gentle, soothing hair colors. Indica is popular among those who prefer a natural approach to hair coloring. Their products suit all hair types and provide soft, beautiful color. The brand is ideal for those seeking mild options that won’t damage hair and prefer herbal care.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 4-6 weeks.
• Safety: Ammonia-free and safe.
• Ingredients: Contains herbal extracts and natural colorants.

5. Cuticolor

Cuticolor is a newer brand that’s gaining popularity for its vibrant, trendy shades. It appeals especially to younger consumers looking for quick and easy hair color changes. Cuticolor offers a wide range of bright and playful colors, making it perfect for experimenting. Their products are easy to use, with convenient formulas that allow for quick applications. It’s suitable for anyone wanting a fresh look without hassle.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 4-6 weeks.
• Safety: Safe for all hair types.
• Ingredients: User-friendly formulas with bright pigments.

6. Naturtint

Naturtint is right for individuals who keep on searching for natural and plant-based hair products. Their formulas do not contain chemicals such as ammonia and paraben and do not affect the hair and scalp of those who have sensitive skin. Furthermore, Naturtint boasts a botanical composition to make hair splendid shades of colors that will not cause any destruction to hair. That makes it ideal for the environmentally conscious clientele who care for their hair, and it’s safety. The brand’s concept proposes beautiful outcomes combined with nourishing hair.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 6-8 weeks.
• Safety: Free from ammonia and toxic chemicals.
• Ingredients: Made with natural, plant-based ingredients.

7. Paradyes

Paradyes is all about fun, semi-permanent hair colors that stand out. They offer unique, bold shades for those who love to experiment with their hair. Paradyes focuses on easy application and vibrant results. The colors are temporary, lasting only a few washes, making them ideal for short-term transformations. The brand is popular among those wanting to try new looks without long-term commitment.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 1-2 weeks, depending on hair care.
• Safety: Generally safe but do a patch test first.
• Ingredients: Focuses on easy-to-use, semi-permanent formulas.

8. BBlunt

BBlunt is a trendy Indian brand that creates products specially designed for Indian hair types. Their hair colors are known for being vibrant, long-lasting, and easy to apply. BBlunt offers stylish shades that are ideal for those wanting to stay on-trend. Their user-friendly formulas make the coloring process hassle-free. It’s a great option for young consumers looking for fashionable and safe hair color choices.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts about 6-8 weeks.
• Safety: Safe for regular use.
• Ingredients: Contains nourishing components and chocolate tailored for Indian hair.

9. Biotique

In the hair colours, Biotique uses the oldest form of science from India—Ayurveda—mixed with modern hair care science. The brand has established that some of the natural products to be used include herbs and plant extracts. These colors are mild on hair and do not irritate the scalp, especially for people with sensitive skin. The herbal method of hair care helps your hair always to be healthy and shiny. It’s particularly ideal for those who prefer their hair to be natural and those who frequently dye their hair because this product still helps in nourishing their hair.

Key Points:

• Longevity: Lasts 26 Washes.
• Safety: Made with herbal ingredients; safe for sensitive skin.
• Ingredients: Features the 9 organic herbal extract components for hair health.

Safety First: Are These Hair Colors Safe for Your Hair?

Safety is very important when choosing hair color. L'Oreal and Garnier ensure safety through thorough testing. Indica uses herbal ingredients that are gentle on the scalp. Naturtint is free from ammonia and harsh chemicals, making it a safe choice for sensitive skin. Paradyes and BBlunt also focus on creating safe formulas. These brands take care to offer products that not only provide beautiful color but also protect your hair and scalp. So, you can enjoy your new look without worrying about damage. Always choose a brand that ensures both beauty and safety for your hair.

Goodbye Damage: Ingredients That Nourish While They Color

Many brands now include nourishing ingredients in their formulas. L'Oreal and Garnier have added oils and conditioners. Indica focuses on herbal elements, while Naturtint emphasizes plant-based extracts. Biotique’s Ayurvedic ingredients help maintain hair health. These ingredients ensure your hair stays vibrant and healthy after coloring.

Conclusion

Choosing the right hair color brand is important for both style and hair health. Every brand offers unique features, from vibrant shades to nourishing ingredients. Some focus on natural elements, while others provide long-lasting color. Safety is key, so look for ammonia-free and gentle formulas. Each brand has something special, ensuring you find a product that suits your needs. Whether you want bold color or a subtle change, there’s a perfect option for you. Explore these top brands and pick the one that helps you achieve your ideal hair look.

Explore the leading Israeli product brands in India. Highlighting the rise of the bilateral trade relationship between the two countries. It illustrates several of the country's key sectors generating this trade and insight into important Israeli brands in the Indian market. 

Read more: Tata’s Top 7 Food and Beverage Brands: A Legacy of Quality and Innovation

Top 7 French Skincare Brands in India: Unlock your Radiance

Trade Dynamics Between India and Israel

International trade in the modern globalized world is an important pillar of economic development and growth for countries around the globe. One such successful partner for trade is India and Israel. They have deep cultural roots, upgraded with diplomatic ties beyond politics as they concentrate on trading situations, investment, and cooperation in the sectors. 

In this regard, an analysis of how the bilateral relationship has developed between the two countries with regard to trade exchange and possible scope for cooperation in terms of export and import with different countries can be worthwhile for readers interested in international business and diplomacy. It comes in a gamut of products, from advanced technologies in agriculture to cutting-edge defense and cybersecurity solutions. Representing leaps in enhancement in different sectors for India and further highlighting Israel's contribution to innovation and prowess in technology.

Read more: Top 6 Ice Cream Brands in India: Scoop Up Happiness

Top 5 Japanese Clothing Brands in India

Trade Statistics Between India and Israel 

In the first 10 months of FY 2023-24, the bilateral trade between India and Israel stood at $5.75 billion. In FY 2022-23, it had been at $10.7 billion, with $8.45 billion in exports from India and $2.3 billion in imports.

What all India export to Israel?

• Pearls and other stones
• Chemicals and minerals
• Machines and electrical items
• Textile 
• Plastics
• Aircrafts
• Paper articles
• Iron, steel and copper 
• Rubber
• Glassware
• Dairy
• Beverages and more 

What all India import from Israel?

• Fertilizers
• Arms
• Coffee, tea and a few spices
• Tin
• Fish 
• Furskins and artificial fur
• Cocoa 
• Cereals
• Vegetable textile fabrics and more 

Top 7 Israel Products Brands List in India

1. Teva Pharmaceuticals

Teva in India was the subsidiary of Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. - the global pharmaceutical leading company based in Israel. With 9 legal entities, its activities in India lie at the center of the global company's manufacturing and R and D efforts and have contributed to building local capacity and capability.

Key products - 

AirDuo RespiClick Inhalation Powder

AJOVY Injection, AMRIX capsules

AUSTEDO Tablets

AUSTEDO XR Extended-Release Tablets

AZILECT Tablets. 

2. AHAVA

Ahava is one of the Israeli cosmetics companies, which researches nanotechnology applications. Established its own research nanoemulsion and nanosuspension with mud nanoparticles. It has its own in-house Research and Development team of dedicated scientists working to make the natural wonder of the Dead Sea into modern, result-driven skincare. With a dozen patents and countless innovations under their belts, its researchers focus on creating new ways for the skin to strengthen and rejuvenate itself.

Key products - 

Extreme Day Cream

Extreme Night Treatment

Essential Day Moisturizer - Normal To Dry

Extreme Firming Eye Cream

Advanced Deep Wrinkle Cream

3. Mey Eden

Mey Eden is one of Israel's best mineral water companies. Its brand and company were developed in 1980 following the creation of the Salukia wellspring, located in Katzrin, Golan Heights. After additional testing of the spring water, Mey Eden was permitted to sell the water in 1983. It has recently began manufacturing water coolers, water container holders and compostable disposable cups made from biodegradable, plant-based bioplastics. 

Key products - 

Filtered water bar

Coffee and coffee machines

Water bottles

Water bar

4. Daniella Lehavi

Daniella Lehavi is a brand of high-quality handbags, shoes, and other accessories produced in Israel. The brand is very well-known for its characteristic functional and neat designs. Collections are characterized by various materials, colors, and themes. All the goods are made in Israel, with their original made hand-made by artisans.

Key products - 

Bonnie Crossbody Bag

Cancun Mesh Sneakers

Atlanta Knit Boot

Yellow Heart

Iris Double Glasses Case

Porto Small Crossbody Bag

5. NAOT

Teva Naot is a shoe and sandal maker headquartered in Kibbutz Neot Mordechai. Naot has models both in men's, women's, and children's shoes and sandals, and special insoles that mold to the shape of the wearer's foot. Footbeds are designed to be replaced by the owner's custom orthotic insoles, or by the standard insoles available for replacement when worn out.

Key product names - 

Andes

Lappland

Nobility

Okahu

Kayla

6. Strauss

An international food and beverage company headquartered in Israel. Some of the companies within this international food and beverage company include Strauss Coffee B.V., Strauss Israel, Strauss Water, and PepsiCo - Strauss Fresh Dips & Spreads International. Strauss Group lies the commitment to nourishing a better tomorrow by using high-quality innovation and taking responsibility towards society. Its portfolio encompasses fresh foods, coffee, water, and health and wellness products from around the world, all designed to be well-suited to a changing world.

7.  Keter

Keter Group formerly known as Keter Plastic is an Israeli company, manufacturer and marketer of resin-based household and garden consumer products, cabinets, outdoor entertainment products, and outdoor furniture. The company was established in 1948, and it has a chain of retail stores throughout Israel. It also runs 19 plants in Israel, Luxembourg, Europe, Canada, and the United States. Keter products are sold worldwide. Keter draws inspiration from passion towards design and problem-solving, which it uses to make durable solutions for storage products and outdoor furniture for everyday living, and a global leader in this niche area of products.

Key Products - 

Sheds

Outdoor storage

Outdoor furniture

Outdoor entertainment sets

Garden Beds

Final Thought

The increasing trade between India and Israel is an innovation and collaboration across these key sectors of technology, pharmaceuticals, and consumer goods. Israeli brands have been leaving indelible marks on India as such, presenting innovative solutions and fine products. As the ties deepened, the partnership holds much more promise for the future for both nations.

Tata is not just a brand; it is a legacy that prioritizes quality, sustainability, and community welfare. Tata is a name known for its impact across industries. But did you know Tata is also a big player in the fashion world? The group owns a variety of clothing brands that offer everything from affordable fashion to luxury wear. Ratan Tata, one of India’s most respected business leaders, has played a key role in expanding the Tata Group's reach. Under his leadership, Tata became a global name across many industries. His vision wasn’t just about business growth but also about improving the lives of people.

This they do across several fields, including fashion. Leading his innovation strategy, new brands such as Westside and Taneira were introduced into the market to offer quality apparel at reasonable prices. The fashion part of the group was also aligned with his sustainable outlook on the world. Most of the brands that come under the Tata Group have adopted environment-friendly policies in congruence with its chairman, Ratan Tata. Under his tenure, the Tata Group has grown to be a prominent player in the retail and fashion business across the retail segment in India, where millions of wages have been touched positively. Here’s a list of the 7 Tata clothing brands in India and why they are outstanding for their services in India.

Read more: Top 10 Premium Formal Wear Brands for Women in India

Top Quotes by Ratan Tata to Inspire Future Generations: A Tribute to His Legacy

What Makes Tata’s Clothing Brands Stand Out?

Tata’s brands are known for their quality and variety. They cater to everyone—from luxury shoppers to budget-conscious families. Tata also focuses on sustainability, ensuring their clothes are not just stylish but also eco-friendly. This commitment to quality and responsibility sets Tata apart in the fashion industry. Tata Sons is the main investment holding company and promoter of Tata Companies. Interestingly, 66% of Tata Sons' equity share capital is held by philanthropic trusts. 

These trusts support education, health, livelihood generation, and art and culture, showing Tata's dedication to social responsibility. In 2023-24, Tata companies generated over $165 billion in revenue. Collectively, these companies employ more than 1 million people. This growth reflects Tata’s strong presence in various industries, including fashion. 

Also Read: Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

Top 10 Ethnic Wear Brands in India : Best and Most Famous

10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

List of Top 7 Tata Clothing Brands in India

Tata currently has many brands of clothes that are of different designs and price ranges. It ranges from economy brand wear to luxurious wear brands, which offer quality wear for every age level. Below, one will find a glance at the 7 most popular Tata clothing brands in India.

1. Westside: Where Style Meets Affordability

Being a clothing store, much like H&M, Westside is one of the biggest clothing retailers in India. They are fashion clothing providers that offer reasonable prices for men's, women's, and children’s wear. This store offers workwear and casual wear collections as well as ethnic wear collections. Some of the chic fashion lines in the store include Nuon, LOV, and Zuba. It is essential to know that these collections have affordable clothing that is fashionable. Westside is ideal for families that need to shop together. The brand's principles of interest, quality, and stylishness are fulfilled such that you gain an attractive figure without much cost. That’s why everyone who seeks affordable, stylish clothing knows it’s their best option for an amazing shopping experience.

• Famous Products: Trendy tops, ethnic dresses, and stylish bottoms.
• USP: Offers a wide range of fashionable clothing for the entire family at low prices.

2. Tata CliQ Luxury: India’s Premium Fashion Destination

Tata CliQ Luxury is the place for premium fashion lovers. This online store offers high-end designer wear from around the world. You can shop for brands like Hugo Boss, Armani, and Michael Kors right from your home. Tata CliQ Luxury makes luxury shopping easy and convenient. They provide a wide range of stylish outfits for special occasions. The platform focuses on delivering the best shopping experience, with fast delivery and excellent customer service. If you love luxury fashion, Tata CliQ Luxury is your perfect shopping partner.

• Famous Products: Designer handbags, luxury dresses, and formal wear.
• USP: Provides exclusive access to high-end international brands, all available online.

3. Zudio: Budget Fashion Without Compromise

Zudio is a trendy brand popular among young adults. It offers stylish clothes at very low prices. From casual wear to streetwear, Zudio keeps up with the latest fashion trends. The brand is known for its fun and vibrant designs that appeal to youth. Zudio makes it easy to look good without spending a lot. It has a wide range of options for everyday wear. If you want to stay fashionable while saving money, Zudio is the brand for you.

• Famous Products: Casual wear, denim, and graphic tees.
• USP: Offers the latest trends in fashion at incredibly low prices.

4. Taneira: Weaving Indian Traditions into Modern Fashion

Taneira specializes in handwoven sarees and ethnic wear. The brand showcases beautiful sarees from places like Banaras, Kanjeevaram, and Maheshwar. Taneira focuses on traditional craftsmanship and rich Indian culture. Each piece reflects the art and heritage of Indian textiles. This brand is perfect for those who appreciate quality and tradition. Taneira also offers modern styles that cater to today’s fashion lovers. If you love sarees and ethnic wear, Taneira provides a beautiful selection that combines tradition with modern trends.

• Famous Products: Handwoven sarees and traditional kurtas.
• USP: Focuses on authentic Indian craftsmanship and sustainable materials.

5. Star Bazaar: Fashion Meets Functionality

Star Bazaar is not just a grocery store; it also sells practical clothing. The brand offers affordable fashion for everyday wear. You can find comfortable outfits for the whole family here. Star Bazaar is popular for its casual clothing and seasonal collections. It provides stylish options without high prices. The store focuses on quality and convenience, making it easy to shop for clothes while doing your grocery shopping. If you need a fashion that works for daily life, Star Bazaar is a great choice.

• Famous Products: Everyday wear like t-shirts, jeans, and dresses.
• USP: Combines quality clothing with affordability, ideal for daily use.

6. Indiluxe by Tata CliQ: Fashion with an Indian Soul

Indiluxe offers high-end ethnic wear for special occasions. The brand focuses on Indian craftsmanship and luxury. It is perfect for those who appreciate traditional styles with a modern twist. Indiluxe features collections from top Indian designers, showcasing rich fabrics and intricate designs. The brand combines tradition with contemporary fashion, making it unique. If you’re looking for something special to wear, Indiluxe provides stylish options that reflect Indian heritage. It’s ideal for weddings, festivals, or any elegant event. 

• Famous Products: Designer lehengas, ethnic tops, and accessories.
• USP: Merges luxury with traditional Indian designs for special occasions.

7. Landmark: Fashion on a Budget

Landmark is all about family fashion at low prices. This brand offers the latest trends without high costs. You can find casual wear, basics, and stylish outfits for everyone. Landmark focuses on providing great value and quality. It is a go-to store for those who want to dress well without overspending. The brand aims to make fashion accessible to all. If you want to stay fashionable on a budget, Landmark is the perfect choice for your family’s wardrobe.

• Famous Products: Casual basics, footwear, and family outfits.
• USP: Affordable fashion for every member of the family.

Final Words

Tata's clothing brands offer something for every type of shopper. Whether you’re into luxury fashion or budget-friendly trends, Tata’s got you covered. With a commitment to quality, tradition, and sustainability, these brands are a testament to Tata’s growing presence in the Indian fashion market.

Tata Consumer currently unites the food and beverage brands of Tata under one roof. This would comprise a few of the well-known brands that Tata has developed or acquired since joining the consumer goods market. As of October 2024, Tata Consumer Products (TATACONSUM) had a market capitalization of Rs 1.105 trillion. In FY24, the company's consolidated annual turnover, which includes activities in both Indian and foreign markets, was Rs 15,206 crore. 

Read more: Top 6 Ice Cream Brands in India: Scoop Up Happiness

Best Organic Ghee Brand in India: A Taste of Purity

What is Tata Consumer Products Limited?

Tata Consumer Products Limited is an Indian fast-moving consumer products firm and its corporate headquarters is located in Mumbai and its registered office is in Kolkata. It is one of the major producers of coffee and the second-largest distributor and producer of tea in the world.

Tata Consumer Goods was established in February 2020 by merging the consumer business of Tata Chemicals and Tata Global Beverages, formerly referred to as Tata Global Beverages Limited, or TGBL. This company operates in the food and beverage sector. In terms of revenue, close to 56 percent comes from its Indian operations. The rest comes from its international operations.

Read more: 10 Best Herbal Tea Brands in India: Sip Your Way to Wellness

Best Couverture Chocolate Brands in India: Marking the Sweet Revolution

Top Food and Beverage Brands in India by Tata

Want to know all about the food and beverage brands owned by Tata Group? Know more about these brands and what makes them a popular choice in India. 

1. Tata Coffee

Indian enterprise Tata Coffee manufactured coffee, pepper, and associated goods. It belonged to the Tata Group and was a subsidiary of Tata Consumer Products. It produces some of the greatest Arabicas and Robustas in the nation.

Coffee beans

The company uses native shade trees, some of which grow to more than ten meters tall, as standards for the pepper plants. It is rated one of India's largest corporate manufacturers of white and black pepper. Among its portfolio are some of the best grades of A1, A2, and A3 grade white pepper and TGSEB, TGEB, and MG1 (11.75, 11.5, and 10) grade black pepper.

Pepper

The company uses native shade trees, some of which grow to more than ten meters tall, as standards for the pepper plants. It is rated one of India's largest corporate manufacturers of white and black pepper. Among its portfolio are some of the best grades of A1, A2, and A3 grade white pepper and TGSEB, TGEB, and MG1 (11.75, 11.5, and 10) grade black pepper.

Associated Products - Eight O'Clock Coffee, Tata Coffee Grand, Sonnets by Tata Coffee, Tata Coffee Gold, Tata Coffee Quick Filter, Tata Coffee Cold Coffee

2. Tata Tea

When Tata Tea started its operations more than 35 years ago, a major company controlling more than 70 percent of the Indian packaged tea market controlled the industry. Tata Tea saw an opportunity when most others saw entering this industry as a high-risk strategy. Associated tea brands include Tetley, teapigs, good earth and more.

Tetley - With a history spanning over 180 years, Tetley is a British institution and the second-largest tea brand internationally. It is always trying to bring in fresh, interesting, and creative flavors—from unique cold infusions to novel herbal and specialized mixes.

Teapigs - Louise Cheadle and Nick Kilby, two avid tea drinkers, founded Teapigs in 2006 with financial support from Tata Consumer Products. The straightforward goal was to improve the quality of tea consumed in the UK.

Good Earth - With the greatest ingredients that can be discover and the best possible care for the environment, its products offer up a new world of taste, from our strong, flavour-bursting teas to our bubbly kombucha and uplifting Good Energy.

3. Tata Salt

The first national brand of salt in India became available in 1983 with Tata Salt, which introduced iodized vacuum-evaporated salt to a market dominated by unbranded, unpackaged salt - and hence led to the nationwide development of salt iodization. Tata Salt really walks the talk with its brand promise of "Desh ki Sehat, Desh ka Namak" by promising purity and relentlessly striving for quality to reach more than 900 million homes across India.

4. Tata Sampann

Taste and health go hand in hand, for Tata Sampann. The more natural food retains nutritious nutrition, the likelier it is to taste better that is why consumers are attracted to our establishment. Sarvgunn Sampann draws its inspiration from this assured supply of superb nutrition and flavor endowed with every good quality. It provides variety in product lines like dal, spices, Poha, Besan, dry fruits, Hing, Easy to cook Atta, etc.

Dal - Packed in minerals like iron, potassium, manganese, zinc, vitamin B, and folate, dals are a staple of the Indian diet. They are also an important source of protein for vegans and vegetarians.

Spices - The finest farms provide powdered spices, which are ground from whole spices while preserving their natural oils. Tata Sampann's line of blended spices infuses every meal with a delicious scent and flavor. 

5. Himalayan natural 

The first natural mineral water brand in India, Himalayan, gets its special advantages from a spring that is situated in the Shivalik mountains of the Himalayas' foothills. According to geological research, this water, which is primarily glacier melt, starts its trip in the upper Himalayas and filters down through layers of Himalayan rocks for around 20 years.

The water has a distinct natural mineral makeup and a pH that is somewhat alkaline, much like that of the human body. The water that we purify and package as Himalayan natural mineral water is the purest example of nature's creation—pure and unadulterated. 

6. Organic India

It was founded in 2000 with the collaborative vision of organic agriculture, empowered farmer communities, and certified organic products. A wide assortment of products includes ready-to-eat foods, teas, infusions, body care items, and whole herb health supplements. Its range of herbal supplements is one of its strongest features, having been specially prepared by Ayurvedic experts. It also caters for specific health requirements as well as general nutrition that would be able to boost immunity increase energy, and enhance one's general health. Our products are superbly included in easily taken vegan plant-based capsules that capture the healing power of nature.

7. Out of House Brands 

Tata group has also associated brands which are known as the out of house. They are food and beverage restaurants, coffee house and Bistros. These brands are tata Starbucks, Tata Consumer Specialist Solutions and tata mybistro vending. 

Tata Starbucks - In October 2012, Tata Starbucks, a joint venture between Tata Consumer Products Limited and Starbucks Coffee Company, made its debut in India. The brand has continued to become much stronger since then.

Tata Consumer Specialist Solutions - It provides chefs, kitchens, and customers with cutting-edge, superior, and environmentally friendly goods. Its specialized Food Services channel is designed to meet the demands of the HORECA industry.

Read more: Discover Top 7 Luxury Chocolates Brands in India: Savor the Finest

Last Thought

Tata Consumer Products has left an indelible mark in the Indian food and beverage landscape with a diverse portfolio of trusted brands. Reinforced by its roots in quality, innovation, and sustainability, the offerings from Tata Consumer range from coffee and tea to salt, spices, and mineral water, as it continues to pay attention to the ever-changing needs of Indian consumers. The company has been growing hugely in international markets as well as domestic markets, keeping an extremely strong presence in the FMCG sector and the food service industry. 

Ratan Tata was not just a business magnate; he was a visionary, philanthropist, and a compassionate leader who shaped India’s modern industrial landscape. As the chairman of the Tata Group, he transformed the conglomerate into a global powerhouse while ensuring the company maintained its core values of integrity, social responsibility, and nation-building. Under his leadership, Tata Motors developed India’s first indigenous car, Tata Nano, and Tata Consultancy Services (TCS) became a major player in the IT services sector globally. Yet, despite his business achievements, what truly sets Ratan Tata apart is his unwavering commitment to philanthropy and nation-building.

Ratan Tata’s deep-rooted belief in giving back to society shaped the very ethos of the Tata Group. Nearly 60% of Tata Sons' profits go toward philanthropic initiatives in India, a legacy Ratan Tata proudly carried forward. His contributions to healthcare, education, and rural development have uplifted millions, from providing clean water access in underserved regions to funding world-class educational institutions. His life's work extends beyond profits; it is a legacy built on purpose, compassion, and the development of India's social and economic fabric.

Today, as the nation mourns his passing, it’s important to remember and reflect on the words he left behind—words that continue to inspire, guide, and challenge us to build a better future.

Quotes on Success

Success, for Ratan Tata, wasn’t about wealth or status but about creating meaningful impact and persevering through challenges. His humility and resilience shine through in his advice on achieving success.

“Success is not measured by what you achieve, but by the opposition you have encountered, and the courage with which you have maintained the struggle against overwhelming odds.”

This reminds us that true success comes from overcoming difficulties with tenacity.

“Take the stones people throw at you, and use them to build a monument.”

This illustrates his belief in transforming adversity into opportunity.

“Ups and downs in life are very important to keep us going because a straight line even in an ECG means we are not alive.”

Life's challenges are essential, pushing us to evolve and grow. This powerful analogy underscores the necessity of embracing failure as part of success.

“None can destroy iron, but its own rust can. Likewise, none can destroy a person, but their own mindset can.”

Our internal thoughts and resilience are more powerful than any external circumstance, a central theme in his perspective on success

Quotes on Leadership

As a leader, Ratan Tata emphasized humility, collaboration, and ethical leadership. His leadership style was unique, blending modern business strategies with age-old values of kindness and responsibility.

“If you want to walk fast, walk alone. If you want to walk far, walk together.”

Leadership, in his view, is about collective progress, not individual success.

“The best leaders are those most interested in surrounding themselves with assistants and associates smarter than they are.”

He believed in empowering others and valuing diverse perspectives, a hallmark of his inclusive leadership style.

“I admire people who are very successful, but if that success has been achieved through too much ruthlessness, then I may admire that person less.”

For Ratan Tata, ethics and compassion were non-negotiable, even in the most competitive industries.

Quotes for Students

Ratan Tata’s message to students always went beyond academic success. He believed that personal growth, values, and character were just as important.

“Strive for excellence, but ensure that your efforts benefit those around you.”

This encourages students to aim high but never forget their responsibility to society.

“The day you stop learning is the day you stop growing.”

Tata’s relentless pursuit of knowledge was a testament to his belief in lifelong learning.

“Focus on becoming a better human being, not just on achieving academic success.”

His words inspire students to aim for holistic growth, emphasizing the need for kindness and empathy in a world focused on achievement.

Quotes on Education

Education was a cornerstone of Ratan Tata’s philanthropic efforts, and he saw it as the foundation of a better future for India.

“True education should teach us not only how to make a living but also how to make a life.”

Education, according to Tata, should foster personal fulfillment as well as professional success.

“It’s important for the next generation to focus on learning how to think, rather than what to think.”

This forward-thinking quote advocates for critical thinking and innovation.

“A solid education gives you the foundation to build the life of your dreams, but it must be coupled with action and purpose.”

Education alone is not enough—one must also have the drive to apply it meaningfully.

Quotes on Business

Ratan Tata’s approach to business was rooted in his belief that companies must serve a greater social purpose.

“Business needs to go beyond the interest of shareholders to the interest of society.”

For Tata, business wasn’t just about profit; it was about contributing to the community.

“What we did was to create a foundation for the future. I think we will be judged by the quality of what we did, not the volume.”

He believed that businesses should focus on long-term impact rather than short-term gains.

“Integrity, consistency, and purpose must be the driving forces of any successful business.”

Ethics and purpose were at the heart of his business philosophy.

Quotes to Pay Tribute to Ratan Tata

“Rest in peace, Ratan Tata. Your life was a testament to the fact that success is measured not by wealth, but by the positive change you create. India and the world will forever cherish your contribution to business, philanthropy, and humanity.”

“A true titan of industry has left us today. Ratan Tata’s kindness, humility, and forward-thinking leadership transformed not just companies, but communities. His spirit will continue to guide and inspire us all in the years to come.”

“Ratan Tata, your visionary leadership took India to the global stage, and your philanthropy touched countless lives. You showed us that with power comes great responsibility, and you carried it with grace. Rest in power, you will be deeply missed.”

“India mourns the loss of Ratan Tata, a man whose heart was as great as his achievements. From transforming industries to uplifting the underprivileged, his life was a beacon of service. His legacy will inspire generations to come.”

“Today we bid farewell to Ratan Tata, a man who taught us that success without compassion is meaningless. Through his acts of kindness and philanthropy, he changed the lives of millions. He may be gone, but his light will never fade.”

“In the passing of Ratan Tata, we’ve lost not just a business leader but a symbol of hope, integrity, and vision. His legacy goes far beyond business; it is in the countless lives he touched through his generosity and wisdom. You will be remembered, sir.”

“Ratan Tata showed the world that leadership is about lifting others. Whether it was through his work in business or his philanthropy, he always put people first. As we mourn his loss, we celebrate the remarkable life he led and the legacy he leaves behind.”

“Few leaders leave a mark as deep as Ratan Tata did. His leadership was defined by empathy, innovation, and service to the nation. Today, as we mourn his passing, we honor the indelible impact he had on shaping modern India.”

“Ratan Tata wasn’t just an industrialist; he was a force for good, a beacon of hope for millions. His work in philanthropy, education, and healthcare made him a true national treasure. His legacy will live on in every life he touched.”

“As Ratan Tata leaves us, we reflect on a life dedicated to not just building businesses but building a better world. His vision, humility, and generosity have set a standard for leadership that will be remembered for generations. Rest in peace, a true son of India.”

A Lasting Legacy

Ratan Tata’s impact on India’s economy, society, and global standing cannot be overstated. Under his leadership, the Tata Group not only expanded its business footprint but also became a beacon of corporate responsibility and philanthropy. His words continue to serve as a guide for future generations, emphasizing success with integrity, leadership with humility, and business with a purpose. As India mourns his passing, we are reminded that his legacy lives on through his deeds, his values, and the indelible mark he has left on the nation.

There is an emerging market in vegan products, including vegan beauty products, in India. Consumers are increasingly interested in products with no animal testing and with lesser effects on the environment, particularly lipsticks. Vegan lipsticks are free from any animal product and thus, are ideal for people who consider an ethical lifestyle. Not only are they gentle on animals, but they also do not harm your skin. Many of these lipsticks are formulated with natural oils and other plant ingredients that are beneficial to the lips. If you are in search of some of the best vegan lipsticks in India, then you should wait a bit and go through the list below that represents the 7 best vegan lipstick brands in India.

Read more: Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

10 Best Lipstick Brands in India Every Woman Needs to Try!

The Vegan Cosmetic Market in India

The vegan beauty market is witnessing high growth in India. It was also perceived that consumers are much more conscious about animal testing and environmentally friendly products. More and more people now seek ethical beauty choices. The global vegan cosmetics market is expected to record a growth of 6.3 percent annually and rise from $16.9 billion in 2023 to $25.9 billion in 2030.

Also read: 10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

Why Go for Vegan Lipsticks?

There are vegan lipsticks that contain no animal testing and none of the harmful ingredients used as well. They also do not contain the use of unhealthy compounds that can damage the skin and are safe for use on sensitive skin. Shoppers have become more conscious of the kinds of beauty products they want today, and vegan lipsticks have been on the rise in India. 

Read more: Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

Discover the 7 Best Korean Beauty Brands Transforming Indian Skincare

List of Top 7 Vegan Lipstick Brands in India

The following section focuses on the best 7 vegan lipstick brands available in India. All these brands do not test their products on animals, and they are made from plant products. It is characterized by offering exciting and rather flashy shades and healthy skin formulas. Check out these eco-friendly brands to make a positive impact on your beauty choices.

1. Disguise Cosmetics

Disguise Cosmetics is one of the first brands in India to be 100% vegan and cruelty-free. They are also toxin-free, ensuring their products are safe for your skin. Their lipsticks are made without harmful chemicals, which makes them a healthy choice for beauty lovers. Disguise offers a wide range of vibrant colors that are highly pigmented and long-lasting. As a pioneering vegan beauty brand, Disguise Cosmetics is committed to creating products that are both stylish and environmentally friendly.

• Product Specifications: Disguise offers a wide range of shades. The lipsticks come in eco-friendly packaging, and they are lightweight, smooth, and hydrating.
• Vegan Ingredients: Their lipsticks use plant-based waxes and oils like avocado and marula. They avoid beeswax and carmine, making them 100% vegan.

2. Ruby’s Organics

Ruby’s Organics is a brand that make organic products and stays true to clean beauty. Their products are tailored for Indian skin tones; thus, their lipsticks are opaque and can withstand the hot climate of India. Renowned for offering clean beauty products,  Ruby’s Organics blends natural ingredients to create eco-friendly products. All their lipsticks are vegan and cruelty-free, meaning that they are safe on your lips and have been tested on neither animals nor the planet. more and more oriented toward quality production as well as aspects of sustainable development.

• Product Specifications: The lipsticks come in earthy tones and are lightweight, providing a natural finish. The brand focuses on keeping the formulas nourishing.
• Vegan Ingredients: They use natural butter, oils, and plant-based pigments. No synthetic dyes or animal by-products are used.

3. Forest Essentials

Forest Essentials is a luxury Ayurvedic beauty brand that offers a range of vegan lipsticks. These lipsticks are crafted using natural pigments and oils, ensuring they are safe for your skin. They provide hydration and leave a beautiful, natural finish by blending natural ingredients with ancient skincare traditions. With a focus on quality and sustainability, their vegan lipsticks are perfect for anyone looking for a luxurious yet eco-friendly beauty option.

• Product Specifications: The lipsticks are soft and moisturizing, providing both color and care. They come in elegant packaging.
• Vegan Ingredients: They use cold-pressed oils and organic ghee as the base for their lipsticks, but no animal fats or chemicals, making them cruelty-free.

4. SoulTree

SoulTree combines the wisdom of Ayurveda with European organic standards. Their lipsticks are certified by BDIH and COSMOS Organic, ensuring they meet high-quality standards. Made from organic ghee and natural oils, these lipsticks are safe and nourishing for your lips. SoulTree is dedicated to creating eco-friendly and sustainable beauty products. With a focus on natural ingredients, their lipsticks provide vibrant colors while caring for your skin. 

• Product Specifications: SoulTree lipsticks are creamy and offer deep hydration. The colors are natural and gentle on the lips.
• Vegan Ingredients: They use natural pigments and organic ghee, along with almond and rose oils, to keep the lips soft.

5. Just Herbs

Just Herbs is an Ayurvedic beauty brand dedicated to using clean, herbal ingredients. Their lipsticks are made from natural materials and are free of harmful chemicals, making them safe for your skin. Just Herbs is known for its commitment to traditional Ayurvedic practices, blending ancient wisdom with modern cosmetics. The brand focuses on creating products that nourish and protect your skin while providing beautiful color.

• Product Specifications: The lipsticks come in semi-matte finishes and are designed to be long-lasting. The packaging is recyclable.
• Vegan Ingredients: They use plant-based oils, shea butter, and rice starch to make their lipsticks vegan and nourishing.

6. Paul Penders

Paul Penders is a popular international brand that has a strong presence in India. Known for its commitment to vegan beauty, the brand uses a 100-year-old herbal formula in its products. Their lipsticks are made from natural ingredients, ensuring they are eco-friendly and safe for your skin. The brand offers a variety of vibrant shades that suit different skin tones. With its dedication to sustainability and ethical practices, Paul Penders is a great choice for those looking for vegan lipsticks that are both beautiful and good for the environment.

• Product Specifications: Their lipsticks offer high pigmentation and are enriched with vitamins and natural oils. They come in a variety of vibrant shades.
• Vegan Ingredients: Paul Penders lipsticks use coconut oil, sunflower seed oil, and vitamin E to keep lips healthy without any synthetic chemicals.

7. Plum Goodness

Plum Goodness is one of India’s first vegan beauty brands, offering a wide range of cosmetics, including their ultra-pigmented lipsticks. Their lipsticks are free of harmful chemicals and animal-derived ingredients. Plum Goodness is a 100% vegan and cruelty-free brand. They focus on creating skin-friendly, toxin-free products.

• Product Specifications: Plum lipsticks are smooth, and hydrating, and come in both bold and subtle shades. The brand is eco-conscious, with sustainable packaging.
• Vegan Ingredients: Plum lipsticks use jojoba oil, shea butter, and plant-based waxes. They are free from parabens and other harmful chemicals.

How Vegan Products Are Good for Your Skin

Vegan lipsticks are a great choice for your skin. They are also made up of natural and plant products and therefore can be considered safer and more friendly than chemical-based ones. These lipsticks have no compromise on their formulation with no chemicals and animal by-products hence avoiding skin reactions. They are safer for use by people with sensitive skin since they do not contain toxic components added to commercial products.

Some vegan lipsticks contain moisturizing agents, such as jojoba or almond oil, as well as shea or cocoa butter. All these ingredients go a long way in helping to maintain moisture as well as dryness of lips. For this reason, vegan lipsticks are the best eco-friendly choice for your lips, as opposed to chemical-based lipsticks, because they are light and let your lips breathe. Vegan lipsticks not only care for your skin but are also kinder to the environment.

Final Thought

Factory-produced vegan lipsticks provide a healthier and more ethical lipstick for beauty lovers in India. Some of the players continuing this tradition are Disguise Cosmetics, Ruby’s Organics, Forest Essentials, Soultree, Just Herbs, Paul Penders, and Plum Goodness. Apart from protecting the skin from the dangerous chemicals found in conventional lipsticks, opting for vegan lipsticks means you are helping the environment.

Indian consumers are embracing French skincare for its promise of glowing, healthy skin with a minimalist approach. Its focus on quality, safety, and results makes it an ideal choice for India’s diverse skin needs, offering a perfect fusion of luxury and dermatological expertise. Indian consumers are embracing French skincare for its promise of glowing, healthy skin with a minimalist approach. Its focus on quality, safety, and results makes it an ideal choice for India’s diverse skin needs, offering a perfect fusion of luxury and dermatological expertise.

The size of the France beauty and personal care products market is projected to be $11.45 billion in 2024 and is projected to increase at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 1.39 percent to reach $12.27 billion by 2029. 

Read more: Top 7 Face Wash Brands in India for all Skin Types

Why French Skincare is getting popular

• Quality - To guarantee the greatest results, high-quality French skincare products are thoroughly investigated and tested. 
• Simplicity - French skincare regimens are simplified and fuss-free, emphasizing hydration, prevention, and natural beauty.
• Natural ingredients -  All formulations are high-quality, natural ingredients, which give gentle yet effective care.
• Efficiency - A few essential elements that are readily absorbed and mild on the skin are included in the formulation of French skincare products.

Ream more: Top 5 Japanese Clothing Brands in India

Top 7 French Skincare Brands in India

1. Bioderma

Bioderma is a French skincare brand, obsessed with high science-based and has dermatologically expert products with an emphasis on keeping the skin healthy. The brand is well-known for its gentle yet powerful formulations. Bioderma emphasizes the ability of biology and dermatology to come up with solutions that target various issues of the skin, such as hydration, acne, and sensitivity. Its iconic micellar water revolutionized the way people cleanse their skin, coming in as an easy, no-rinse formula that cleans up makeup and impurities gently. 

Key features: Dermatological expertise, focus on skin health, minimalist formulations, scientific research.

2. La Roche-Posay

La Roche-Posay is an exclusive brand of French skincare that is very famous for its products because the group is often prescribed by physicians for sensitive skin. The expertise in dermatology has produced safe, efficient, and tolerant products, complementing thermal spring water, whose soothing and antioxidant properties make it perfectly capable of calming and protecting skin. It has quite a range of products: those, for example, are for fighting acne, eczema, dryness, and protection against the sun. La Roche-Posay tests its products on sensitive skin and declares them to be hypoallergenic, so there aren't any comedogenic or irritating ingredients that may provoke any kind of reaction. 

Key features: Hypoallergenic formulations, non-comedogenic, focus on skin concerns, rigorous testing.

3. Avena

Avene is a popular French skincare brand in India, mainly known for manufacturing sensitive skin care products. Its history dates back to 1736, when thermal spring water, which had healing properties, was discovered in the south of France, in Avene village. The company was officially founded in 1990 by Pierre Fabre Laboratories after numerous years of research and development in creating products based on this unique thermal water, which has been the major ingredient in many of their products​.

Key features: Fragrance-free and non-comedogenic, clinical research and testing, global reach and reputation. 

4. Nuxe

Nuxe is a French skincare brand in India, known for the harmonious blending of natural ingredients with luxurious formulations that have already impressed its audience. It was founded by Aliza Jabes in 1989 and, so to speak, holds her trademark Huile Prodigieuse, a multi-purpose dry oil made from a blend of six botanical oils; due to its nourishing and versatile properties, the application is always on the face, body, or hair-it has become popularized into many beauty rituals.

Key features: Targeted solutions for skin conditions, Lightweight formulas, inclusive of all ages.

5. Caudalie

Caudalie is a French skincare brand that is again emphasizing its country of origin sourced from Bordeaux vineyards and showcasing all-natural, especially grape-derived active ingredients. Founded by Mathilde and Bertrand Thomas in 1995, the brand skyrocketed in popularity based on the high-quality skincare products it manufactured that tapped the antioxidant properties of grapes, according to its proprietary product, Viniferine, extracted from grape sap.

Key features: Natural ingredients, diverse product range, focus on efficacy and texture, cruelty-free. 

6. Klorane

Klorane is a popular French skincare and hair care brand, which has been significant for using the power of plants in order to formulate the best, most gentle, and effective products. Founded by Pierre Fabre in 1965, Klorane particularly targets solutions for hair and scalp issues and places emphasis on botanical ingredients sourced responsibly.

Key features: Plant-based formulations, sustainability commitment, wide range of skincare products. 

7.  Embryolisse 

Embryolisse is one rather in-demand French skincare brand that has gained tremendous popularity in India, too, for its effective and multi-purpose products by makeup artists as well as beauty enthusiasts. Born out of the passion of Dr Pierre Pons, a dermatologist, in 1950, the brand looks forward to creating simple but potent skincare formulations that respond to every type of skin and skin concern.

Key features: Multi-functional products, rich and nourishing formulations, global reach and recognition. 

Final word

French skincare brands in India promise beauty-conscious consumers with healthy, glowing skin to be envied and sought after by beauty seekers all across the globe. So these brands focus on clear, natural ingredients and simple regimens to serve long-term solutions rather than fad-bestowing, short-lived solutions of skincare. French skincare redefines the standards of beauty and invites everyone on a journey toward glowing skin. Find out how these extraordinary brands transform every skincare routine into the experience of a lifetime. 

Read more: Top 9 Hair Care Brands in India: For Men and Women

India’s consumer market is poised for a period of unprecedented growth, driven by a dynamic combination of evolving consumer preferences, technological advancements, and policy shifts. With the economy showing remarkable resilience despite global challenges, the consumer sector is set to play a crucial role in shaping the nation’s economic future. It can be seen how trends such as sustainability, digital adoption, and health consciousness are reshaping the landscape of retail, FMCG, and e-commerce.

This transformation is not just a reflection of changing demands but also a call for strategic reforms and collaboration to ensure equitable growth across both urban and rural regions. As the country moves toward becoming one of the world’s largest consumer markets by 2030, the consumer industry is emerging as a key pillar of India’s economic trajectory, with potential to drive sustainable prosperity for millions.

The newly released report titled “SPURring Growth in FMCG, Retail, and E-commerce Sectors in India,” created by Deloitte in collaboration with FICCI, was unveiled at the prestigious FICCI Massmerize event. This report sheds light on the pivotal role of India’s consumer industry in driving the country’s economic expansion and highlights the changes shaping the retail and consumer goods landscape.

Economic Strength Despite Global Headwinds 

Despite global economic challenges, the Indian economy demonstrated remarkable resilience in Q1 FY25, with its real GDP expanding by 6.7 percent. The International Monetary Fund (IMF) also upgraded India’s GDP growth forecast for FY25 to 7 percent, underscoring the country’s bright economic outlook and robust domestic demand. Key factors contributing to this growth include improving rural consumption, expanding services, and a strong emphasis on premiumisation, sustainability, and convenience.

Trends such as digital adoption and rapid changes in consumer preferences are also transforming India’s retail, FMCG, and e-commerce sectors. The rise of quick commerce, in particular, is disrupting the traditional retail model, giving rise to new business opportunities.

The New Indian Consumer

The report paints a picture of the emerging Indian consumer—one who values convenience, sustainability, health, and locally manufactured products. As digital technologies become more deeply embedded in daily life, Indian consumers are shifting their focus toward innovation-driven and personalized products. Sustainability, in particular, is now a major driver of purchasing decisions. Consumers are increasingly inclined to buy eco-friendly products, even at a premium, while also favoring brands that adhere to ethical labor practices.

This shift toward value-based choices is significantly reshaping how businesses operate, prompting companies to innovate and adapt their portfolios to meet these evolving demands.

Key Policy Interventions Needed for Sustained Growth 

While the consumer industry is experiencing a period of rapid expansion, the report emphasizes the need for targeted policy reforms to maintain this trajectory. It highlights the importance of innovation, infrastructure development, and equitable growth across both urban and rural areas. Additionally, strategic mergers and acquisitions (M&As) are becoming a key component of growth strategies in India’s retail and FMCG sectors, enabling companies to better meet the demands of a rapidly evolving consumer base.

Anand Ramanathan, Partner and Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader at Deloitte India, notes, “The consumer industry is a driving force behind India’s economic resilience, with the FMCG, retail, and e-commerce sectors serving as its pillars. However, to maintain this trajectory, a strategic partnership between the government and the private sector is essential. We need reforms that directly address inflation control, credit access, and the ease of doing business. Policies that incentivise R&D, promote health, and enhance rural infrastructure will be game changers.”

With the right policy framework in place, Ramanathan suggests that India could be well on its way to becoming the world’s third-largest consumer market by 2030, transforming the economy and improving the livelihoods of millions.

Collaborative Efforts: A Catalyst for Expansion 

The collaboration between the private sector and government is crucial for the continued success of India’s consumer industry. Harsha V Agarwal, Senior Vice President of FICCI and Vice Chairman and Managing Director of Emami Limited, stated, “The Indian consumer sector is poised for transformative growth, fuelled by rapid innovation, digital adoption, and shifting consumer preferences. This promising trajectory offers immense opportunities for the FMCG and retail sectors to expand and evolve. To harness this potential, collaboration between the government and businesses will play a pivotal role.”

Agarwal further added that aligning policies with emerging market trends will be essential for the sector to serve as a key driver of India’s economic prosperity.

Six Key Consumer Demand Trends Shaping the Future 

The report identifies six major trends that are defining the future of India’s consumer market. These trends underscore the importance of innovation, digital transformation, and sustainability in shaping consumer behavior and business strategies:

1. Quick Commerce Surge 
   
   The quick commerce sector is gaining significant traction, particularly in urban areas where consumer expectations are rising. Quick commerce is set to experience substantial growth as consumers increasingly favor faster deliveries and localized e-commerce strategies. According to the report, 37 percent of consumers now prefer quick commerce over traditional e-commerce for food and beverage purchases, often driven by impulse or immediate needs. In contrast, home, beauty, and personal care products tend to be more planned purchases, making e-commerce the preferred option.
    
2. Diverging Consumption Patterns 
   
   There is a noticeable divide in consumer behavior between affluent and unaffluent segments. In the FMCG sector, affluent consumers show a greater preference for premium goods and larger pack sizes, reflecting an increase in disposable income. Meanwhile, less affluent households are opting for more affordable or unbranded products, highlighting the need for companies to cater to both ends of the market.
    
3. Rising Demand for Healthy Food Choices 
   
   Health-conscious consumers are driving demand for healthier food options, including fortified cereals, protein-rich snacks, and probiotic-enhanced products. A striking 78 percent of consumers are willing to pay a premium for healthier alternatives. Additionally, there is a growing preference for natural and minimally processed foods as consumers become more aware of the health risks associated with ultra-processed foods.
    
4. Sustainability 
   
   Sustainability is now a significant factor in consumer decision-making, with more and more people opting for eco-friendly and ethically sourced products. Brands that incorporate sustainable practices, such as minimal packaging and responsible sourcing, are seeing increased support from consumers. Companies are responding to this trend by innovating their product offerings to include sustainable options and eco-friendly packaging.
    
5. Clean Label 
   
   The “clean label” movement, which advocates for products with minimal and easily recognizable ingredients, is also gaining momentum. Indian consumers are increasingly choosing products that are free from artificial additives and preservatives, particularly in the beauty and personal care sector, where 51 percent are willing to pay extra for natural ingredients. In response to this demand, 5,000 clean-label products were launched in India in 2023 alone, accounting for 13 percent of global product launches.
    
6. Growth of Private Label Brands  
   
   Indian retailers are increasingly launching their own private label products, which are typically priced 25–40 percent lower than comparable branded items. Private labels now represent 4 percent of total retail sales in India, with 70 percent of this market share coming from food categories. This shift is driven by the desire to offer cost-effective alternatives to price-sensitive consumers.

The Road to 2030

The Deloitte-FICCI report paints a promising picture of India’s consumer sector as it moves toward becoming the third-largest consumer market in the world by 2030. The rise of quick commerce, increasing demand for sustainable and healthy products, and a growing focus on innovation all point to a period of sustained growth.

However, the report emphasizes that achieving this potential will require continued collaboration between the government and private sector to create an enabling policy environment. Fiscal and monetary policies that support private investment, ease credit access, and improve infrastructure will be critical to reaching the $2 trillion consumer market milestone.

India’s consumer industry stands at a crossroads, and with the right strategies in place, it could be the driving force behind the country’s economic transformation in the years to come.

Key Highlights: 

• India’s economy demonstrated 6.7 percent GDP growth in Q1 FY25, with the IMF upgrading FY25 GDP forecast to 7 percent. 
• Six key consumer trends: quick commerce, affluent vs. unaffluent divergence, health-focused choices, sustainability, clean label, and private label brand growth. 
• Strategic partnerships between the government and private sector are vital to reaching the $2 trillion consumer market by 2030. 
• Collaboration on innovation, digital transformation, and infrastructure improvements will be key to sustaining growth. 

Indian whisky is being consumed in India as well as in the international market at present. This brand is famous for its intense and highly developed taste and character to match. Indian whisky is made from Indian grains and ferments through traditional methods that have attractive features. They enjoy it from the feature of such descriptive characteristics as smoothness, spiciness, and a special flavor. In this article, let’s review 7 brands that mirror the evolution of the Indian whisky industry. Whether you are a whisky drinker or thinking about starting, then you should try brands from this list.

Know More: Scotch vs. Whisky: The Key Differences Explained

7 Best Whisky Brands Under INR 1000

How Indian Whisky is Made

Indian whisky is made from grains such as barley, wheat, and maize. These grains are generally fermented and distilled, after which they undergo the process of maturation in wooden casks. The climate is again tropical in India; the whisky matures much faster than it does in cooler climates, thereby laying down altogether different qualities. Indian whisky is favored by everyone for its strength, richness, and diversity. From very gentle and kept subtle to quite intense, bringing fire to your tongue, they offer drinks for everyone. Further to this, it is relatively cheaper compared to many international whiskies, making it tangible to all. This makes Indian whisky to be in high demand by many drink lovers due to the taste, quality, and price offered.

Also Read: Top 7 Wheat Beer Brands in India: A Flavorful Journey Through the Best Brews

Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India

From the Heart of India: Why These Whisky Stand Out

Indian whiskies are well made and have been made with great effort to portray the true Indian spirits. Every single bottle carries a message about the area's products, the recipes, and the skills of local distilleries. The weather in India helps add several years of maturation to the whisky in a shorter span, which gives the whisky a distinct flavor. Right from spices and grains to water, it is also sourced from India to give a unique Indian flavor. This tradition, climate, and local raw materials make Indian whisky rich-flavored and entirely different from all global variants. It is a bit like drinking India in a glass, in my opinion.

List of 7 Popular Indian Whisky Brands to Taste the Tradition 

Explore these 7 popular Indian whisky brands that showcase rich traditions and flavors. Indian whisky brings together rich flavors, local spices, and traditional craftsmanship. With an alcohol content of 42.8%, these whiskies offer a bold yet smooth experience. From Blenders Pride to Signature, each brand reflects India’s whisky-making heritage, offering unique tastes that capture the essence of India in every sip.

Also Read: Top 10 Whisky Brands in India Under ₹2000

Top 6 Best Whiskies in India Under ₹500

8 Best Single Malt Whisky Brands in India

1. Blenders Pride Whisky

It is one of the leading whisky brands in India. Blenders Pride is an Indian whisky. It was launched in 1995 and is popular for its soft mouthfeel and value-added flavour. Said to be made from a mixture of Indian grain spirits and Scotch malts, this drink is perfect for those who would want to taste a drink with a well-rounded taste. Blender’s Pride has a combination of fruit and spices. It’s mouthfeel is velvety, which is particularly welcoming for those who consume whisky and whisky cocktails for the first time. This brand embodies the concept of quality and tradition and is widely preferred for celebrations and other events as well as for daily use. 

Also Check: 10 Best White Wine Brands in India: A Comprehensive Guide

2. Royal Stag

Royal Stag is one of India’s best-selling whisky brands. Launched in 1995, this whisky stands out for offering quality whisky at an affordable price. Royal Stag has a strong, bold flavor with hints of oak, malt, and smoke. It's slightly spicy, making it perfect for those who prefer a punchy drink.  Royal Stag is versatile and can be sipped neat or mixed in cocktails. Its popularity is due to its consistent taste and great value.

Check More: Top 10 Strongest Beer Brands in India | with Highest ABV%

Top 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List

3. Imperial Blue

Imperial Blue, launched in 1997, is known for its smoothness. It’s a popular choice for everyday whisky drinkers in India due to its great balance of quality and price. Imperial Blue offers a smooth, slightly sweet taste with light fruity notes. It’s perfect for casual drinking or mixing with soda. The approachable flavor makes it a favorite among those new to whisky, while still satisfying seasoned drinkers looking for something easy and enjoyable.

Also Read: Top 10 Gin Brands in India That Are Elevating Your Cocktail Game (2024)

4. Royal Challenge

Royal Challenge is another popular whisky brand in India, known for its blend of Indian spirits and Scottish malts. It has been a favorite since it was launched in the 1980s. Royal Challenge is smooth with a slightly woody taste. It has hints of malt and spice, making it an excellent choice for whisky lovers who prefer a rich flavor. It is versatile enough to be enjoyed neat or on the rocks. The brand's heritage and consistent quality have made it a staple choice for many who appreciate a good whisky experience.

5. McDowell's No. 1 Whisky

McDowell’s No. 1 is one of the largest-selling whisky brands in the world. Launched in the 1960s, it has become a go-to brand for many Indian whisky drinkers. McDowell’s No. 1 has a smooth, slightly spicy flavor with hints of oak and vanilla. It is great for mixing in cocktails or enjoying on its own. Its balanced taste appeals to both casual drinkers and connoisseurs.

6. Officer’s Choice Whisky

Officer’s Choice is another popular whisky brand in India, loved for its affordability. It’s known for its mild taste and smoothness. Launched in the late 1980s, Officer’s Choice has gained a loyal following. OC has a mild, smooth taste with a hint of sweetness. It’s a great whisky for casual drinking and mixing. The brand’s commitment to quality and value has made it a staple choice in many homes and bars across India, showcasing the essence of Indian whisky.

7. Signature Whisky

Signature is a premium whisky brand in India, launched in 1994. It’s known for its rich, smooth taste and premium packaging. Signature has a smooth, rich flavor with a mix of fruity and smoky notes. It is best enjoyed neat or on the rocks. Signature represents the art of whisky-making, reflecting high-quality ingredients and careful crafting. Whisky enthusiasts often choose Signature for its luxurious experience and unforgettable flavor.

Indian Whisky vs. The World: A Global Favorite

On a global level, availability and exclusivity of product portfolio: out of all the products that have entered the Indian market, Indian whisky is recognizable for its spiciness and for being inexpensive. Despite the fact that Indian whisky is compared to Scotch and Bourbon, its taste is often thicker because the heat accelerates the aging process. It also provided it with a blend of spices and grains that makes its taste not comparable to that of the normal whiskies. As much as the Indian whiskies may be cheap, priced within the economic bracket affordable to many, they are affordable. The global appreciation has increased as Indian brands start gaining awards and export markets. This gives Indian whisky a unique taste and makes it a popular brand globally.

The Final Sip

Every manufacturer of Indian whisky presents the product in a variety of tastes, prices for different segments, and beverage experiences. Depending on whether you are a connoisseur or a neophyte when it comes to whisky, these 7 brands give you all that you are looking for. All the way from rich Blender’s Pride Whisky to the value-for-money Officer’s Choice, Indian whisky truly stands out.

India, the fastest-growing major economy, is on the cusp of transforming its consumer durables and electronics sector into a global hub. This vision reflects the country’s ambition to become a global leader, leveraging its vast domestic market, a highly skilled workforce, and strong government support to position itself as a manufacturing and design epicentre.

With a current contribution of 0.6 percent to India’s GDP, the consumer durables sector is poised for significant growth, according to the EY-Parthenon and CII. The report projects a Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 11 percent, expecting the sector to reach Rs 3 lakh crore by 2029. This growth, driven by indigenization, rising domestic demand, and a focus on sustainability, could see the sector’s contribution to India’s GDP increase by 1.5 times by 2030.

India's Rise as a Global Market

India's domestic market is expected to experience exponential growth over the coming decade. By 2027, the country is projected to become the fourth-largest market for consumer durables and the third-largest economy globally. The sheer size of the domestic market provides the foundation for this growth, with increasing spending power, a burgeoning middle class, and rapid urbanization leading to higher consumption levels of durable goods.

Consumer preferences are shifting towards premium and value-added products, driven by rising disposable incomes and changing lifestyle aspirations. Products once considered luxuries are now becoming necessities. A notable example is the rapid adoption of air conditioners (ACs). Once seen as a luxury item, ACs are now viewed as essential, leading to surging demand as consumers invest in upgrading their households. TV penetration has also increased to 60 percent of Indian households in 2023, signaling an upward trend in spending on consumer electronics.

Angshuman Bhattacharya, Partner and National Leader of the Consumer Product and Retail Sector at EY-Parthenon commented on this trajectory, noting that the Indian market is rapidly evolving due to increasing domestic consumption, indigenization efforts, and a focus on sustainability. He emphasized that progressive government initiatives such as Atmanirbhar Bharat, Make in India, and the Production Linked Incentive (PLI) scheme are creating an environment ripe for growth.

Government Support and Strategic Initiatives

The Indian government’s role in this transformation is critical. Several initiatives are in place to bolster domestic production and innovation, including the aforementioned Atmanirbhar Bharat (Self-Reliant India) campaign, which encourages domestic manufacturing, and the Make in India program, aimed at making India a global manufacturing hub. These initiatives are supported by the PLI scheme, which offers incentives to manufacturers to set up production facilities in India, ensuring the country becomes a competitive alternative to China and other manufacturing giants.

The government’s commitment is clear: it wants to transform India into a global design and manufacturing epicentre by incentivizing production, encouraging indigenization, and fostering innovation. Harmonizing tax structures, particularly through uniform GST slabs for consumer durables, could make these products more affordable for a wider range of income groups, further boosting domestic consumption.

Moreover, to meet sustainability goals, the government is focusing on encouraging the adoption of energy-efficient products. Tax incentives, on-bill financing, and other mechanisms could help lower the energy burden on consumers while also driving multi-fold benefits for the economy. By promoting energy-efficient appliances, India can balance its ambitious economic growth targets with environmental concerns.

The Role of Indigenization and Innovation

At the heart of India’s Vision 2030 is the drive for indigenization. The country aims to reduce its reliance on imports by boosting local manufacturing of critical components like compressors, motors, and controllers. The deliberate indigenization of these components is expected to create a self-reliant ecosystem, aligning with the national vision of reducing import dependency.

This push for indigenization is closely tied to innovation. Technological advancements are already transforming the consumer durables sector, particularly with the rise of smart appliances and products designed for connectivity and convenience. Consumers are increasingly seeking products that offer enhanced functionality, sustainability, and efficiency. The surge in demand for smart, energy-efficient appliances is creating new opportunities for manufacturers to innovate.

In addition, the growth of India's start-up ecosystem, supported by strong government backing, is playing a pivotal role in fostering research and innovation in the consumer durables space. By integrating start-ups and universities into the innovation pipeline, India can build a robust ecosystem that supports the development of cutting-edge products designed for both domestic and international markets.

Job Creation and Economic Impact

The consumer durables sector is not only expected to contribute to GDP growth but also play a significant role in job creation. By 2030, the sector is expected to generate 5 lakh new jobs across the value chain, from manufacturing to retail. These jobs will be spread across various regions, helping to reduce urban-rural economic disparities.

The government’s focus on expanding infrastructure and supply chains to Tier II and III cities, as well as rural areas, will ensure that economic benefits are widely distributed. This expansion will also fuel demand for consumer durables in regions previously underserved by retail and e-commerce channels.

The Rise of E-commerce and Digital Infrastructure

The rapid adoption of e-commerce is a crucial factor driving growth in the consumer durables sector. While only about 14 percent of consumer durables sales are currently conducted online in India, the report anticipates this figure to increase significantly as more consumers embrace the convenience of online shopping. The rise of e-commerce platforms provides consumers with access to a wider range of products, often at competitive prices, along with the convenience of home delivery.

Government-backed initiatives like the Open Network for Digital Commerce (ONDC) aim to democratize e-commerce in India, making it more accessible to consumers across the country, particularly in rural areas. This initiative will not only accelerate digital commerce but also provide manufacturers and retailers with greater reach, enabling them to tap into the vast untapped market in rural India.

As digital infrastructure improves and internet penetration deepens, the potential for growth in e-commerce is immense. Online retail is expected to play an increasingly significant role in driving sales of consumer durables, complementing traditional brick-and-mortar stores.

Challenges and the Path Forward

While the future looks bright, there are challenges to overcome. Key areas that require attention include enhancing value chain integration, reducing supply chain bottlenecks, and ensuring the availability of skilled labor to meet the sector’s growing needs.

Industry stakeholders and the government must collaborate to address these challenges. Policy interventions such as sharpening the focus of PLI schemes on specific components, fostering innovation, and harmonizing tax structures will go a long way in ensuring the sector’s sustained growth. By prioritizing research and development, incentivizing energy efficiency, and expanding infrastructure, India can position itself as a global leader in the consumer durables industry.

Wheat beer is becoming very popular in India. It is smooth, fruity and perfect for consumers searching for a subtle drink. Nevertheless, there are still some facts that should be differentiated between wheat beer and regular beer, and that is the type of material used to make it is wheat, which gives it a fresh taste. There is an array of tasty and different wheat beers that many brands in India have been producing. In this article, we bring you the list of the top 7 best wheat beer brands available in India.Let’s explore these tasty brews!

Market Value of Wheat Beer in India

There is great room for the market of wheat beer in India. Accordingly, the beer industry of India spotted the market size of the Indian beer market in the year 2023 was Rs 414.7 billion. Forthcoming, the market is predicted to reach Rs 781.2 billion by 2032, with a growth rate of from 2024 to 2032 of 7.1% CAGR. It is exciting new tastes that people are searching for, and wheat beer most definitely fits the bill. The high demand for alcoholic beverages, particularly amongst the younger working population, during festivities, fuels this growth. Another factor that fuels the growth is the transformation in people’s way of life, along with the possibility to buy beer online. These combined features of craft beers are making the beverage more popular, including wheat beer for individuals coming across them for the first time by promotion of craft beer culture.

Also Read: Top 10 Gin Brands in India That Are Elevating Your Cocktail Game (2024)

Top 10 Strongest Beer Brands in India | with Highest ABV%

What is Wheat Beer?

Wheat beer is made with a large amount of wheat, unlike regular beer, which uses mostly barley. This gives it a cloudy look and a smooth taste. The flavors are often fruity and spicy, making it very refreshing.

Read more: Top 10 Red Wine Brands in India

10 Best White Wine Brands in India: A Comprehensive Guide

Process of Making Wheat Beer

Wheat beer is brewed in a unique way compared to regular beer. The main difference is the use of wheat as the main ingredient. This gives the beer a different texture and taste. Here’s how wheat beer is made:

• Wheat as the Main Ingredient: Unlike regular beer, which mostly uses barley, wheat beer uses a lot of wheat. This adds a smooth and creamy feel.
• Special Yeast Strains: Special yeast is used in brewing wheat beer. This yeast creates fruity and spicy flavors, making the beer unique.
• Use of Spices: Some wheat beers have extra ingredients like coriander or orange peel. These spices make the beer taste fresh and slightly tangy.
• Higher Carbonation: Wheat beer is more carbonated, which makes it light and fizzy. This extra fizz adds to its refreshing quality.

Factors to Keep in Mind When Choosing a Wheat Beer

When choosing a wheat beer, the primary consideration is taste. Do you prefer sweet or spicy flavors? Here are some popular types:

• Witbier: Usually has an alcohol percentage of 5-6 percent. It’s cloudy and often includes orange peel and coriander.
• Berliner Weiße: A low-alcohol wheat beer (2.5-3 percent) that is tart and can be sweetened with lemon or raspberry.
• Leipziger Gose: Slightly stronger than Berliner Weiße, with about 4 percent alcohol.
• Hopper Wit Bier: Offers a hazy golden orange color with 5 percent alcohol, and hints of citrus and coriander.
• Blue Moon Belgian White: A Belgian-style wheat ale with a creamy body and 5.4 percent alcohol, featuring a light spicy aroma and subtle citrus sweetness.

Top 7 Wheat Beer Brands in India

Here are the top 7 wheat beer brands in India. Each one has something unique to offer.

1. Simba Wit

The Simba Wit beer is made to perfection by blending the best wheat and natural spices. It is easy to take and has a thick texture, which makes it preferred by many people. According to the findings, the beer has a flavour that resembles orange and coriander. This is light and goes down very smoothly and is ideal for the hot summer season. If you want an easy-drinking beer that is fruity but doesn’t pack too much of a punch as far as bitterness is concerned, Simba Wit is a good option. It is best suited for leisure and best enjoyed among light foods.

Also check: Top 10 Brandy Brands in India with Price List

2. Bira White Pint

Bira White Pint is a popular wheat beer in India. It is brewed with spices like orange peel, giving it a special kick. The beer has a fresh, citrus flavor that’s both smooth and slightly sweet. This makes it ideal for people new to wheat beer. It’s light and easy to enjoy, perfect for casual gatherings. Bira White Pint is a refreshing option for anyone wanting a fruity, mild beer.

3. Bira Boom

Bira Boom stands out with its bold and bright flavors. It contains a higher amount of wheat, making the beer rich and flavorful. The taste is tangy with a bit of spice, giving it a unique twist. Bira Boom has more body compared to Bira White, making it fuller and stronger. It’s a good choice for those who enjoy a wheat beer with a bit more depth and a rich, bold taste.

4. Stok Lager Beer

Stok Lager Beer is different because it uses both wheat and barley. This gives it a mix of smoothness and crispness. The beer has a fresh, crisp flavor with a light touch of sweetness. It’s less bitter than many other lagers, which makes it refreshing and easy to drink. Stok Lager Beer offers a nice twist on regular wheat beer, giving a balanced taste that works well for many occasions.

5. Blue Moon Belgian Wheat Ale

Blue Moon Belgian Wheat Ale is inspired by Belgian wheat beers. It uses Valencia orange peel for a burst of extra flavor. The taste is smooth, with clear notes of citrus. It’s slightly creamy, giving it a rich and pleasant texture. Blue Moon is a good option for those who want a refreshing beer with a hint of fruitiness. It pairs well with light dishes and is easy to enjoy anytime.

6. Hoegaarden Witbier

Hoegaarden Witbier is one of the popular brands of wheat beer all over the world. Coriander and orange peel are used in its production, giving it a specific spicy and orange flavor. Tasting it is best described as light; it is actually quite sweet for a beer, but the sweetness is not overpowering. Hoegaarden is a perfect beer when it comes to a typical wheat beer without any confusing flavors or aftertaste. It feels more than perfect to have it served on a sunny day.

7. Beor 350 Wheat

Beor 350 Wheat uses local raw materials, which gives it a complexion that is distinctly Indian. It is a confectionery type with a flavour that’s fruity with the faint taste of malt that is sweet. It has a very pleasant aftertaste, which makes it perfect for consumption together with spicy Indian dishes. Beor 350 is good to consume without any bitterness and is suitable for light beer lovers. It gives it a more local approach than wheat beer, which is completely distinct from other beers. 

Why You Should Try Wheat Beer Today

Wheat beer is refreshing and full of flavor. It’s less bitter than other beers, which makes it easy to enjoy. Plus, it pairs well with many dishes. Whether you’re new to beer or a long-time fan, wheat beer is worth a try.

• Smooth and Less Bitter: Unlike many other beers, wheat beer has a smooth and mild taste. This makes it perfect for beginners.
• Pairs Well with Food: It goes well with many dishes like seafood, salads, and even spicy foods.
• Refreshing Flavor: Wheat beer is light and fruity, making it a great drink for warm days.

Conclusion

Wheat beer is here to stay. With more breweries and craft beer bars opening, people have more options than ever. The future of wheat beer in India looks bright, with more brands bringing new flavors to the market. Wheat beer is a must-try for anyone looking to explore new beer styles. It’s smooth, fruity, and goes well with food. With so many great brands in India, there’s a wheat beer for everyone. Try one of these top 7 brands and enjoy the refreshing taste of wheat beer!

As Citykart continues its aggressive expansion across Tier II and III cities, Sudhanshu Agarwal, Director of Citykart, has shared insights into the brand's growth trajectory, its plans for the upcoming festive season, and the strategies driving its success in India's value retail segment.

Expanding Horizons

Citykart is set to launch 25-30 new stores across five states: Uttar Pradesh, Bihar, Jharkhand, Assam, and Odisha. The expansion will broaden the brand's reach into 15 additional cities, increasing its presence from 75 to over 90 cities, with a total of 130 stores by the end of the next quarter. The highlight of this expansion is Citykart's first store in New Delhi, marking its entry into a major urban market.

“Our aim is to strengthen our presence in key Tier II and III cities where the demand for affordable fashion is on the rise. This expansion allows us to cater to customers in these underserved markets, offering them access to quality fashion at competitive prices,” said Agarwal.

Gearing Up for the Festive Season

The brand has ambitious goals for the upcoming festive season. With a robust store network and an enhanced product range, the brand is targeting a 50-60 percent revenue growth during this period.

Agarwal elaborated on the brand's competitive edge, “We are committed to being the best bargain in town. By maintaining competitive entry price points across both apparel and non-apparel categories, we ensure that our customers can enjoy festive shopping without stretching their budgets.”

Meeting Festive Demand

In anticipation of the increased footfall during the festive season, Citykart plans to create 500-600 new jobs through its store expansion. The brand will also hire additional temporary staff to manage the heightened demand, ensuring smooth operations throughout the peak period.

“This festive season, we're not only expanding our footprint but also contributing to local communities by creating job opportunities. We believe in hiring locally, which helps us establish a deeper connection with the communities we serve,” he explained.

Focus on Tier II & III Cities

The company's strategic expansion into Tier II and III cities is a deliberate move to tap into growing markets where affordable fashion is in high demand. These markets differ significantly from Tier I cities, where consumers have a wider range of options.

"In Tier II and III cities, customers are value-conscious and often face a scarcity of budget-friendly fashion choices. Our expansion into these areas allows us to fill this gap, providing customers with a wide range of stylish yet affordable products," noted Agarwal.

Citykart's growth in these cities is driven by the evolving preferences of consumers, who are increasingly seeking trendy fashion without the premium price tags often associated with urban retail markets.

Enhancing Customer Experience with Technology

Citykart is leveraging technology to optimize operations and enhance the customer experience. The brand has adopted several tools, including Zenetix for air conditioning optimization, Playablo for staff training, Xobin for assessments, Zoho for recruitment, and Wooqer for operational efficiency.

“Technology plays a critical role in ensuring that our customers have a seamless shopping experience, especially during the festive season when footfall is at its peak. By using these tools, we can maintain operational excellence and offer our customers the best shopping experience possible,” he asserted.

Navigating Supply Chain Challenges

With the festive season comes the challenge of ensuring timely stock replenishment across stores. Citykart's advanced warehouse facilities in Haryana play a crucial role in supporting the brand's nationwide operations.

“Our logistics capabilities are a key strength, especially during the festive season when demand is high. Our warehouses ensure that stores are always stocked with fresh products, allowing us to meet customer demand efficiently,” stated Agarwal. The brand's focus on maintaining a high freshness index at the store level is essential for offering customers a diverse range of products that reflect current trends and preferences.

Festive Bestsellers

The brand expects high demand for its winter wear and ethnic attire collections during the festive season. These categories are particularly popular in Tier II and III cities, where customers are looking for stylish yet affordable options to celebrate the festive period.

“Our strategy of 'Global Products, Local Layout' is designed to cater to the unique preferences of customers in these cities. We are excited to introduce a range of high-fashion winter wear and ethnic attire, which we expect to be the top sellers this season,” he noted.

Long-Term Growth Vision

Looking ahead, Citykart has set ambitious growth targets. The brand aims to achieve Rs 950-1,000 crore in revenue by March 2025, driven by its expansion into new markets and increased store count.

“Our long-term strategy, which we call 'City Fortification,' focuses on deepening our presence in existing cities and expanding into neighboring regions. By strengthening our store network and enhancing our product offerings, we are well-positioned to achieve our growth targets,” explained Agarwal.

Citykart's vision for the future includes not only increasing its store count but also enhancing its product range and exploring new opportunities across India.

There has been a sea change in Indian retailing; global as well as local brands are now occupying various locations. Brands are investing in creating a more immersive shopping experience for the consumer in India, from luxury chocolates to men's fashion. A sampling of recent openings by established brands into their dynamic market indicates that here.

Discover The Latest Retail Store launches in India

Explore the exciting new retail store launches in India, showcasing a mix of global and local brands. From fashion giants like UNIQLO and Snitch to luxury labels like Läderach, these openings reflect the evolving consumer landscape and commitment to enhancing shopping experiences across the country.

1. UNIQLO Celebrates 5 Years with New Openings

Japanese apparel brand UNIQLO marked five years in India on October 2, during which time its first store opened back in 2019. The brand, which prides itself on its LifeWear philosophy of high-quality, functional clothes that you can live and work in, is back at the Big Show. Celebrating the occasion, UNIQLO is hosting 2 new store openings in November—the Phoenix Palladium, Mumbai, and Pacific Mall Tagore Garden, New Delhi. They already have 13 stores in India, and UNIQLO has a sizeable online store as well. These new stores demonstrate UNIQLO's growth plans in India, aiming to offer its high-quality and stylish LifeWear to even more customers and reinforce its status as the world's first truly global apparel brand.

Read more: UNIQLO Marks 5th Anniversary in India, Announces Two New Stores in November

2. Snitch Marks a Major Milestone

Snitch, a leading Indian men's fashion brand, has launched its 25th store in Dehradun, marking a major milestone in its offline expansion. Within 8 months of its first offline store in Bangalore, Snitch has expanded to cities like Pune, Ahmedabad, Indore, Surat, and Mumbai. The brand aims to achieve Rs. 600 crore in GMV, with a third of it coming from offline sales. Snitch's stores provide a modern shopping experience with impressive 50-60 percent conversion rates. The new Dehradun store on Rajpur Road, spanning 3,200 sq. ft., features the latest collection for Gen Z customers. Snitch plans further expansion into emerging markets, including Delhi, Madhya Pradesh, Bhubaneswar, and Rajasthan, to strengthen its presence in Tier I and Tier II cities.

Know more: Snitch Strengthens Offline Presence with Dehradun Store, 25th Outlet in India

3. Peter England Expands to Nepal

Aditya Birla Fashion announced the launch of its new Peter England flagship store in Kathmandu, Nepal Currently, Peter England is the largest menswear brand today. It started in 1889 in India itself. The store was inaugurated by Nepali actor Ayushman Joshi and marks one of the brand's steps towards expansion in emerging markets. The 750-square-foot store in Kumaripati, Kathmandu, offers a variety of menswear which includes shirts, trousers, t-shirts, suits and accessories. The Levis Yacht Club collection, the newest fashion designer today, is suitable for those looking for casual and formal attire.

Also read: Peter England Strengthens Retail Presence in Nepal with New Store

4. Jaipur Rugs Strengthens Global Presence

Founded in 1978, the family-owned brand now operates over 7,000 looms, employing 40,000 artisans, mostly women, to create handmade rugs with quality and traditional craftsmanship. Jaipur Rugs has opened a new flagship store in Singapore, expanding its global presence. This is the fourth international store, after London, Dubai, and Milan.   Jaipur Rugs also operates in the US, China, and Russia through sister companies and franchises. The company plans to open three more stores in India soon. With a turnover of Rs 975 crore in FY24, Jaipur Rugs currently has stores in Mumbai, Jaipur, Delhi, Pune, Bengaluru, and Chennai.

Check more: Jaipur Rugs Expands Global Presence with New Flagship Store in Singapore

5. Victoria's Secret Expands in South India

Apparel Group has opened a new Victoria's Secret store at LuLu Mall in Kochi, expanding its presence in South India. This is Victoria’s Secret’s 10th store in India, reflecting its commitment to growth. The store features the brand's 'Store of the Future' concept, blending advanced technology with an immersive shopping experience. Focused on beauty products, it offers exclusive fragrances and luxury body care items. The opening at Kochi’s top shopping mall shows the brand’s growth and dedication to innovation. Apparel Group aims to provide a premium, inclusive retail experience for South Indian consumers with this new store.

Also Read: Apparel Group Launches Innovative Victoria's Secret Store in Kochi

6. New Balance Enters Chennai Market

New Balance has opened its first store at Phoenix Palladium in Chennai, expanding its presence in India. The store offers high-quality footwear, apparel, and accessories, catering to both fitness enthusiasts and fashion lovers. Located in the popular Phoenix Palladium mall, customers can explore New Balance's innovative products like Fresh Foam X and FuelCell, along with iconic styles such as 1080, 550, 2002R, and 574. This new store marks a key step in New Balance's growth plan in India, helping the brand connect with more customers and offer top-notch products for running and comfort fashion.

Read more: New Balance Opens First Store in Chennai as Part of India Expansion Strategy

7. Triumph's Steady Growth in India

Triumph International, a leading lingerie brand, has opened its 19th exclusive store in India on Mumbai's Linking Road. The brand aims for 30 stores across India by 2025, expanding in metro and tier-ll cities. Triumph has grown steadily in the Indian market, adapting to the needs of Indian women with comfortable and innovative lingerie. In 2023, Triumph launched the Cool Cotton Comfort collection, offering bras and tops from Rs 999, targeting Gen Z customers. With over 138 years of global experience and 23 years in India, Triumph remains a leader in the lingerie market, focused on quality and customer satisfaction.

Check-in Details: Triumph International Expands Retail Footprint in India with New Store in Mumbai

8. Being Human’s Fashion with a Purpose

Being Human Clothing, founded by Bollywood actor Salman Khan, has opened its second store in the UAE at the City Centre of Sharjah. This follows the flagship store launch at City Centre Deira, Dubai. The brand combines fashion with social responsibility, expanding in markets like India and the UAE for men and women. Being Human Clothing focuses on "Conscious Fashion," blending style with purpose. The brand's mission is to support social causes, making each purchase at the Sharjah store a meaningful one for customers.

Also read: Being Human Clothing Expands Retail Footprint in UAE with Sharjah Store Launch

9. Läderach Brings Swiss Luxury to Mumbai

Dharampal Satyapal Group (DS Group) has entered India’s luxury chocolate market with the opening of its second store for Swiss chocolatier Läderach, and first in Mumbai, at Jio World Plaza. Läderach offers Mumbai a selection of handcrafted Swiss chocolates that include chocolate bars, pralines, truffles and its renowned FrischSchoggi (fresh chocolate). The two companies partnered in 2018 for the opening of Läderach's debut store in DLF Emporio Mall, Delhi NCR. The DS Group said it hoped to create an unforgettable chocolate experience for Indian customers over the festive season by teaming up with Swiss chocolate.

Check more: Läderach Opens Its First Store in Mumbai in Partnership with DS Group

Final Thought 

With brands expanding their presence in India, the country’s retail scene is getting more colourful. Be it fashion, lingerie or luxury chocolates, each of these brands swear by a focus on consumer experience. Besides innovative offerings and an assurance of quality, such companies have a big chance to shine in the Indian market for years to come.

The festive season is a time of joy and celebration, but it also brings a spike in shopping and, often, waste. Malls, being at the heart of the festive buzz, see a surge in consumer activity during this time. However, with sustainability becoming a global priority, many malls are stepping up with eco-friendly initiatives. These efforts not only reduce their environmental footprint but also inspire businesses and shoppers alike to adopt greener habits, making a positive impact during the season.

One of the most noticeable changes during the festive season is the shift to energy-efficient lighting. Traditionally, elaborate light displays can use a lot of energy, but many malls are now using LED lights and solar-powered decorations. These options not only save electricity but also help reduce greenhouse gas emissions, so celebrations can shine brightly without a big carbon footprint. Plus, many malls are adding EV chargers for electric vehicle owners, making it easier for everyone to shop sustainably. This shows that sustainability and festive cheer can really go together.

Waste generation during the festive season is a significant environmental challenge, but many malls are addressing this with proactive waste management systems. They’ve introduced separate bins for organic waste, recyclables, and non-recyclables, making it easier to segregate waste at the source. Some malls have also partnered with waste management services to ensure recyclables are processed properly. Additionally, malls are promoting sustainable alternatives, like encouraging food courts to replace plastic utensils with wooden spoons. Through awareness campaigns, shoppers are also encouraged to participate in recycling efforts, making the festive season an opportunity for eco-friendly action.

Water conservation is becoming a key focus for many malls, especially during the busy festive season when foot traffic is at its peak. To reduce their dependence on freshwater, several shopping centers have introduced rainwater harvesting systems and water recycling units. These innovations allow them to collect and reuse water for purposes like flushing toilets or watering plants, helping to significantly cut down on water wastage. For instance, greywater is repurposed for non-drinking activities, ensuring that while shoppers enjoy the festivities, essential resources are being preserved. These measures reflect a growing commitment to sustainability, showing that even in bustling public spaces, water can be managed wisely and responsibly.

The shift towards eco-friendly materials in mall operations is gaining traction. Retailers are encouraged to cut down on plastic packaging and embrace sustainable options like paper bags and compostable materials. Many malls even offer incentives to stores that adopt these practices, creating a supportive community of eco-conscious businesses. By fostering these sustainable practices, malls are not only enhancing the shopping experience but also lessening the environmental impact during busy periods of high consumption.

Malls are increasingly championing green consumerism by partnering with eco-friendly brands to host pop-up events and exhibitions that showcase sustainable products and practices. Shoppers are encouraged to support these brands, often receiving discounts for bringing reusable shopping bags or choosing digital receipts instead of paper ones. This approach turns malls into educational spaces where consumers can learn about the advantages of environmentally responsible shopping habits, fostering a culture of sustainability within the community.

Festive season offers a special chance for community engagement focused on sustainability. Many malls are organizing eco-themed events like digital ganapati, workshops on waste reduction, and upcycling fairs where people can learn how to repurpose items. These activities foster a sense of shared responsibility and inspire consumers to embrace more sustainable habits in their everyday lives, turning the festive spirit into a collective commitment to the environment.

Today malls are stepping up as leaders in eco-friendly initiatives during the busy festive season. By focusing on energy conservation, effective waste management, sustainable retail practices, and community engagement, they’re transforming the shopping experience into one that’s both fun and environmentally conscious. As more consumers seek sustainable options, malls play a vital role in shaping the future of green retail. Their efforts not only lessen the environmental impact of the festivities but also encourage shoppers and businesses to adopt more sustainable lifestyles.

Authored By

By Santush Pandde, COO - Real Estate at Grauer & Weil (India) Limited (Growel’s 101 Mall)

Shopping will never be the same again — at least not if Broadway has anything to say about it. The brand-new venture by Vivek Biyani is shaking up the way we shop, hang out, and discover trends, all under one massive roof. A game-changing platform that blends digital-first brands with immersive, in-store experiences. At 25,000 square feet, nestled in New Delhi’s Ambience Mall, Broadway’s flagship store isn’t just another retail outlet—it’s the future of commerce.

Why Just Shop When You Can Experience?

Forget boring racks and aisles. Broadway is all about making shopping an experience you actually want to talk about. Whether it's the in-store fashion drops, live performances, or hands-on beauty demos, this isn’t your average mall stop. You can wander into a live beauty tutorial or even watch influencers create content right there in the store’s Creator’s Commune. “Our goal was to build something entirely new,” says Biyani. Joined by partners, actor-entrepreneur Rana Daggubati, Apurva Salarpuria of the Salarpuria Group, Anuj Kejriwal of Anarock, and  Think9, Biyani has done just that. With over 115 D2C brands under one roof, Broadway is the shopping playground you didn’t know you needed.

“Experiential commerce lies at the heart of Broadway’s vision,” explains Vivek. But what does that mean? It's not just about making purchases—it's about transforming the entire shopping experience into an event.“We’re not just selling products; we’re creating experiences,” he adds. Broadway invites consumers to immerse themselves in the process. From beauty and wellness to fashion and lifestyle, there’s something for everyone. Yet, this isn't just about variety. It’s about depth, about providing a space where customers feel like participants, not just buyers. All this with lip-smacking food and innovative cocktails!

The Creators’ Commune

Broadway’s genius doesn’t stop at selling goods — it fuses commerce with content creation. Enter the Creators' Commune, a first-of-its-kind initiative where influencers and brands come together to co-create. This isn't just about product displays — it's about showcasing stories, brand narratives, and even live tutorials or masterclasses.

"Physical retail spaces have not kept up with the rise of social media," says Biyani, explaining how Broadway was born from a need to merge the fast-paced world of content creation with physical retail. The Broadway Studio, equipped with cutting-edge technology, is a playground for creators to produce content right inside the store. For instance, beauty tutorials being filmed live or influencers reviewing products on-site, all while shoppers experience it firsthand.

A Stage for Everything — Even Auctions

What makes Broadway truly unique is how it blends online and offline retail into a seamless, interactive experience. A live auction where the latest fashion drops are showcased in real-time or a masterclass right after discovering a new brand. The Main Stage doesn’t just host performances — it’s a hub for all things experiential.

In fact, the Broadway concept hinges on the idea that today’s consumer wants more than just a transaction. They want to feel connected to the brands they engage with. “It’s not just about fulfilling a need anymore. The digital world handles that,” Biyani notes. “We’re here to create a space that fosters discovery, connection, and engagement.”

Where Shopping Meets Leisure

A complete sensory experience, the space has two restaurants, a bar, and even a full-service salon – you could easily spend hours in the store without realizing it. Need a skincare consultation while shopping? Done. Want to grab a cocktail after picking out the latest fashion trends? Easy. Broadway blends shopping with leisure in a way that keeps you engaged from start to finish.

By the way, the experiential features aren’t just window dressing. “We’ve designed every corner of the store to invite engagement,” Biyani emphasizes. From health and wellness expert sessions to live demos in the “Beauty on Air” salon, Broadway keeps its customers coming back not just to shop, but to interact.

The Future of Retail

Broadway’s first store might be in Delhi, but this is only the beginning. New stores are set to open in Hyderabad next month, followed by a Mumbai location in 2025. Each new location will continue Broadway’s vision of experiential commerce, with the Hyderabad store boasting even more brands — over 150!

Biyani is not just looking to expand geographically but is also keen to push the envelope further when it comes to retail formats. “We see Broadway as an evolving platform. We’re constantly learning and adapting based on customer feedback and brand insights,” he says.

Challenges? Sure. But Growth? Exponential.

Launching a concept like Broadway isn’t without its challenges. “It’s a completely new format, not just for India but on a global scale,” Biyani admits. With brands like Broadway, scaling quickly can bring its own set of hurdles—from stocking issues to ensuring consistent customer engagement.

But the rewards are equally significant. Biyani reveals that over 75 percent of the brands featured at Broadway have never had a physical presence before. Broadway is their first foray into offline retail, and the reception so far has been overwhelmingly positive. “We’ve already seen incredible success stories from beauty and footwear brands that are absolutely thriving in this new environment,” he shares.

What’s Next? Omnichannel Innovation

Broadway’s not stopping at the physical store experience. Plans are already in motion to integrate digital commerce into the mix. “In the next two or three months, we’ll be rolling out omnichannel capabilities,” Biyani teases. Imagine being able to experience a brand in-store, only to order more from their online collection seamlessly.

“Broadway is about more than just shopping,” says Biyani. “It’s about creating a retail ecosystem that reflects how today’s consumers want to engage—with brands, with products, and with each other.”

If Broadway has its way, the future of shopping won’t just be about what you buy, but how you experience it. And that’s a future worth shopping for.

Infiniti Mall has experienced a remarkable year, marked by significant growth in foot traffic and sales performance. Over the past year, it has recorded an 8-10 percent year-on-year increase in footfalls and a 15-20 percent growth in trading density. This positive trend highlights its commitment to customer-centricity and continuous improvement.

Since opening its doors in 2004, Infiniti Mall Andheri has been at the forefront of redefining the retail experience through constant innovation. Infiniti Mall Malad, with over 200 national and international brands, provides a comprehensive shopping therapy experience. “We are home to 'Bounce’, India’s largest indoor trampoline park, catering to a diverse audience from preschool kids to families. Our entertainment offerings include stand-up comedy shows, open-air movie screenings, and festival celebrations, ensuring there is always something exciting happening at the mall,” said Gaurav Balani, DGM-Marketing, Infiniti Mall.

Recognizing the importance of parking convenience, the mall offers ample parking across five levels—Lower Basement, Upper Basement, Lower Ground, Podium, and Terrace. Strategically placed parking availability indicators guide visitors to the nearest available spaces, ensuring a hassle-free experience from the moment they arrive.

Embracing Tech

Infiniti Mall has embraced advanced technologies to enhance operations and customer engagement. “We have introduced WhatsApp Business for a seamless loyalty program, allowing members to upload their shopping bills and receive notifications about offers and events. This integration simplifies the loyalty process and keeps customers informed and engaged,” stated Balani.

Foodtainment Concept

To further attract visitors, it has introduced diverse 'foodtainment' concepts. Its fine-dining options include Copper Chimney, Punjab Grill, and Haldirams, while quick-service restaurants such as Wow Momos, Only Parathas, Flavours of China, and Burger King cater to varied tastes. For dessert lovers, it offers Love & Cheesecake, Apsara Ice Cream, Gelato Italiano, Mad Over Donuts, and more. Its Andheri location features Fresh Signature by Reliance Retail, an experiential supermarket with 17 live food stations.

“The upcoming opening of Dave and Buster’s, an American full-service restaurant with a video-game arcade, promises to elevate our foodtainment offerings further,” he added.

Infiniti Mall's dedication to enhancing customer experience through innovation, community engagement, and diverse entertainment options has solidified its position as a premier shopping destination. As we continue to evolve, our focus remains on delighting customers and setting new standards in retail excellence.

Over the past year, Nexus Malls have experienced a notable increase in foot traffic and sales performance, driven by the introduction of new categories, brands, and activities aimed at enhancing the overall customer experience.

“Our Q4 and Full Year FY24 earnings reports reflect these successes. We leased 0.26 million square feet across 181 deals during Q4 FY24, achieving our highest-ever occupancy of 97.6 percent, a 130 basis points improvement over March 2023. We achieved a Net Operating Income (NOI) of Rs 4,166 million, reflecting a 13 percent year-over-year growth in Q4 FY24. For the full year FY2024, we leased 1.1 million square feet, maintaining our highest-ever occupancy of 97.6 percent. Tenant sales grew by 13 percent year-over-year, ahead of market growth, and our net operating income grew by 16 percent year-over-year, surpassing projections,” said Nishank Joshi, Chief Marketing Officer, Nexus Select Malls.

Unique Qualities Enhancing Customer Experience

To stand out from other shopping destinations, Nexus malls offer a unique, customized experience. Its recently launched Nexus One App offers different loyalty rewards and ease of shopping. “We enhance customer experiences through grand decors, festivals, events, and promotions. This commitment to creating memorable experiences sets us apart and ensures that our customers have a reason to visit us repeatedly,” he stated.

Integration of Advanced Technologies

Technology is at the forefront of its operations and customer engagement strategies. Its NexusONE mobile application, recently launched, features user-friendly elements that simplify the shopping experience. Shoppers can participate in the loyalty program by uploading their bills to instantly win assured gifts, discover the latest offers, and navigate the mall using the app. “We have installed digital screens throughout the mall to provide real-time information and precise store locations. Additionally, our smart parking system guides visitors to available spots, reducing wait times and enhancing the overall parking experience,” explained Joshi.

“We are also exploring AI to curate online and offline creative content, with plans to launch a fully AI-generated campaign by the end of the year,” he added.

Innovative Foodtainment Concepts

Nexus prioritizes food as an integral part of its offering. Its food courts, such as the Select Square at Nexus Select City Walk, boast a variety of brands and the best restaurants. It regularly hosts food festivals, live cooking counters, and workshops by renowned chefs to attract food enthusiasts.

“These initiatives have significantly increased foot traffic and enhanced customer satisfaction,” he concluded.

Over the past year, Vegas Mall has experienced impressive growth in both foot traffic and sales performance. The mall has achieved a significant milestone with an annual turnover exceeding Rs 1300 crore. This surge is reflective of the successful campaigns, events, and a boost in consumer confidence. The increase in visitors has led to notable sales growth in key segments such as fashion, electronics, and dining.

Enhancing the Customer Experience

Vegas Mall stands out as a premier shopping destination with its diverse offerings and luxurious amenities. As the first superplex in Delhi, the mall provides an extensive range of retail options from high-street to international brands. It also features luxury and business hotels, serviced suites, and a sophisticated environment ideal for corporate needs. The mall’s 1.3-acre Piazza serves as a dynamic space for movie launches, concerts, and various marketing activities.

“In addition to our retail and hospitality offerings, we prioritize enhancing the customer experience through strategic events and recognition programs. A recent retailers' meeting honored outstanding performances, with special rewards for top sellers, highlighting the mall's commitment to its tenants and their success,” said Ravinder Choudhary, Vice President, Vegas Mall.

Utilizing Advanced Technologies

Vegas Mall has integrated advanced technologies to streamline operations and elevate customer engagement. The deployment of AI and IoT technologies has enabled the mall to manage operations more effectively and gain valuable insights into consumer behavior. Data analytics allows for personalized shopping experiences and optimized store placements, enhancing overall customer satisfaction.

Innovative Foodtainment Concepts

To attract visitors and improve their experience, Vegas Mall has introduced several innovative foodtainment concepts. The new Food Court Table Ordering system eliminates long queues by allowing customers to place orders directly from their tables, enhancing convenience and efficiency. The PVR Chandelier Room offers an exclusive dining experience with a luxurious ambiance, making it a favored spot for social gatherings.

“Additionally, we have introduced weekly performances by international artists at Flaunt by Duty-Free and Imperfecto Boutique, adding a vibrant cultural element to the shopping experience. These live music events have contributed to a noticeable increase in foot traffic and overall visitor satisfaction,” he concluded.

Costume Jewellery plays a big role in Indian fashion. It is stylish, affordable, and works for all occasions. You can wear it to a party, wedding, or even daily. The charm of costume Jewellry lies in its variety. It comes in different colors, styles, and designs. Whether you like bold pieces or something simple, there’s always a choice. Many people love costume Jewellery because it’s budget-friendly but still looks elegant. It’s easy to match with Indian or Western outfits. In India, several brands make beautiful costume Jewellry. Each brand has its own unique touch. They focus on quality, design, and trends. 

Here is the list of the top 5 costume jewellery brands in India that looks brighter in the jewellery market. Whether customers need modern or traditional designs, these brands will provide every solution. Check out these options to get the piece you’ve been looking to add to your collection and a little bit of glitter.

Costume Jewellry Market in India

The market of costume Jewellery in India is expanding rapidly. And its value in 2019 was $1,788.6 million. It is expected to be $1,886.2 million in 2021 and obtain $2,126.3 million by 2027, with a CAGR of 7.0% from 2021 to 2027. Today it has become a multibillion rupees market. Daily wear pieces and overstated accessories are key trends that are powering this growth. Increased demand accrues to fashionable and cheap Jewellery that is suitable for blending. Consequently, the overall market for costume Jewellery will continue to grow in the years ahead since this type of Jewellery is on the rise now.

Also check: 10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

Discover 5 Best Costume Jewellery Brands in India

Such accessories are excellent since they allow you to utilize glitter in your outfits yet will not make you budget Trey. It introduces hues, style, and multiplicity to your dressing Cod. Many brands in India especially excel in making unique costume jewellery that matches all types of occasions and everyone. Now let’s explore five of the best brands that are ruling the hearts of people all across the country.

Also Read: How to Start a Jewellery Business : 9 Steps to Launch and Grow

Discover the 7 Best Korean Beauty Brands Transforming Indian Skincare

Top 5 Jewellery Brands in India -A Comprehensive Guide

1. Giva

Giva is a well-known name in the costume Jewellery space. They focus on making elegant pieces for daily and special occasions. The brand is perfect for women who love classy and subtle designs. Giva’s Jewellry is also great for gifting. Many customers praise their excellent packaging and fast delivery. The brand uses high-quality metals, making their pieces long-lasting and hypoallergenic. Giva also keeps their collections updated with the latest trends. They have Jewellry that matches both Western and Indian outfits, making them versatile. Giva is known for its simple yet elegant designs. The brand aims at the modern woman who loves minimalistic styles.

• Types of Stones Used: Giva often uses zirconia and other high-quality artificial stones that give a sparkling look.
• Famous Products: Their silver Jewellery and cubic zirconia sets are very popular. Many customers love their delicate rings and charm bracelets.

2. Shaya by Caratlane

Shaya by Caratlane offers Jewellry with a touch of creativity. Their pieces are inspired by art, culture, and stories from around the world. Shaya’s collections include nature-themed designs like leaves and animals. The brand is loved for its artistic approach to Jewellery-making. Shaya makes Jewellery that’s both stylish and meaningful. Their collections often have a bold look but are still light and comfortable to wear. Many customers enjoy the mix of traditional and modern elements in their designs. Shaya’s pieces are perfect for those who love unique, one-of-a-kind Jewellry. Shaya by Caratlane brings unique, artistic designs to the table. Inspired by nature and culture, their pieces tell a story.

• Types of Stones Used: They use stones like onyx and colored glass, along with metal accents.
• Famous Products: Their tribal-inspired Jewellery and bold statement pieces are highly sought after. They offer quirky, artistic necklaces that stand out.

3. Misho

Misho is known for its standout designs that blend art and Jewellery. The brand offers bold and sculptural pieces that catch the eye. Their Jewellery looks like wearable art, making it perfect for fashion-forward people. Misho’s pieces are made with precision and attention to detail. The brand focuses on making Jewellry that’s stylish but also easy to wear. Each piece has a unique shape that makes it special. Misho’s designs are ideal for adding an edge to your look, whether it’s casual or dressy. Their Jewellry is perfect for those who want something modern and different.

• Types of Stones Used: Misho uses metals like brass and gold plating, often without extra stones. It’s all about the shape and design.
• Famous Products: Their geometric earrings are iconic. Many love their chunky rings and unique ear cuffs.

4. Joker & Witch

Joker & Witch is a trendy brand that offers cool and chic Jewellery. They focus on styles that young people love. The brand's pieces are perfect for parties or casual outings. Joker & Witch also offers great gift sets like bracelet and watch combos. Their Jewellery is trendy but also easy to mix with other pieces. The brand’s collections often feature simple but bold designs. They are also known for their affordable prices, making fashion accessible to all. Joker & Witch is a great choice for anyone who wants to add some sparkle to their outfits.

• Types of Stones Used: They use crystals, beads, and metal embellishments to add a trendy touch.
• Famous Products: Their layered necklaces and watch-bracelet sets are very popular. People love their stackable bracelets and statement earrings.

5. Voylla

Voylla is the best place for all sorts and types of Jewellery that interest you. They have stores that go from ethnic, to modern which gives them a lot of variety. The company’s product portfolio includes necklaces, rings, bangles, and earrings among others. Voylla is popular for producing various pieces of ornaments that would suit any occasion- be it a wedding or just a simple event in the day. Their designs are complex and enriched with all the Indian traditional behavioral patterns. Pricing is usually friendly, and the product is quite easily accessible in most stores. If one is looking for beautiful Jewellery of high quality, and affordable prices then Voylla is their destination.

• Type of Stones Used: They use artificial gemstones, pearls, and colorful beads that give an ethnic feel.
• Famous Products: Their temple Jewellry and bridal collections are well-loved. Many also like their festive bangles and oxidized Jewellry sets.

Types of Materials Used in Costume Jewellery

Costume Jewellery is made from a mix of materials. Metals like brass, copper, and sometimes even stainless steel are very common. Plastic and acrylic are used to make bright, fun pieces. Glass is often added for a shiny, elegant touch. Fabric and threads are used to make unique, creative designs. Beads and artificial stones add extra sparkle and color. Sometimes, wood is also used for a natural look. These materials make costume Jewellry light and easy to wear. They are also very affordable, allowing you to buy stylish pieces without spending too much.

Conclusion

Costume Jewellery is a great way to stay stylish without breaking the bank. Brands like Giva, Shaya by Caratlane, Misho, Joker & Witch, and Voylla offer many beautiful choices. Whether you love simple, bold, or traditional styles, these brands have something for you. Costume Jewellery lets you try new looks, mix and match, and add charm to any outfit. Explore these brands to find the perfect pieces that match your stylish pieces without spending too much.

As with every other part of the world, fashion never stops. This was also the case in Japan. In this country, Japanese traditional norms were abandoned entirely in favor of a more youthful aesthetic. Brands also came to form part of the course; they revolutionized Japanese fashion. The thing that most impressed and surprised us is how much influence the Japanese fashion labels have on the rest of the world. From elegant, simple shapes to luxurious materials to incredibly original and novel designs, there's something for everyone. To make it easier for you to find the perfect fit, here are the top 8 Japanese clothing brands in India. 

The Indian market for Japanese clothing is expanding, and both Japanese companies and Indian exporters want to increase their market share. India and Japan had $ 22.85 billion in overall commerce in 2023–2024, with $ 5.15 billion in exports and $ 17.69 billion in imports. Over 16 years, India's imports from Japan increased by over 180 percent, from $ 6.3 billion in 2007–2008 to $ 17.69 billion in 2023–2024.

Top 5 Japanese Clothing Brands in India

These iconic Japanese clothing brands in India are acing in the fashion market. So stay ahead of the trends with this curated list.

1. Uniqlo 

The foundation of Uniqlo's product creation is its LifeWear concept, which aims to provide apparel that is practical, cozy, and reasonably priced for everybody. The brand works with a variety of fabric and technology partners, including Toray Industries and Shima Seiki, to produce cutting-edge materials and methods that improve the functionality, caliber, and longevity of its goods. Leading Japanese clothing brand in India due to its innovative products. 

Innovative Products - Heattech, which generates and retains heat from body moisture, AIRism, which is breathable and moisture-wicking, Ultra Light Down, which is lightweight and warm; and 3D Knit, which is seamless and smooth.

Collaboration Collections - Uniqlo: C, Uniqlo: U, UNIQLO and COMPTOIR DES COTONNIERS, UNIQLO and PRINCESSE tam . tam.

2. Miniso

Muji offers a range of apparel items in addition to other goods. A popular Japanese clothing brand in India, that runs on the idea of producing straightforward, high-quality goods at affordable prices. Muji is renowned for its utilitarian and minimalist design aesthetic. Its items are frequently arranged on shelves with simply practical information and minimal packaging.

In addition to using natural fabrics like cotton, linen, and wool, the brand makes an effort to use raw materials that are harvested and grown without negatively impacting the environment. Women's, unisex, men's, boys', and girls' apparel are all available at Muji.

Clothing features - winter styling coordinates, naturally, comfortable, Autumn styling coordinates, Muji flannel, closer to skin, 90-degree right angle socks. 

3. Yohji Yamamoto

Japanese clothing brand in India, Yohji Yamamoto has made several comments on the fashion business and its work. Yamamoto is renowned for his avant-garde aesthetic that defies conventional dress codes. Many other designers have been influenced by him to question norms through experimental fashion.

It is popular for its design sensibilities and is regarded as a great tailoring brand. The language used to characterize clothing might stifle artistic experimentation. According to him, classifying clothing using categories that already exist might unintentionally create assumptions about the shape and purpose of the item. 

Collection - Spring 2025: ready to wear, menswear, fall 2024: ready to wear, menswear

Clothing features - Oversized Silhouettes, Monochrome Palette, Asymmetry and Deconstruction, Gender Fluidity.

4. A Bathing Ape (BAPE)

In addition to whimsical patterns and striking themes, BAPE apparel frequently has vibrant, cartoon-like images. Collaborations with well-known characters and other businesses are also common. Due in large part to its unique design, it has become a mainstay of streetwear culture and has gained international recognition, especially among hip-hop musicians, celebrities, and fashionistas.

This Japanese clothing brand has frequently released limited-edition items, which creates a sense of exclusivity. In India, where luxury goods and limited-edition releases are highly prized, BAPE’s scarcity and uniqueness add to its desirability. Owning a BAPE item is seen as a status symbol within certain circles.

Key features: Bold Camouflage Patterns, Bright, Bold Graphics, and Streetwear Aesthetic.

5. WTAPS

A streetwear clothing brand based in Japan that Tetsu Nishiyama started in 1996. It is well known for its understated style and heavy military and workwear aesthetic influence. WTAPS draws significantly on elements of military gear and uniforms from throughout the world's armed services.

The designs often feature military-style pockets, camouflage patterns, and olive green, khaki, and navy color palettes. This clothing brand in india is known for its practical and utilitarian take on streetwear. WTAPS apparel places an emphasis on functionality, emphasizing strong, cozy, and everyday-wearable fabrics and patterns.

Key features: Military and Tactical Influence, Japanese Craftsmanship, Emphasis on Layering, Streetwear and Subculture Appeal, Tactical and Functional Fabrics, Neutral and Earthy Color Palette and Neutral and Earthy Color Palette

What are these Japanese Brands known for in India?

• Quality - Japanese clothing is renowned for its excellent craftsmanship and high quality. 
• Growing middle-class demand - Impacted by the market demand for reasonably priced apparel. 
• Trend-savvy - India is home to a sizable number of trend-savvy, youthful, aspiring customers.
• Cultural appeal - Japanese streetwear draws inspiration from traditional themes, manga, and anime, among other aspects of Japanese culture.

 Final Word

Japanese fashion happens to be one of the most influential clothing markets in the world these days, especially in India, which is also being adopted with full might. Innovative designs, high quality craftsmanship, and more cultural impacts are attracting the Indian consumer towards Japanese garments, especially the youth-driven and trend-savvy segments. A variety of styles, from minimalist aesthetics to bold streetwear, among Japanese clothing brands, caters to the tastes and preferences of diverse consumers in India. Rising demand for exclusive, functional, and fashionable clothing along with growing trade relations between Japan and India ensures that the strong growth potential of Japanese fashion brands in the Indian market will not fade away soon. 

India’s basmati rice industry is set to moderate in terms of revenue growth this fiscal year, slowing to an expected 4 percent year-on-year increase from the 20 percent growth witnessed in the previous fiscal. Despite this moderation, the industry is projected to achieve an all-time high revenue of nearly Rs 70,000 crore, underpinned by favorable government policies, rising demand both domestically and internationally, and a reduction in input costs.

This feature delves into the dynamics of the basmati rice industry in India, examining key factors contributing to its growth, policy shifts, challenges ahead, and the financial outlook for companies operating in this sector.

The Revenue Growth Outlook: A Natural Moderation

Last fiscal year, India's basmati rice industry experienced an extraordinary surge in revenue growth, propelled by high demand for exports and favorable market conditions. However, this year, the pace of growth is expected to moderate. According to an analysis by CRISIL Ratings, the projected growth for the fiscal year is about 4 percent, compared to the 20 percent seen previously. Yet, this moderation is no cause for concern, as revenue is still expected to reach a historic high of approximately Rs 70,000 crore.

This growth will be driven by a combination of rising domestic demand, increasing international market penetration, and policy support from the government, such as the recent removal of the minimum export price (MEP) on basmati rice.

Policy Support: A Game Changer

One of the most significant policy developments this fiscal year is the removal of the MEP, which was imposed in August 2023 at $1,200 per tonne as a temporary measure to control domestic rice prices. The Government of India lifted this restriction on September 14, 2024, allowing exporters to sell basmati rice at lower price points in international markets.

This move is crucial as it enables Indian exporters to cater to price-sensitive markets, thereby increasing export volumes. Basmati exports account for a substantial 72 percent of total sales in this sector, and with the removal of the MEP, export growth is expected to reach 3-4 percent this year. This increase in volume will help Indian companies tap into new markets and strengthen their foothold in existing ones.

Nitin Kansal, Director at CRISIL Ratings, highlights the importance of exports, noting that geopolitical uncertainties and global food security concerns are driving countries to stockpile essential commodities like rice. “Exports, which form approximately 72 percent of basmati rice sales, are likely to grow 3-4 percent this fiscal as countries look to secure their food supplies amid geopolitical uncertainties,” he said.

Domestic Demand: Steady and Resilient

While international exports are a significant part of the industry's revenue, domestic demand is also expected to play a crucial role in sustaining growth. Domestic sales of basmati rice are projected to rise by approximately 6 percent, fueled by demand from the HoReCa (hotel, restaurant, and café) segment, increasing household income, and the availability of lower-priced basmati rice in the market.

The robust demand from the HoReCa segment is particularly noteworthy as the hospitality and food service sectors continue to recover post-pandemic. As more consumers dine out or order in, the demand for high-quality basmati rice is expected to remain strong.

Volume Growth to Offset Falling Realisations

Despite the positive revenue growth, the industry is expected to experience a slight decline in realizations — the price per unit of rice — which is projected to fall by around 5 percent. This drop is attributed to a decline in paddy prices, which form the primary raw material for basmati rice. However, the volume growth, estimated at 10 percent, is expected to more than offset this decline, ensuring that the overall revenue figures remain on an upward trajectory.

This volume growth is driven by both domestic and international markets, as demand continues to rise, especially in regions looking to secure stable food supplies.

Cost of Inputs: A Silver Lining

The expected fall in paddy prices is another important factor contributing to the industry's profitability. Paddy prices are forecasted to decline by 10-12 percent this fiscal year due to a larger harvest, thanks to favorable monsoon conditions and increased sowing acreage. This reduction in input costs will directly benefit basmati rice manufacturers, as lower procurement prices will help them improve their operating margins.

The operating margins for basmati rice manufacturers are anticipated to increase by 50-75 basis points, reaching approximately 6.7-7.0 percent this fiscal year. This improvement will come as a result of both falling input costs and sustained demand, allowing manufacturers to maintain healthy profit levels despite the slight dip in realization prices.

Rebuilding Inventory: A Strategic Move

In the post-pandemic period, the basmati rice industry faced a significant drop in inventory levels as demand outstripped supply. Inventory levels fell to their lowest point in five years, reaching just 110-120 days of supply. However, this fiscal year, players are expected to replenish their stocks, bringing inventory levels back to the normative range of 140-150 days.

This re-stocking is not just a reactive measure but a strategic one, as companies prepare to meet the increasing demand both domestically and internationally. With a larger harvest expected and procurement prices falling, now is an opportune time for companies to replenish their inventories.

Capital Expenditure and Credit Profiles: Stability Amid Growth

As basmati rice companies expand their processing and packaging capacities to meet growing demand, they are expected to increase capital expenditure by around 10 percent this fiscal year. Despite this, the overall credit profiles of these companies are expected to remain stable.

According to Smriti Singh, Team Leader at CRISIL Ratings, the industry’s strong profitability will ensure that companies can fund capital expenditure and inventory replenishment without relying heavily on debt. “Debt levels are seen stable as companies are expected to fund capex and increased procurement using healthy accruals flowing from higher revenue and profitability. That would lead to stable credit profiles,” she said.

This stability is reflected in key financial ratios for the industry, with gearing expected to remain around 1.0 times and interest coverage at 4.5 times, similar to the average seen over the past three years.

Challenges Ahead: Geopolitical and Environmental Uncertainties

While the outlook for India’s basmati rice industry remains positive, there are potential challenges that could impact growth. Geopolitical issues, particularly those affecting global trade routes and food security, could pose risks to the export market. Additionally, the trajectory of the monsoon — in terms of volume, distribution, and timeliness — will be critical in determining the size of the paddy harvest.

Both factors could have a significant impact on supply and demand dynamics, and the industry will need to remain agile in navigating these uncertainties.

A Promising Future for India’s Basmati Rice Industry

India’s basmati rice industry is poised for another year of growth, albeit at a moderated pace compared to last year’s extraordinary performance. With strong demand from both domestic and international markets, favorable government policies, and a reduction in input costs, the industry is well-positioned to achieve record revenues this fiscal year.

As companies focus on expanding capacity, replenishing inventories, and maintaining stable credit profiles, the future looks bright for India’s basmati rice industry. However, players must remain vigilant to potential risks, such as geopolitical uncertainties and monsoon variability, that could impact the road ahead.

The Amazon Great Indian Festival (AGIF) 2024 opened with a bang, recording an extraordinary surge in sales, customer visits, and unique shopping experiences. With over 11 crore customer visits in the first 48 hours, AGIF 2024 has set a new benchmark for festive sales, drawing attention from every corner of India. Let’s take a closer look at how Amazon achieved this milestone and the impact it had across the country, particularly in Tier II and smaller towns, where over 80 percent of the visits originated.

“The first 48 hours of Amazon Great Indian Festival 2024 have been historic and the best ever for Amazon.in! We are thrilled to witness the biggest ever opening with a record 11 crore customer visits, and highest number of Prime members shopping during PEA. We also witnessed an overwhelming  participation of sellers across India, including, small and medium businesses, and thousands of sellers became lakhpatis during the first 48 hrs of AGIF ‘24. We are excited with this encouraging start to our month-long Amazon Great Indian Festival and a big thank you to our sellers, brand partners, delivery associates, and teams who brought the festive cheer early for our customers across India," said Saurabh Srivastava, Vice President – Categories, Amazon India.

Prime Members Lead the Way

Prime members played a starring role, with the highest number of them ever shopping across multiple categories. In just the first 24 hours, they made purchases at 8 times the usual rate seen on average daily, showcasing the power and loyalty of Amazon's Prime membership. The sheer convenience offered by the platform was evident as more than 3 lakh unique products were delivered within the same-day or next-day delivery window, highlighting the brand’s efficiency.

Tier II and Beyond

One of the standout trends was the remarkable participation from Tier II and III cities, accounting for more than 65 percent of all seller orders. From cities like Moradabad, Saharanpur, Haridwar, and Jodhpur, to Surat and Pune, customers from these regions engaged with AGIF in record numbers. Premium smartphone sales, TVs, laptops, and fashion and beauty products flew off the digital shelves, proving that these towns are not only interested but are actively shaping the e-commerce narrative in India.

The demand was even more striking for premium products. Over 70 percent of premium smartphone sales (priced above Rs 30,000) came from these cities, while large screen televisions saw nearly 80 percent of sales originating from Tier II and III locations. This growth underscores the evolving aspirations and purchasing power of customers in smaller cities, effectively challenging the myth that premium products are predominantly sold in metropolitan areas.

AGIF 2024 wasn’t just a win for Amazon – it was a celebration for small and medium businesses (SMBs) across the nation. During the first 48 hours, SMBs, including women entrepreneurs, weavers, and artisans, sold over 1,500 units every minute. In a testament to the platform's reach, over 8,000 sellers crossed Rs 1 lakh in sales, setting a record for their businesses. More than 20,000 SMBs doubled their sales compared to an average day, making this year’s festival a game-changer for countless businesses.

The seller community wasn't just limited to metropolitan hubs. Over 65 percent of sellers who received an order hailed from Tier II and III cities, marking a tremendous shift in e-commerce participation. This broad representation of sellers demonstrates Amazon's role in democratizing access to the online marketplace for businesses, regardless of their location.

Ultra-Affordable and Premium Products

AGIF 2024 was an event that catered to all, from ultra-affordable products to high-end luxury items. The Amazon Bazaar recorded a staggering 10x growth in daily shoppers compared to pre-event averages. Notably, more than 50 percent of these Bazaar shoppers were either first-time users or returning customers after a 12-month hiatus, indicating Amazon's expanding reach into the masses.

On the other end of the spectrum, categories like premium laptops, cameras, gaming consoles, and luxury fragrances saw a massive spike. The sale of premium ANC headphones grew by 30 percent year-on-year, while brands like JBL and Sony emerged as the preferred choices among buyers. Similarly, the demand for luxury fragrances, ethnic wear, and premium watches doubled, showing that shoppers were eager to indulge in high-end products as part of their festive celebrations.

Convenience Delivered

The Great Indian Festival's success wasn’t just about the products; it was about the experience. Customers took advantage of attractive exchange discounts on products like smartphones, TVs, and appliances, opting for free installation services across 400+ cities. Amazon also invested in an 8,000-strong workforce of authorized experts, providing in-home installation, setup, and product diagnostics.

Amazon Fashion and Beauty saw customers use advanced shopping tools like Virtual Try-On (VTO) and SkinCare Advisor (SKCA), which enabled them to make more informed purchasing decisions. These features brought a new level of personalization to online shopping, enhancing customer confidence and satisfaction.

The festival wasn't just a consumer affair; businesses also took part in the festive cheer. Amazon Business saw a 4.5x surge in new customer sign-ups within the first 24 hours of AGIF going live, compared to regular business days. Paid Prime adoptions increased by 11x as businesses sought early deals and fast shipping options. This led to a 12x increase in bulk orders, emphasizing that the Great Indian Festival was not only a retail phenomenon but a business boon as well.

The preparation for AGIF 2024 began well in advance, with Amazon launching three new fulfillment centers in Delhi NCR, Guwahati, and Patna to bolster its pan-India logistics network. Moreover, over 100,000 seasonal job opportunities were created, enhancing Amazon's delivery capabilities to meet the anticipated surge in customer demand.

With their sprawling presence in Gurgaon and Vasant Kunj, Ambiance Malls have redefined the shopping experience by blending a diverse array of brands with exceptional dining and entertainment options.

New Store Openings and Renovations

The Gurgaon Mall is set to welcome several new stores, including OMA Living, Dior, Swarovski, Lladro, Limited Edit, Chanel, and Victoria’s Secret. Additionally, major renovations are underway for popular outlets such as Sephora, Lladro, Swarovski, and Marks & Spencer. These enhancements will elevate the shopping experience, providing visitors a refreshed and luxurious environment.

Similarly, Vasant Kunj Mall is expanding its repertoire with the addition of Broadway, House of Fett, Tira, Café de Flora, PF Chang’s, Romeo Lane, and Cafeteria & Co. These new stores promise to bring fresh and exciting options to the mall, catering to diverse tastes and preferences.

Unique Features and Loyalty Program

What sets Ambience Malls apart from other shopping destinations is their unique combination of shopping, dining, and entertainment, all under one roof. The “I Am Ambi” loyalty program further enriches the customer experience. “This program offers numerous privileges, such as gift vouchers, valet parking, stays at The Leela Hotel, PVR Director’s Cut membership, free car washes, food coupons, and more. Customers earn rewards for every rupee spent, whether on food, entertainment, or shopping. The app enhances convenience by facilitating easy navigation, parking assistance, and even cab bookings directly from the app,” said Arjun Singh Gehlot, Director, Ambience Malls.

Advanced Technologies and Customer Engagement

Ambience Malls have integrated AI and advanced technologies to improve operations and customer engagement. AI-powered systems optimize store layouts, manage inventory efficiently, and predict customer behavior. Interactive digital displays and virtual try-on experiences engage shoppers, while data analytics personalize offers and improve customer service.

“Our app, “I AM Ambi,” provides instant support and information, enhancing customer satisfaction and reducing wait times. Smart parking solutions, contactless payments, and seamless registration further elevate the overall visitor experience,” he stated.

Innovative Entertainment Concepts

Ambience Malls also consistently introduce innovative entertainment concepts to keep visitors engaged. They feature top-notch entertainment brands like iSkate, PVR Director's Cut & Cinemagic, Timezone, and FunCity. Hosting immersive theme-based events, interactive gaming zones, and virtual reality experiences, along with live music performances, stand-up comedy shows, and fashion shows, transforms the mall into a vibrant entertainment hub. These initiatives significantly increase foot traffic and enhance customer satisfaction, making Ambience Malls a premier destination for a unique and engaging shopping experience.

Men's grooming has become more important today than ever before. It's not just about looking good; it’s about feeling confident and taking care of yourself. A good grooming routine can boost your confidence, improve your hygiene, and enhance your overall health. In India, the grooming market is growing rapidly. More men are becoming aware of the importance of self-care. They are now investing in quality products to maintain their skin, hair, and beard. The rise of social media and easy access to products have made grooming an everyday practice for many.

To make your task easier, here are the top 7 best men’s grooming brands in India for you. These brands sell various products including the popular beard oils as well as face wash products that will suit every man. With all the impressive brands on the grooming market, you can either get luxurious grooming services or find cheap grooming services that will suit everybody. Hang on to also discover the best products to help you achieve the desired appearance and feel always.

Men's Grooming Industry Market Value in India

The male grooming market in India in 2022 is $888.51 million. It is predicted to reach $1,844.65 million by the end of 2029, at a compound annual growth rate of 11.06 percent. The use of razors is also on the rise because through awareness men realize the need to groom themselves, fashion and urbanization. Indeed, more and more people consuming social networks, engaging influencers, as well as an increasing number of themed sites in the format of men’s salons also contribute to the popularity. Producers are integrating new technology into shavers and razors and making grooming hot and accessible and especially for the youthful male.

Also Check: 10 Best Formal Shoe Brands for Men in India 2024

Top 10 Best Men’s Wallet Brands in India: Style Meets Function

Top 10 Shoe Brands in India : 2024's Top Picks

Why Every Man Should Take Care of Their Skin

Every man should care for his skin. Good grooming makes you feel confident. It also helps prevent skin problems like acne, dryness, and aging. A simple skincare routine can make a big difference. Clean, moisturized skin looks healthy and feels fresh.

Read more: Top 10 Perfume Brands for Male in India | Best Scents for Men

Top 10 Shirt Brands in India: Leading the Market

7 Best Men's Grooming Brands in India

Here are the 7 best men's grooming brands in India that can elevate your grooming game. Each brand has something unique to offer, making them perfect for different needs and preferences. Let’s explore what makes these brands stand out and why they are loved by men across the country.

1. Beardo

Beardo is perfect for men who love simple grooming. The brand cares about using only natural ingredients. Beardo’s products are free from chemicals that can harm the skin. Their beard care range keeps beards soft and easy to manage. Men trust Beardo because their products work well without causing irritation. The light, natural scents make grooming a pleasant experience. If you want soft, healthy skin and beard, Beardo is a great choice.

• Key Ingredients: Argan oil and aloe vera, which are great for hydration.
• Famous Product and Why: Beardo's "Beard Softening Cream" is very popular. It makes beards soft and easy to style.
• Why Men Love It: Men love Beardo because it gives natural, soft results without harsh chemicals.

Also Check: Bravado's Artisan Men's Grooming Takes Center Stage at Cosmoprof India 2023

2. Bombay Shaving Company

Bombay Shaving Company offers complete grooming kit expertise as well. package dealing with all that is required in shaving, skin care and many more needs a man might have. The brand is clear to the listeners about its belief that grooming should be as easy and fun as it can be. Some of the best materials they use include activated charcoal in addition to other superior ingredients. They are very friendly to use especially to the new learners in the field. Using the shaving kit produces a close shave without any cuts or products such as burns. As a shaving company, it can be considered suitable for men who do not have time for other procedures and preparations.

• Key Ingredients: Activated charcoal for deep cleansing.
• Famous Product and Why: The "6-in-1 Shaving Kit" is loved for making the shaving experience smooth and easy.
• Why Men Love It: Bombay Shaving Company offers great value with high-quality products in a single package.

3. Park Avenue

Park Avenue is a well-known name in men's grooming. They offer a wide range of classic products, from shampoos to body sprays. Their beer shampoo is especially loved for its shine-boosting effects. Park Avenue's grooming items are affordable and easy to find. They make grooming simple with effective results. If you like products that offer a fresh, clean feel without spending much, Park Avenue is a top pick. It’s perfect for everyday grooming needs.

• Key Ingredients: Menthol for cooling and freshness.
• Famous Product and Why: The "Beer Shampoo" is a standout for giving hair a healthy shine.
• Why Men Love It: Affordable and effective, with a focus on a fresh, clean feel.

4. The Man Company

The Man Company focuses on offering natural grooming solutions. They have everything a man needs—from face wash to beard oils. Their products are chemical-free, making them safe for all skin types. The brand uses essential oils like tea tree oil for their benefits. Men love The Man Company because it delivers real results using natural elements. Their charcoal-based products are great for deep cleansing and keeping the skin clear. The Man Company is perfect for men who prefer a natural approach to grooming.

• Key Ingredients: Tea tree oil, is known for its anti-bacterial properties.
• Famous Product and Why: "Charcoal Face Wash" is loved for its deep-cleaning effects.
• Why Men Love It: The Man Company combines natural ingredients with effective results, making it a favorite.

5. Garnier

Garnier is a trusted brand worldwide, including in India. They offer easy-to-use grooming products for men. Garnier’s face washes are very effective in removing dirt and oil. They also help in keeping the skin bright and clean. The brand’s focus is on simple, quick results, which busy men appreciate. Garnier products are available everywhere, making them accessible. They are also affordable, which is a big plus for many men.

• Key Ingredients: Vitamin C, which brightens the skin.
• Famous Product and Why: The "TurboBright Face Wash" is popular for fighting dirt and pollution.
• Why Men Love It: Garnier’s products are easy to find and give quick results, perfect for busy men.

6. Ustraa

Ustraa specializes in beard care and hair grooming products. The brand uses ingredients that nourish and strengthen. Their beard oil is very popular for promoting healthy beard growth. Ustraa understands the needs of Indian men, which makes their products unique. Their grooming range is easy to use and gives visible results. Ustraa is ideal for men who want to take good care of their beards and hair without much hassle.

• Key Ingredients: Shea butter and cedarwood oil for nourishment.
• Famous Product and Why: "Beard Growth Oil" is a bestseller because it helps in growing a thicker beard.
• Why Men Love It: Ustraa makes grooming easy with products made for Indian men’s needs.

7. Man Matter

Man Matter brings a touch of luxury to men's grooming. They focus on making high-quality products that feel premium. Their hydrating face cream keeps the skin soft, making it perfect for daily use. Man Matter is ideal for men who like to pamper themselves with the best. Their products not only work well but also offer a luxury experience. If you want your grooming routine to feel special, Man's Matter is the brand to choose.

• Key Ingredients: Hyaluronic acid for hydration.
• Famous Product and Why: The "Hydrating Face Cream" is a favorite for keeping the skin soft and moisturized.
• Why Men Love It: Man Matter offers a luxurious experience, ideal for men who want to pamper themselves.

Key Ingredients You Should Look for in Men's Grooming Products

• Vitamin E: Helps keep skin hydrated.
• Tea Tree Oil: Fights acne and keeps skin clear.
• Activated Charcoal: Removes dirt and makes skin fresh.
• Hyaluronic Acid: Keeps skin smooth and hydrated.

Famous Products and What Makes Them Special

• Beardo Beard Softening Cream: Softens the beard naturally.
• Bombay Shaving Company Shaving Kit: Everything you need for a great shave.
• Park Avenue Beer Shampoo: Adds shine and health to your hair.
• The Man Company Charcoal Face Wash: Cleanses deeply and removes impurities.
• Garnier TurboBright Face Wash: Keeps skin bright and fresh.
• Ustraa Beard Growth Oil: Helps grow a fuller beard.
• Man Matter Hydrating Face Cream: Keeps skin hydrated all day.

Common Grooming Mistakes Men Make and How to Avoid Them

• Over-washing the Face: This can make skin dry. Use a gentle cleanser twice a day.
• Not Moisturizing: Always use a moisturizer, even if you have oily skin.
• Skipping Sunscreen: Sunscreen protects against sun damage. Never skip it.

Tips for Building an Effective Grooming Kit

• Beginners: Start with a face wash, moisturizer, and shaving kit.
• Advanced Users: Add beard oil, serum, and exfoliator for better care.
• Budget-Friendly Options: Look for combos from Bombay Shaving Company or Ustraa to save money.

The Final Step

Men's grooming is essential for looking and feeling good. With brands like Beardo, Ustraa, and Man Matter, there are many great products to try. Start small and build your grooming kit as you learn what works for you. Remember, grooming is not just about appearance but also about caring for yourself. Explore these brands and find the products that fit your grooming needs today!

The Great India Place is one of the largest malls in India, has become a central hub for family shopping and entertainment. Spanning over a million square feet and featuring more than 230 brands, TGIP serves approximately 30,000 visitors daily. This iconic destination is a comprehensive shopping experience, offering a diverse range of national and international brands, dining options, and entertainment venues.

Fashion Hub

For fashion enthusiasts, TGIP is a treasure trove. The mall hosts some of the most popular and sought-after brands, including Smart Bazar, Shopper’s Stop, Pantaloons, Zudio, Max, Reliance Trends, Raymond, Louis Phillipe, and Van Heusen. These stores regularly update their collections, ensuring shoppers have access to the latest trends. The mall further offers a wide array of sportswear brands including Nike, Adidas, Puma, and Crocs, which frequently host training camps, enhancing the shopping experience.

Furthermore, the mall boasts in housing renowned jewelry stores offerings such as Tanishq and Kalyan Jewelers, custom-tailored apparel brand stores like Raymonds and Siyaram’s, as well as Titan and Reliance Digital for the tech enthusiasts to explore the latest gadgets and timepieces.

A Movie Buff’s Dream

TGIP is also home to Miraj Cinemas, a six-screen multiplex that can seat up to 1,200 people. Known for its exotic ambiance, superior technology, and excellent service standards, Miraj Cinemas provides an unmatched cinematic experience. Whether it's the latest Bollywood blockbuster or a Hollywood hit, TGIP’s Miraj Cinema offers something for every movie lover, making it a must-visit for film enthusiasts.

Enhancing Global Taste Buds

After a day of shopping and entertainment, visitors can indulge in a variety of dining options at TGIP. The food court boasts a wide range of choices, from fast-food giants like KFC, Pizza Hut, Burger King, Vaango, McDonald’s, Biryani Blues, and WOW Momos, to more refined dining experiences at Mandarin Trail, Barista, Nazeer Foods, Chopal, and The Punjabis. The culinary diversity ensures that there is something to satisfy every palate, making TGIP a destination not just for shopping, but also for unforgettable dining experiences.

Home, Kitchen & Outdoors is not just another category for Amazon India; it's the crown in its jewel box. From a staggering projected growth of 42 percent year-over-year to innovative tech integrations, K N Srikanth, Director of Amazon India, spills the beans on how this retail giant is rewriting the rules of home shopping.

According to Srikanth, "Home Kitchen Outdoors is one of the largest and fastest-growing categories on Amazon India." The e-commerce behemoth is all set to see a growth of no less than 40-42 percent this festive season, making it a prime destination for millions of shoppers. But what’s driving this exponential growth?

The category spans eight diverse industries, from home appliances to sporting goods, furniture, home decor, and even industrial supplies. "While some of the larger categories might grow at a steady 25-30 percent, the newer ones will skyrocket with 3X year-over-year growth," he revealed. This diversity ensures that Amazon continues to cater to every home’s needs, establishing itself as a go-to platform for all things home and kitchen.

Paint – The New Surprise Hit

Believe it or not, paint has emerged as a game-changer for Amazon India. Srikanth shared a surprising insight, "In the first month of launch, we sold more than 25,000 liters of paint to the end customer." It’s a trend that even Amazon hadn’t anticipated! “The company made it super easy for consumers to paint their homes by integrating technology – input your wall size, and Amazon will tell you exactly how much paint you need, the accessories required, and more.”

From premium brands like Nippon and Asian Paints, Amazon offers everything. The real cherry on top? The brand’s collaboration with Urban Company, ensuring that customers who don’t want to paint themselves have access to professionals. This integration is truly redefining the DIY home improvement market in India.

The Seasonal Décor Craze

Gone are the days when people bought a piece of décor and stuck with it for five years. "Customers are experimenting now," Srikanth pointed out. He shared that customers frequently updated their home decor based on the season – opting for bamboo-themed items in summer and warmer, richer colors during winter. This trend has led to a surge in sales of multiple items, from bedspreads to curtains, all in sync with the changing season.

There’s also a new obsession with layering – did you know you could put up to ten different things on your bed to make it picture-perfect? Customers are matching bedcovers with foot mats, and curtains with bed linens, leading to higher sales across product categories.

Sustainability Matters

Srikanth emphasized, "Sustainability is an important trend." Amazon’s journey into the electric vehicle (EV) and solar panel market has been nothing short of remarkable. With EVs becoming one of the fastest-growing categories on the platform, and customers increasingly turning to solar energy solutions, Amazon India is contributing significantly to green living.

Their strategy involves supporting local sellers, ensuring that products are delivered from nearby locations, which helps minimize carbon emissions and enables faster delivery. “We are seeing customers buy solar panels, large panels, as alternate source of energy.”

Private Labels Stealing the Show

Amazon's private label, Solimo, has seen tremendous growth. Srikanth states, "They are seeing a very similar growth trend to what we have seen from established brands." These private labels not only help Amazon innovate in unbranded spaces but also provide trusted and affordable options for consumers, making them a win-win!

AI and Tech – The Secret Sauce

One of Amazon's standout features is its ability to leverage technology to enhance customer experience. "Your homepage will be very different from mine," Srikanth mentioned, explaining how Amazon’s AI tailors the shopping experience based on individual preferences. This personalization has been a game-changer, making shopping more convenient and helping customers discover products tailored to their needs.

Furthermore, Amazon's AI-driven inventory predictions help sellers stock up correctly, ensuring customers don’t face any out-of-stock situations during the peak festive rush. This technology-backed approach makes the shopping experience seamless, encouraging customers to shop more frequently.

Another incredible AI tool is 'Room View’, where customers can visualize what a piece of furniture will look like in their homes before purchasing. This feature has boosted sales, especially for larger items like sofas and dining tables, as customers feel more confident about their purchases.

"When there are unique products, a technology like Rufus helps," Srikanth shared. “This innovative tool answers customer questions about a product without overwhelming them with too much information. The feature has been pivotal in selling more complex items like windmills, X-ray machines, and other specialized products,” he added.

Empowering Small Businesses

One of Amazon India’s remarkable achievements is its local shops program, which connects hundreds of thousands of sellers with customers. This program not only enables faster deliveries but also empowers small businesses by providing them access to a larger market. “You order paint from your home, potentially the closest paint shop near your house will deliver it to you,” Srikanth shared, emphasizing the importance of supporting local sellers.

Amazon India’s explosive growth, especially in the Home Kitchen Outdoors category, speaks volumes about the changing dynamics of retail in the country. With its mix of technology integration, sustainable solutions, and a vast range of categories, the e-commerce giant is leading the way in shaping consumer behavior and preferences.

Srikanth’s insights into the company's strategies provide a clear picture of how Amazon continues to stay ahead of the curve. Their focus on leveraging AI, integrating local sellers, and catering to evolving customer trends ensures they remain at the forefront of the retail revolution in India.

Over the past year, DLF Malls has experienced a substantial 35 percent increase in customer footfall. This impressive growth is attributed to several key milestones and achievements. The introduction of new retail stores and enhanced experiential zones has attracted a diverse range of visitors, significantly boosting the overall customer experience. The expansion of food and beverage (F&B) options has been a major draw, complemented by the integration of digital payment solutions that provide a seamless shopping experience.

“Notably, DLF Avenue’s Fashion Avenue now hosts home-grown direct-to-consumer (D2C) brands previously only available online, reinforcing our position as a leader in retail real estate. The malls have also been proactive in hosting engaging events, including the COMMONS Bar Launch, Pokémon Mela, Active Noida, and The Late Night Edit, all contributing to increased sales and reinforcing our reputation as a premier shopping destination,” said Pushpa Bector, Senior Executive Director and Business Head, DLF Retail.

DLF Malls distinguish themselves through their innovative approach and extensive experience in the retail sector. One standout feature is their focus on tailoring offerings to local preferences. For instance, DLF Avenue has elevated the F&B category with the introduction of casual dining restaurants and trendy bars at COMMONS, catering to Delhi's diverse dining tastes. Meanwhile, DLF CyberHub and Horizon Plaza offer a blend of lifestyle, dining, and commercial spaces, providing state-of-the-art office environments. DLF Mall of India, India’s largest mall, features a distinctive ‘Zoning’ concept that organizes stores into five specialized shopping zones across seven floors. This strategic zoning enhances the shopping experience by simplifying navigation and improving accessibility to various retail outlets, ensuring a superior shopping and leisure experience.

Embracing AI

DLF Malls has embraced AI and advanced technologies to enhance operations and customer engagement. The deployment of smart parking management systems helps guide customers to available parking spots in real-time, reducing congestion and improving convenience. This system, combined with valet services, analyzes parking data to optimize space allocation. Additionally, enhanced digital directories and interactive navigation systems simplify the shopping journey by helping customers locate stores and amenities effortlessly.

“The integration of WhatsApp Marketing allows customers to stay informed about offers, trends, and new openings across DLF Malls from the comfort of their homes. Live dashboards provide rich insights into customer behavior through gift voucher redemptions, aiding efficient inventory management and enhancing the overall shopping experience with increased personalization and efficiency,” she explained.

Elevating Food Experience

To attract visitors and enhance their experience, DLF introduced ‘COMMONS’ at DLF Avenue — a dedicated F&B district featuring a curated selection of popular restaurants, bars, and cafes. Spread over three floors, COMMONS includes themed dining zones and interactive food experiences, where "food is fashion." These innovations have significantly increased foot traffic and improved customer satisfaction, positioning COMMONS as the premier destination for dining and social gatherings in Delhi.

Dwarka Expressway, a vital artery connecting Delhi and Gurugram, has emerged as a premier location for luxury retail in India. Its strategic location, enhanced connectivity, and modern infrastructure make it an ideal destination for high-end shopping, attracting both businesses and consumers. The expressway’s proximity to major commercial hubs and the Indira Gandhi International Airport offers seamless access for professionals and international travelers. As the region continues to evolve, its potential for luxury retail growth is immense.

Strategic Connectivity Boosts Retail Potential

One of the primary reasons Dwarka Expressway is gaining traction for luxury retail is its unmatched connectivity. Developed as India’s first elevated urban expressway at an approximate cost of Rs 27000 crore, this 27 KM world-class road infrastructure has brought a paradigm shift to the real estate sector in Delhi NCR. The improved connectivity between Delhi and the commercial hubs of Gurugram like Cyber City, Udyog Vihar, and Manesar, along with the easy access to the airport, has made this area a prime choice for real estate developers, consumers, and businesses alike.

The laying of the foundation stone of the Gurugram Metro Project in Feb 2024, which includes a 1.85 km spur to Dwarka Expressway, is the other point of inflection for this already fast-growing micro-market and will have a long-lasting impact on the development of the area.

Commercial and Residential Expansion

The impetus for the infrastructure development of Dwarka Expressway has generated significant interest amongst businesses, end-users, investors, and real estate developers. The area has seen a rise in launched commercial and residential projects, attracting top developers who have invested in malls, office spaces, and high-end residential complexes. The development of luxury housing societies along the expressway has created a niche market of affluent residents who are likely to indulge in luxury shopping, dining, and entertainment. As per a recent report by JLL, in the H1 2024, of the 6183 units launched within the price bracket of Rs 5 crore, Dwarka Expressway was the biggest gainer with 34% of luxury launches. This shift of investments in luxury housing in Dwarka Expressway is testimony to positive investors’ sentiment and end-users' confidence in the micro-market given its unmatched infrastructure and growth potential.

Dwarka Expressway has developed into a growth engine and is fast developing into a place of choice for start-ups, IT companies, and national and international companies. Several multinationals, which include KPMG, EY, and American Express companies have also set up their offices along this corridor, and this trend will continue.

Given the fast-paced development in both high-end residential and commercial office space, it is only logical that retail giants are seizing the opportunity by establishing flagship stores and luxury malls that cater to the needs of this elite population. The region’s expanding infrastructure, such as new schools, hospitals, and recreational centers, has further enhanced its attractiveness as a retail destination.

Rising Demand for High-End Retail

The increasing presence of multinational companies and start-ups along Dwarka Expressway has driven a surge in demand for luxury retail. With a growing population of professionals, business owners, and expatriates residing in the area, the demand for high-end fashion, jewelry, and lifestyle brands has skyrocketed. Retailers are now focusing on creating unique shopping experiences tailored to the tastes of this discerning clientele.

Apart from fashion, the region is also seeing a rise in luxury automobile showrooms and fine dining establishments, complementing the shopping experience. Entertainment zones, multi-plexes, and curated retail spaces provide a well-rounded luxury experience for both residents and visitors.

The Role of Sustainable and Smart Development

A key factor that distinguishes Dwarka Expressway as a retail destination is its focus on sustainable and smart development. Developers are incorporating eco-friendly practices, such as energy-efficient buildings and green spaces, making the area more appealing to environmentally conscious consumers. Smart technologies, including automated parking, digital payment systems, and personalized customer services, are being integrated into the retail infrastructure, offering convenience and a premium experience.

This blend of modern infrastructure, sustainability, and smart solutions positions Dwarka Expressway as a forward-thinking retail hub, aligning with global trends in luxury retail development.

Future Prospects for Retail Growth

Future developments are expected to cater to the growing elite population, and the future of luxury retail along the Dwarka Expressway looks promising. As new commercial and residential projects continue to emerge, the demand for upscale shopping experiences will only increase. Developers are likely to capitalize on this trend by introducing more luxury malls, boutique stores, and experiential retail spaces that offer exclusive services and products.

With its strategic location, growing population, and emphasis on sustainability, Dwarka Expressway is set to become a thriving hub for luxury retail, rivaling established markets in Delhi and Gurugram. As the expressway evolves into a business and lifestyle hotspot, it offers unparalleled opportunities for retail brands looking to expand their presence in one of India’s fastest-growing regions.

Conclusion

Dwarka Expressway’s rise as a luxury retail destination is fueled by its strategic connectivity, expanding commercial and residential developments, and the growing demand for high-end shopping experiences. As it continues to develop into a modern business and lifestyle hub, the expressway presents significant opportunities for retailers to tap into a lucrative market. With a focus on sustainability and smart infrastructure, Dwarka Expressway is poised to redefine the luxury retail landscape in India.

This shift in retail dynamics promises a bright future for businesses and shoppers, making Dwarka Expressway a destination to watch.

Authored By

Aman Sharma, Managing Director of Aarize Group

As global environmental awareness grows, sustainability has become a significant factor influencing consumer decisions across industries. The gold and jewelry market, long associated with luxury, is now part of the sustainability conversation, thanks to the growing demand for recycled gold. Retailers are adapting their strategies to meet this shift, emphasizing the benefits of recycling while addressing the challenges of sourcing and marketing recycled materials.

Growing Demand for Sustainability

Sustainability has transitioned from a niche concern to a mainstream consumer expectation. Shoppers today are more educated about the environmental and ethical impacts of their purchases, seeking products that align with their values, including responsible sourcing and reducing environmental harm. As a result, retailers are rethinking their product lines, with recycled gold emerging as a popular alternative to newly mined gold.

Gold mining is a highly resource-intensive and environmentally damaging process. Producing just one ounce of gold can generate up to 20 tons of waste rock, which can damage ecosystems and biodiversity. As consumers become more aware of the negative impacts of mining, they increasingly favor retailers that prioritize recycled materials over traditional mining practices.

Retailers who incorporate recycled gold into their offerings not only meet these consumer expectations but also demonstrate a commitment to reducing their environmental impact. This shift is driven by consumer demands for ethical sourcing and greater transparency. Consumers want to know where their gold is sourced and how it is processed, making retailers who offer clear, responsible sourcing information more attractive.

Benefits of Recycled Gold

Recycling gold offers several environmental benefits that resonate with both consumers and retailers. A primary advantage is the reduction of mining waste and energy consumption associated with extracting new gold. Mining operations contribute to environmental degradation, including soil erosion, water pollution, and habitat destruction. By opting for recycled gold, retailers help minimize these impacts while still offering high-quality products.

Advancements in recycling technology have improved the efficiency and purity of recycled gold. New methods allow for higher recovery rates from sources such as electronic waste and obsolete jewelry. As a result, recycled gold can now compete with newly mined gold in terms of quality and purity, making it a viable option for manufacturers and consumers alike.

Retail Market Trends: Incorporating Recycled Gold

In response to the benefits of recycled gold, more retailers are incorporating it into their product lines. From high-end jewelry brands to fashion-forward retailers, the industry is increasingly adopting recycled gold as part of a broader shift toward sustainability.

Incorporating recycled gold has become a powerful selling point, especially among younger generations, who prioritize environmental and ethical concerns. Millennials and Gen Z consumers are driving demand for products that reflect their values, including sustainability and transparency. Retailers that fail to address these preferences may lose market share to competitors who are quicker to adopt sustainable practices.

In addition to offering recycled gold, many retailers are adopting certifications and standards to ensure the authenticity of their materials. Certifications such as the Responsible Jewelry Council (RJC) Chain-of-Custody certification provide consumers with the assurance that their gold has been responsibly sourced and recycled according to ethical and environmental standards. These certifications play a crucial role in building trust and credibility with customers, making recycled gold an increasingly attractive option.

Marketing Strategies

To effectively communicate the benefits of recycled gold, retailers need to craft targeted marketing strategies that emphasize its reduced ecological footprint and responsible sourcing. Highlighting how recycled gold is sourced and processed can resonate with consumers who value transparency. Campaigns that showcase the journey of recycled gold—from collection through refining—create compelling narratives that align with consumer values.

Retailers can also leverage social media to engage consumers about sustainability initiatives. Sharing educational content about the benefits of recycling gold and its environmental impact can foster a community of informed consumers who are passionate about sustainable practices. This approach not only promotes brand loyalty but also positions retailers as leaders in sustainability.

Consumer Engagement and Future Outlook

As sustainability trends continue to shape consumer behavior, there is an expectation that consumer preference for recycled gold will increase. This shift is likely to accelerate as advancements in recycling technologies make the process more efficient and accessible. Improved methods will enhance gold recovery rates and increase the purity of recycled gold, making it a stronger competitor to newly mined gold.

Retailers that embrace recycled gold and integrate sustainability into their core business strategies will be well-positioned to capture growing market share. Consumers are increasingly prioritizing ethical and environmentally responsible products, and recycled gold is set to play a key role in the future of the retail market.

Retailers that invest in educating consumers about the benefits of recycled gold, engage them through transparent communication, and offer certification-backed products are likely to thrive in this evolving market. As more companies adopt responsible sourcing practices, a ripple effect will be created across the industry, encouraging even greater adoption of recycled materials.

Conclusion

The impact of gold recycling on the retail market is profound. As consumer demand for sustainable products grows, retailers must adapt by incorporating recycled gold into their offerings and adopting transparent practices that resonate with eco-conscious shoppers. Recycling gold is crucial as it reduces gold imports, benefiting the country’s economy. Additionally, the benefits of recycling extend beyond environmental considerations; they also present economic opportunities for retailers willing to invest in sustainable practices. However, all recycling must be conducted after obtaining proper KYC to ensure ethical sourcing. By embracing these changes and effectively communicating their commitment to sustainability, retailers can meet current consumer demands while paving the way for future growth. The evolution toward a more sustainable retail landscape is essential for long-term success in an industry facing increased scrutiny over its environmental impact. Gold recycling, with its dual benefits of environmental protection and consumer appeal, will continue to shape the future of the retail market.

Authored By

Aksha Kamboj, VP, India Bullion & Jewellers Association (IBJA) and Executive Chairperson, Aspect Global Ventures Pvt. Ltd.

Korean beauty is taking India by storm. The promise of glowing, clear skin has made Indian skincare lovers try out Korean products. From face masks to serums, K-beauty offers everything. But what makes Korean brands so special? Let’s dive into the 7 best Korean beauty brands in India and why they are loved by many.

Market Value of the Korean Beauty Industry in India

Korean beauty products are rapidly growing in India. In 2022, the revenue of the Korean beauty products market in India reached approximately $531 million. The market is forecasted to grow to over $1.3 billion by 2032. This growth is driven by more awareness of skincare, easy access through online shopping, and the rising influence of K-pop and K-dramas.

Also Check: Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

Why is Korean Skincare a Global Phenomenon?

Korean skincare is famous for its advanced formulas, natural ingredients, and multi-step routines. The focus is not just on beauty but also on skin health. People love the idea of nourishing their skin instead of covering flaws. Korean brands are also known for their research and innovation. This makes them trendsetters in the beauty world.

Also Read: 10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

Top 10 Women's Footwear Brands in India for Comfort and Class

7 Best Korean Beauty Brands Taking Over Indian Shelves

The demand for Korean beauty products is skyrocketing in India due to their innovative formulations and natural ingredients. These top K-beauty brands are winning over Indian consumers with their effective and affordable skincare solutions. Here are the top brands that are gaining popularity in India:

1. Innisfree

Innisfree is one of the famous Korean skincare brands, which aims at making products that are environmentally friendly. The ingredients include those that can be sourced from Jeju Island which is surrounded by clean environments.  The brand stands for sustainability and naturalness. It is also affordable and therefore can be afforded by so many people because it is a favorite brand by many people known as Innisfree. Most of their products are vegan, and none of their products are tested on animals.

• Unique Features: Innisfree stands out for using natural ingredients and sustainable packaging. Their commitment to eco-friendly practices resonates with conscious consumers.
• Key Ingredients: Green tea, volcanic clay, and orchid extract are some of their signature ingredients.
• Famous Product: Innisfree Green Tea Seed Serum is well-loved for its lightweight texture and hydrating benefits.
• Why It’s Loved in India: Innisfree products are affordable, effective, and perfect for Indian skin types, especially in humid climates.

Also Read: Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

2. Laneige

Laneige is known for its focus on hydration. According to the advanced water science technology, it deeply nourishes the skin of the consumer. Laneige is skincare that is both luxurious and reasonably priced. It is suitable for all skin types; however, those whose skin is dry or dehydrated will benefit the most from the brand’s products. Another aspect that can be mentioned is that Laneige is dermatologically tested, it also does not contain any dangerous components.

• Unique Features: Laneige uses water-based science to ensure long-lasting hydration for the skin.
• Key Ingredients: Mineral water and green tea.
• Famous Product: The Laneige Water Sleeping Mask is a cult favourite, known for giving a fresh glow overnight.
• Why It’s Loved in India: It works wonders for dry skin, a common issue in India due to the varying climate.

3. Cosrx

Cosrx is a Korean brand of skincare that is major in providing solutions to skin problems like acne and sensitivity. Cosrx has been famous for simple packaging and reasonable prices, but it does not betray consumers' expectations and performs well. It’s simple and functional, and it says so on the label, which adds to the brand’s appeal. Indeed, in a world filled with numerous online marketing options. It's a trusted choice for those looking for targeted solutions.

• Unique Features: Cosrx specializes in products that address specific skin problems, making it popular with people with sensitive or acne-prone skin.
• Key Ingredients: Snail mucin, Centella asiatica, and salicylic acid.
• Famous Product: Cosrx Advanced Snail 96 Mucin Power Essence is popular for repairing and soothing damaged skin.
• Why It’s Loved in India: Ideal for sensitive and acne-prone skin, common concerns in India's harsh climate.

4. The Face Shop

The Face Shop has grown to become one of the top South Korean skincare and cosmetics manufacturers. It combines organic compounds with the technology to make good skincare products. Some of the products that the brand has cover cleansing products and makeup products, among others. This company is famous for its inexpensive price with good quality. And this has sold quite well in India because of the many and varied products it offers.

• Unique Features: Uses a mix of natural and scientifically proven ingredients to create effective skincare solutions.
• Key Ingredients: Rice, bamboo, and chia seeds.
• Famous Product: The Face Shop Rice Water Bright Cleansing Foam is loved for its brightening and deep-cleansing properties.
• Why It’s Loved in India: Easily available and perfect for oily skin types, making it a favorite in humid conditions.

5. Klairs

Klairs is a humble skincare line free from fragrances and many other things. They have tailored it for sensitive skin and come with no caustic chemicals, therefore suitable for everyday use. The brand is vegan and committed to using eco-friendly ingredients, also in terms of its use of environmentally friendly substances. Klair products are clean and minimalist yet incredibly useful in caring for and calming the skin.

• Unique Features: Free from harsh chemicals and fragrances, making it suitable for sensitive skin.
• Key Ingredients: Vitamin C, hyaluronic acid, and Centella Asiatica.
• Famous Product: Klairs Supple Preparation Facial Toner is praised for hydrating and balancing the skin’s pH levels.
• Why It’s Loved in India: Perfect for sensitive skin, especially for those seeking gentle formulations.

6. Etude House

Etude House can be described as a colourful and playful company dealing with skincare and cosmetics. Product and packaging is one of the most attractive and popular among female consumers. The social media marketing approach is designed for Etude House is aimed at marketing skincare and attracting the young demographic to make skincare enjoyable. The brand offers affordable products that are effective yet whimsical.

• Unique Features: Known for its fun packaging and creative formulations, Etude House appeals to a younger audience.
• Key Ingredients: Collagen, pearl extract, and fruit acids.
• Famous Product: Etude House Moistfull Collagen Cream helps improve skin elasticity.
• Why It’s Loved in India: It’s affordable, effective, and has a fun, youthful appeal.

7. Some By Mi

Some By Mi is an informational aesthetic Korean skincare brand focused on the use of natural but potent items. It gets to treat particular skin conditions such as acne, pimples, and skin dullness. The company is convinced that mild products work efficiently and demonstrate skin improvements immediately without negative effects. Some By Mi products are associated with clean beauty enthusiasts.

• Unique Features: Gentle yet effective formulas that target skin problems such as acne and hyperpigmentation.
• Key Ingredients: Tea tree, snail mucin, and niacinamide.
• Famous Product: Some By Mi AHA-BHA-PHA 30 Days Miracle Toner is famous for clearing acne and improving skin texture.
• Why It’s Loved in India: People with acne-prone skin love the fast and visible results it delivers.

What Makes Korean Skincare Stand Out from Others?

Some of the steps, including the cleansing and the sheet masking steps, are special to the Korean skincare regimen. This primarily lays emphasis more on disease control than treatment. Other skincare brands that fall under K-Beauty also embrace tailored strategies. They are suitable for every type of skin and concern, while most of the brands or the products formulated in the West are specially meant for white skin.

Why Are People More Into Korean Skincare These Days?

From social media to influencers, Korean skincare has become the thing that Gen Z cannot go through a day without. It will also resonate with them because K-beauty aligns with their clean beauty needs, natural appearance, and quick outcomes. Generation Z has embraced these affordable products because they are easily marketed for within their generational pocket as well as address skin issues such as pimples, lack of elasticity, and wrinkles. The colourful and serious packaging associated with K-Beauty also appeals to fashion-conscious customers and targets beneficial outcomes for young people in India.

Must-Try Korean Beauty Products for Every Skin Type

• For Oily Skin: Cosrx Oil-Free Moisturizing Lotion.
• For Dry Skin: Laneige Water Sleeping Mask.
• For Acne-Prone Skin: Some By Mi AHA-BHA-PHA 30 Days Miracle Toner.
• For Sensitive Skin: Klairs Rich Moist Soothing Serum.
• For Brightening: Innisfree Jeju Cherry Blossom Tone-up Cream.

Final Thought

Korean skincare is popular for a reason. With its natural ingredients, effective formulas, and innovative products, K-beauty has become a staple in many skincare routines. If you are in search of beautiful, rejuvenated skin, it is high time to pay attention to these Korean brands! Not only does this article shed light on the best Korean beauty brands, but it also identifies why the Indian market favours them. For those who are new to the world of skincare and those who have been fascinated by beauty ideas, K-beauty caters to all!

The festive shopping season in India kicked off with a bang, and if you thought last year's sales were big, brace yourself. Day 1 of the Amazon Great Indian Festival and Flipkart Big Billion Sale smashed all expectations, registering an astonishing surge in online transactions. With Rs 150 crore in sales clocked within the first six hours, this year’s mega sales have officially redefined what it means to shop during the festive season.

9 Million Clicks in Just 6 Hours

The numbers speak for themselves. CashKaro reported over 9 million clicks on Day 1 of the Amazon and Flipkart sales. And all of this unfolded in the initial hours of the sale, which was exclusively available for Amazon Prime members and Flipkart’s premium members. “It's exhilarating to witness such overwhelming response,” stated Rohan Bhargava, Co-Founder, CashKaro. “Achieving Rs 150 crore in sales within six hours is a testament to the excitement and fervor among Indian shoppers. Our teams worked tirelessly to make this happen, and it encourages us to push our limits for even greater milestones.”

India’s Midnight Shopping Madness

Interestingly, the highest shopping activity took place between midnight and 1 AM, indicating that Indian consumers were eagerly waiting to pounce on the best deals. The hot zones? Delhi, Patna, Kolkata, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Lucknow, and Kochi emerged as the cities with the most transactions. The sleepless shopping spree continued through the night, with consumers determined to unlock maximum savings.

Myntra Fashion Festival

Not to be outdone, Myntra's Fashion Festival Sale also witnessed an unprecedented surge in online transactions. With a whopping Rs 8.5 crore in sales recorded on the very first day, Myntra left no room for doubt that the online shopping game is stronger than ever. CashKaro reported an impressive 1.1 crore clicks on Day 1 of Myntra's sale. The peak shopping windows on Myntra were not just limited to midnight. The sales frenzy continued through the morning and afternoon, with major spikes in activity occurring at noon and around 3 PM. Once again, cities like Delhi, Patna, Kolkata, Bengaluru, Hyderabad, Lucknow, and Kochi led the charge in splurging on fashion.

How Much is India Spending this Festive Season?

If you think these sales are big, wait till you hear this: A recent survey by LocalCircles reveals that 1 in 2 Indian households plans to spend over Rs 10,000 during this festive season. The survey data reveals:

• 44 percent of respondents plan to splurge over Rs 1,00,000
• 18 percent will spend between Rs 20,000 and Rs 50,000
• 26 percent will allocate between Rs 10,000 and Rs 20,000

By extrapolating this data, urban India alone is set to spend a jaw-dropping Rs 1.85 lakh crore during the 2024 festive season.  

Physical vs. Online Shopping Tug-of-War

Despite the boom in e-commerce, a whopping 70 percent of urban households still prefer the traditional charm of physical stores and markets for their festive shopping. However, e-commerce platforms like Amazon, Flipkart, and Myntra are not far behind, with 13 percent of shoppers set to use these platforms as their primary shopping destination.

What factors are influencing their decisions? Here’s the breakdown:

• 46 percent prioritize budget/value
• 43 percent focus on product quality
• 8 percent are all about selection or range
• 3 percent cite convenience

Where India’s Money Is Going

The festive season is all about indulgence, and Indian consumers are ready to spend big. Here’s a quick snapshot of the categories set to see the most action:

• Pooja/Diwali supplies: 70 percent
• Festival groceries: 64 percent
• Beauty and fashion: 38 percent
• Home décor: 40 percent
• Smartphones & consumer electronics: 22 percent
• White goods and appliances: 18 percent
• Jewelry: 4 percent
• Automobiles: 4 percent

What’s Next?

If Day 1 is any indication, this festive season is shaping up to be the biggest in India's e-commerce history. With millions of consumers already swiping their cards, clicking ‘Buy Now,’ and adding to their carts, we can only expect the numbers to keep climbing. The surge in spending is not just a reflection of the festive spirit but a testament to India's rapidly evolving shopping habits.

Did you know the apparel industry contributes 10 percent of global carbon emissions, exceeding those from international flights and marine shipping combined? The apparel industry contributes significantly to global carbon emissions, while almost 75 percent of textiles end up in landfills.A major challenge in managing textile waste is the lack of standardized classification and reporting systems across countries.

In a world where consumers are becoming increasingly conscious of their environmental impact, new-age direct-to-consumer (D2C) brands are leading the charge in transforming the fashion industry. By embracing circular economy principles, they are changing how products are designed, sourced, consumed, and reused. Brands like One Less, Sanktum, and Warp ‘n Weft are revolutionizing sustainability practices, offering their customers not only luxury and style but also a greener future. This article delves into how these three D2C brands are spearheading the movement towards circular fashion in India.

A New Foundation for Fashion

At the core of these brands is a deep commitment to circularity, where products are designed to minimize waste and maximize their lifecycle. For One Less, the focus is on simplicity and recyclability.

“We made a deliberate choice to avoid using too many fiber blends in our fabrics because they make garments less recyclable. By using single-fiber fabrics, we ensure that our products can be more easily recycled. This not only enhances sustainability but also reflects our brand’s minimalistic aesthetic,” says Hansika Chhabria, Founder of One Less.

Sanktum, India’s first luxury handbag rental platform, approaches circularity from a different angle. They challenge the very notion of ownership in luxury fashion, offering a membership model that allows women to access a rotating collection of high-end handbags. Rangoli Kute, Co-founder of Sanktum, explains, “Sanktum is about experience over ownership. We fulfill the desire for luxury handbags sustainably, enabling women to enjoy over a hundred designer bags without the need to own a single one. By extending the lifespan of these bags, we reduce waste and support sustainable consumption.”

Similarly, Gaurika Rai, CEO of  Warp ‘n Weft, a heritage brand specializing in Banarasi handlooms, highlights their commitment to sustainability through craftsmanship, “Handloom textiles have a very different life cycle compared to machine-made ones. Rather than being recycled, they are often repurposed for various purposes, ensuring they remain in use for generations. This long-lasting quality supports our circular economy approach.”

The Antidote to Fast Fashion

The fast fashion industry is notorious for its contribution to global waste, with low-cost, mass-produced garments often ending up in landfills after just a few wears. In stark contrast, these D2C brands focus on longevity and reuse, which are essential components of the circular economy.

At One Less, the emphasis on timeless, high-quality pieces is deliberate. Hansika Chhabria notes, “We steer away from fast fashion trends by creating classic designs that remain stylish year after year. This not only promotes reusability but also ensures that our garments last longer, reducing the need for constant replacement.”

For Sanktum, the process of maintaining luxury handbags is key to their reuse model. After each use, handbags are meticulously cleaned and restored, ensuring they are ready for the next member. Rangoli Kute points out, “Every handbag undergoes thorough quality checks and cleaning after each use. This extends its life and guarantees that every member has an impeccable experience, just like owning a brand-new bag.”

On the handloom front, Warp ‘n Weft carries forward a legacy of craftsmanship where textiles are designed for longevity. Gaurika Rai elaborates, “Our Banarasi handlooms are heirloom pieces. Many of our clients have been wearing their Warp ‘n Weft textiles for decades. These pieces are often repurposed, like transforming a saree into a dupatta or blouse fabric into a potli. This kind of reuse preserves the craftsmanship and ensures minimal waste.”

The Backbone of Circular Fashion

Sourcing sustainable and ethically produced materials is a critical aspect of a circular economy, and these brands have taken important steps to ensure that their supply chains reflect their values.

For One Less, this means partnering with certified suppliers and manufacturers who meet stringent environmental standards. “All our fabrics are GOTS certified, and we use Oeko-Tex certified dyes to ensure our garments are free from harmful chemicals. By maintaining close relationships with our suppliers, we guarantee that our materials are sourced ethically and sustainably,” says Chhabria.

Sanktum carefully sources its luxury handbags from boutiques in Paris, the USA, and India. While they cannot always guarantee that every material in the handbags is ethically sourced, Rangoli highlights the brand’s commitment to encouraging conscious consumption, “While we don’t control how the handbags are made, we ensure they are used responsibly by promoting shared use and extending their lifespan. Our philosophy is to minimize environmental impact while still delivering the luxury experience.”

Warp ‘n Weft takes a different approach, as they weave their textiles in-house. The brand doesn’t just source fabrics; but creates them. This allows them to innovate and maintain full control over the weaving processes, ensuring sustainability at every step. By working closely with artisan communities, they further ensure that our handwoven textiles are not only beautiful but also environmentally responsible.

Stigma, Scale, and Education

The path to sustainability is not without its challenges, and each brand has had to overcome obstacles in their journey toward circularity.

One of the key hurdles for One Less has been the issue of textile recycling. As Hansika Chhabria explains, textile recycling facilities in India typically cater to large quantities of fabric, often measured in tons. As a smaller brand, this has been a challenge and One Less had to work hard to find partners willing to work with smaller batches, and are constantly looking for ways to improve its circular practices.

For Sanktum, changing consumer perceptions around renting has been a major challenge. Rangoli Kute admits, “In India, there’s still a stigma attached to renting. Some people love our collection but are hesitant to join because they don’t believe in renting. Educating consumers about the environmental benefits of renting and the malpractices in fast fashion is a key part of our strategy."

However, at Warp ‘n Weft, the challenge has been preserving traditional handloom techniques in the face of increasing automation. As Gaurika Rai says, Handloom weaving is labor-intensive, and powerlooms have become more prevalent because they produce textiles faster and cheaper. The brand’s challenge has been to maintain the integrity of the craft while staying competitive. Being committed to preserving this heritage and ensuring that the weavers’ skills continue to thrive.

The Future of Circular Fashion

Looking ahead, all three brands have ambitious plans to further their commitment to circular fashion. One Less plans to launch a buy-back scheme for worn-out garments, encouraging customers to return items for recycling or reuse. Hansika Chhabria explains, “This initiative will help us extend the life cycle of our products and reduce textile waste. We’re also exploring innovative recycling processes that can give our garments a second life.”

Sanktum is focused on breaking the stigma around renting and expanding its community of members who value sustainability. Rangoli Kute states, “We plan to expand our inventory and strengthen our educational efforts to promote renting as a smart and sustainable alternative to ownership.”

For Warp ‘n Weft, the future lies in innovation. Gaurika Rai reveals, “We aim to design new collections using modern techniques while staying true to the handloom tradition. We also want to create more employment opportunities for weavers and keep adapting our designs to stay relevant in a changing market.”

Leading the Way in Circular Fashion

As the fashion industry grapples with its environmental impact, brands like One Less, Sanktum, and Warp ‘n Weft are paving the way for a more sustainable future. By embracing circular economy principles, they are not only reducing waste but also reshaping consumer behavior. Through longevity, reuse, ethical sourcing, and education, these D2C brands are leading a revolution in fashion—one that prioritizes the planet without compromising on style or luxury.

The Indian retail and FMCG sectors are experiencing rapid growth, but an alarming trend has emerged— the rise of the illicit market. In 2022-23, the total illicit market in India reached a staggering Rs 7,97,726 crore, with textiles, apparel, and FMCG products making up a significant portion of this market. This trend not only undermines legitimate businesses but also hampers government tax revenues. The increase in demand for high-value, branded goods, and services, particularly among India's growing middle class, has created a fertile ground for illicit trade.

FMCG and Retail: The Rising Illicit Market

According to FICCI's Committee Against Smuggling and Counterfeiting Activities Destroying the Economy (CASCADE) and the Thought Arbitrage Research Institute (TARI), the illicit market has grown significantly across various sectors:

• Textiles and Apparel: With an illicit market size of Rs 4,03,915 crore in 2022-23, this sector alone accounts for over 50 percent of the total illicit market.
• FMCG (Packaged Foods): The illicit market size reached Rs 2,23,875 crore, accounting for approximately 28 percent of the total illicit market.
• FMCG (Personal and Household Care Goods): With a market size of Rs 73,813 crore, this sector comprises nearly 9 percent of the overall illicit market.

The expansion of the illicit market is most prominent in rural India, particularly among middle and lower-income groups. However, the trend has also spread to urban areas, reflecting the growing aspirational consumption patterns of Indian consumers.

New Consumption Patterns Driving Illicit Trade in India

India's growing economy and changing consumption patterns have played a significant role in the rise of the illicit market. Some key factors include:

1. Rising Middle-Class Income: The rise of the middle class in both rural and urban areas has led to increased consumption of non-essential goods. However, the mismatch between aspiration and purchasing power has fueled demand for illicit products.
2. Urbanization: The migration of people from rural to urban areas has led to evolving consumption habits, increasing demand for branded goods, and inadvertently driving the illicit trade market.
3. Age Demographics: Millennials (aged 25-44) are driving consumption trends, with a focus on lifestyle services and better living standards. This demographic is more likely to seek high-value, branded products, which are often targeted by illicit traders.
4. Rising Education Levels: The 50 percent increase in educational attainment between 2011 and 2022 has improved earning potential, leading to increased consumption of non-essential goods, thereby expanding the market for illicit products.

The Role of Taxes in Illicit Trade

A significant factor contributing to the rise of illicit trade is the high tax rate on certain products, such as tobacco and alcohol. Higher taxes create price disparities, making it easier for counterfeit or smuggled products to enter the market. For instance:

• In the tobacco industry, over 50 percent of the illicit market can be attributed to high taxes.
• In the alcohol sector, the effect of high taxes accounts for around 46 percent of illicit trade.

These high tax rates create a thriving market for counterfeit and smuggled goods, making it challenging for legitimate businesses to compete.

FMCG (Packaged Foods): A 99% Increase in Illicit Trade

The illicit market for FMCG packaged foods has grown significantly, doubling from Rs 1,12,474 crore in 2011-12 to Rs 2,23,875 crore in 2022-23. This represents a 99 percent increase, driven by rising incomes and evolving consumption patterns in both urban and rural segments.

Urban Segment:

• The middle class experienced a 158 percent increase in median monthly per capita expenditure (MPCE) on packaged foods. This group, driven by aspirations for higher-value products, is more exposed to smuggled or counterfeit goods.

Rural Segment:

• The lower-income group experienced a 221 percent increase in consumption over the same period. This segment is highly vulnerable to low-quality or illicit products due to price sensitivity.

FMCG (Personal and Household Care Goods): A 71.6% Growth in Illicit Trade

The illicit market for personal and household care goods has seen significant growth, rising from Rs 43,010 crore in 2017-18 to Rs 73,813 crore in 2022-23, marking a 71.6 percent increase.

Rural Segment:

• There was a 199 percent jump in the consumption of personal and household care goods, with middle-income households (fractiles 50-90 percent) experiencing a 192 percent to 208 percent rise in expenditure. The varying tax implications on these products make them susceptible to counterfeit or smuggled goods.

Urban Segment:

• The expenditure on personal and household care goods increased by 182 percent, indicating a growing demand among urban consumers, although the rate of growth was slower among higher-income groups.

Textiles and Apparel: 29.67% Growth in Illicit Trade

The textiles and apparel sector witnessed a 29.67 percent growth in illicit trade between 2017-18 and 2022-23, with the illicit market expanding from Rs 3,11,494 crore to Rs 4,03,915 crore.

Urban and Rural Segments:

• The lower-income group experienced a 229 percent and 231 percent increase in consumption of low-quality or illicit products in rural and urban areas, respectively.
• The aspiring middle class (fractiles 30-60 percent) recorded a 139 percent and 196 percent increase in susceptibility to smuggled or counterfeit high-value products.

Alcoholic Beverages: A 153.5% Rise in Illicit Trade

The illicit trade in alcoholic beverages surged by 153.5 percent between 2017-18 and 2022-23, with the market reaching Rs 66,106 crore in 2022-23. This trend is fueled by:

• The premiumization trend driven by younger consumers
• A 365 percent increase in monthly per capita expenditure on alcoholic beverages, indicating higher consumption in both volume and value

The high tax rates have been a major contributing factor to the illicit alcohol market, accounting for 46 percent of total illicit alcohol consumption over the past six years.

Tobacco Products: A 17.7% Increase in Illicit Trade

The illicit market for tobacco products grew by 17.7 percent between 2018-19 and 2022-23, from Rs 25,495 crore to Rs 30,012 crore. Factors contributing to this rise include:

• High tax rates, with the tax component of illicit tobacco products increasing from 15 percent in 2018-19 to 53.9 percent by 2022-23
• The vulnerability of lower-income groups (fractiles 0-30 percent) to counterfeit products due to limited financial capacity

The Impact on the FMCG and Retail Sectors

The rise in illicit trade not only affects the FMCG and retail sectors but also has far-reaching consequences for the Indian economy. Key impacts include:

• Loss of Revenue: The government loses significant tax revenue due to the proliferation of counterfeit and smuggled goods.
• Erosion of Brand Value: Illicit trade damages the reputation of genuine brands, making it challenging for legitimate businesses to compete.
• Consumer Health Risks: Counterfeit products may not meet safety standards, posing health risks to consumers.

Addressing the Challenge of Illicit Trade in FMCG and Retail

The illicit market in India is a growing concern, particularly in the FMCG and retail sectors. While rising disposable incomes and changing consumer patterns are driving demand for branded products, high tax rates and price disparities have created an environment where illicit trade thrives.

To address this challenge, policymakers, industry stakeholders, and consumers must collaborate to raise awareness, strengthen regulations, and implement measures to curb illicit trade. By doing so, the FMCG and retail sectors can achieve sustainable growth, protect legitimate businesses, and safeguard the interests of consumers and the Indian economy as a whole.

If you're looking for a healthier and more sustainable alternative to traditional dairy, plant-based milk is the way to go. Whether you're lactose intolerant, vegan, or simply seeking to diversify your diet, plant-based milk offers a range of options packed with nutrients and flavor. From almond to oat, soy to coconut, these dairy-free alternatives are gaining popularity for their health benefits and versatility.

In this article, we’ve rounded up the top 10 plant-based milk brands in India that are revolutionizing the way people think about milk. Discover these game-changing options that not only taste great but are also kinder to the planet!

Plant-based Milk Market: An overview

The plant-based milk market is set for rapid growth, projected to increase from USD 20.1 billion in 2024 to USD 47.9 billion by 2034. This expansion reflects a strong compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 9.1% over the decade. The surge in demand is largely due to the numerous health benefits associated with plant-based milk options, such as coconut and soy milk, which are gaining widespread popularity. Additionally, the growing consumer preference for plant-based foods and beverages is playing a key role in accelerating the market's growth globally.

Read: 10 Best Skincare Brands in India for Glowing Skin

Best Plant Based Milk brand options in India

Soy Milk Brands

When you're exploring plant-based milk options in India, soy milk brands often stand out for their nutritional benefits and versatility.

Rich in protein, soy milk can easily serve as a dairy substitute in various recipes, from smoothies to curries. You'll find that many brands offer fortified options, enhancing vitamins like B12 and calcium, making it a healthy choice for those looking to boost their diet.

Popular brands, such as Soy Fit and NutriSoy, provide a range of flavors, ensuring you can find something that suits your taste. Plus, soy milk's creamy texture works well for both sweet and savory dishes.

Almond Milk Options

Almond milk options have gained significant popularity in India, thanks to their light, nutty flavor and numerous health benefits.

If you're looking for a dairy alternative, brands like Almond Breeze and Silk offer delicious and creamy varieties that can elevate your smoothies, coffee, or even baking.

You'll find unsweetened options perfect for calorie-conscious individuals, while sweetened versions cater to those with a sweet tooth.

Keep an eye out for fortified almond milk, enriched with vitamins and minerals, adding extra nutrition to your diet.

Many brands also focus on sustainability, using eco-friendly packaging.

Whether you're lactose intolerant, vegan, or simply exploring healthier choices, almond milk offers a versatile and tasty option to incorporate into your daily routine.

Read: Best Organic Ghee Brand in India: A Taste of Purity

Oat Milk Selections

Oat milk's creamy texture and subtle sweetness make it a favorite among those seeking a plant-based alternative to dairy.

When you explore oat milk selections, you'll find several brands that cater to different tastes and preferences. For instance, brands like Oatly and the newly emerging local alternatives offer fortified options, ensuring you get essential nutrients.

If you're looking for something unsweetened, many brands provide that choice, allowing you to control sugar intake. You can also discover flavored versions, perfect for coffee or smoothies.

Don't forget to check the ingredient labels for added sugars or preservatives.

With its versatility, oat milk can easily become a staple in your kitchen, whether you're pouring it over cereal or using it in your favorite recipes.

Coconut Milk Choices

Exploring coconut milk choices opens up a world of creamy, tropical flavors that can enhance your favorite dishes and beverages. When you pick coconut milk, you're not just enjoying its rich taste; you're also tapping into its versatility.

You can use it in smoothies, curries, or even desserts, making it an excellent dairy alternative. Brands like Tetra Pak and Cocofit offer convenient, ready-to-use options, while others like Raw Pressery provide fresh, organic choices for a more natural experience.

If you're feeling adventurous, consider using canned coconut milk for a thicker consistency, perfect for soups or creamy sauces.

Whatever your preference, there's a coconut milk option to suit your culinary needs and elevate your plant-based lifestyle.

Read: 10 Best Herbal Tea Brands in India: Sip Your Way to Wellness

Cashew Milk Varieties

Crafting creamy dishes and beverages is easy with the variety of cashew milk options available in India. You'll find both sweetened and unsweetened varieties, allowing you to choose based on your taste preferences.

Brands often infuse cashew milk with flavors like vanilla or chocolate, perfect for a delicious treat or smoothie. You can also explore fortified options that provide additional nutrients, making your milk not just tasty but nutritious too.

Many brands offer organic cashew milk, ensuring you get a product free from pesticides and chemicals. Whether you're using it in coffee, baking, or cooking, cashew milk adds a rich, nutty flavor that enhances your recipes effortlessly.

Pea Protein Milk

Discovering pea protein milk opens up a world of delicious and nutritious options for those seeking plant-based alternatives.

This creamy beverage packs a protein punch, making it an excellent choice for anyone looking to boost their protein intake without dairy. Its subtle flavor blends well in smoothies, coffee, or even cereal, enhancing your meals without overpowering them.

Pea protein milk is also allergen-friendly, catering to those who are lactose intolerant or have nut allergies. Plus, it's low in sugar and free from cholesterol, making it heart-healthy.

With its sustainable production, you're not just nourishing yourself; you're also supporting eco-friendly practices.

Try incorporating pea protein milk into your diet, and enjoy the benefits of this versatile plant-based option!

Read: Top Organic Ingredients to Celebrate National Nutrition Week 2024

Rice Milk Alternatives

If you're looking for a light and versatile dairy alternative, rice milk might just be the answer. Made from milled rice and water, it's naturally sweet and easy to digest, making it perfect for those with lactose intolerance or nut allergies.

You can use rice milk in smoothies, cereals, or even baking, adding a subtle flavor without overpowering your dishes.

Several brands in India offer rice milk alternatives, each with unique qualities. Look for options that are fortified with vitamins and minerals to enhance their nutritional profile.

Some brands also provide flavored varieties, like vanilla or chocolate, to satisfy your taste buds. Overall, rice milk is a fantastic choice if you want a gentle, gluten-free option for your plant-based diet.

Flaxseed Milk Brands

Flaxseed milk is gaining popularity as a nutritious dairy alternative, and several brands in India are stepping up to meet the demand.

You'll want to explore options like "Flax & Nut," which offers a rich, creamy texture perfect for smoothies.

"NutraFlax" is another excellent choice, known for its high omega-3 content and smooth flavor.

If you're looking for organic options, "Pura Vida" provides a pure, wholesome flaxseed milk that's free from additives.

Brands like "Earth's Own" focus on sustainability, ensuring their flaxseed is sourced responsibly.

Each of these brands offers unique flavors and benefits, making it easy for you to find a flaxseed milk that suits your taste and nutritional needs.
 

Multi-Plant Milk Blends

As more people shift towards plant-based diets, multi-plant milk blends are becoming increasingly popular for their diverse flavors and nutritional benefits.

These blends combine various plant sources like almond, oat, coconut, and soy, offering a unique taste and texture that caters to different preferences. You'll find that these milks are often enriched with vitamins and minerals, making them a great alternative to dairy.

Plus, the combination of different plants enhances the overall protein content and provides a broader range of nutrients.

Whether you're adding them to your morning coffee, smoothies, or cereals, multi-plant milk blends can elevate your meals.

India's plant-based milk market offers an impressive variety of options to suit your dietary needs and preferences. Whether you're enjoying the creamy goodness of soy or almond milk, or exploring the unique flavors of coconut and cashew milk, there's something for everyone. With brands like Oatly and Silk leading the way, you can easily find nutritious and delicious alternatives to dairy. So go ahead, try a few and find your favorite plant-based milk today!

Skincare is not only about beauty and glamour; it’s about the health of the important organs of your body. Over time, pollution reduces the skin's elasticity, and damage from the sun’s ultraviolet and infrared light as well as the day-to-day grind causes damage that requires a good skincare routine. It is found in India, and due to varying climatic conditions and environmental factors, skin requires products that are best suited. And while ayurvedic remedies included a range of scrubs and face washes, the world now sees a range of products for different skin types from Indian brands. Whether you want products containing natural/organic treatments or even the most complex dermatological formulations, here is a list of the 10 leading brands of skincare products in India, arranged according to your convenience.

Achieving healthy, glowing skin isn’t complicated. A balanced lifestyle, nutritious diet, and proper skincare products are key. While eating the right nutrients, vitamins, and minerals is crucial, your skin also needs external care with quality skincare products. Choosing the right brands can make all the difference. Along with a healthy routine, hydrating regularly and using sunscreen daily are simple steps that can help keep your skin radiant and well-nourished.

Also Read: Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

The Value of India’s Booming Skincare Market

The market of skincare products in India has been expanding in the past few years due to rising awareness for organic, non-testing on animals, and biodegradable products. Consumers are looking for luxurious skincare that has clean ingredients and low damage to the environment. That is why both the local and international brands show interest in this massive opportunity. The skincare industry in India was valued at $2,933.7 million and is expected to have a 14.6 percent CAGR rate during the forecast period of 2023. The market is expected to expand from $3,310.5 million in 2024 to $12,934.2 million in 2034. This sort of growth demonstrates the movement of clientele from focusing on aspects of their skin’s appearance to its performance and even the environment.

Why Your Skin Needs Skincare Products

Your skin is your body’s largest organ, and it faces pollution, sunlight, and harsh weather every day. Skincare products help:

• Treat your skin right and do not let it dry up.
• Minimize sun exposure and avoid contact with pollution.
• Smoothen out the skin to prevent and reduce wrinkles and fine lines indicating age.
• Get rid of pimples, black spots, or any kind of skin discoloration that you wouldn’t like on your face.

A good skincare routine ensures that your skin stays healthy, smooth, and glowing.

Also check: Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

Top 10 Premium Formal Wear Brands for Women in India

10 Best Lipstick Brands in India Every Woman Needs to Try!

How to Treat Your Skin Good: Simple Tips for Glowing Skin

1. Cleanse your skin daily to remove dirt and oil.
2. Moisturize to keep your skin hydrated.
3. Use sunscreen daily to protect against sun damage.
4. Drink plenty of water to keep your skin hydrated from the inside.
5. Eat fruits and vegetables rich in vitamins for a natural glow.
6. Get enough sleep to allow your skin to repair.

Also read: Top 10 Women's Footwear Brands in India for Comfort and Class

List of the 10 Best Skincare Brands in India

Now, let’s dive into the best skincare brands that can help you achieve great skin.

1. Forest Essentials

• Unique Features: Luxury Ayurveda brand with pure, organic ingredients.
• Popular Products: Face creams, body lotions, serums.
• Key Ingredients: Saffron, sandalwood, rose water.

Forest Essentials is famous for mixing and matching old Ayurveda recipes into the current beauty requirements. It means that they use only natural components to create their products, which are frequently handmade. The brand practices sustainable sourcing of its products, and its packaging is made from biodegradable material. Some of the key features each of these products was developed to deliver to its users while taking proper care of the skin. The reason Forest Essentials has such a faithful following among those who do not want to compromise on the values of Ayurveda and the contemporary cosmetic industry is the strictly observed company’s policy of the product’s purity and quality.

2. Mamaearth

• Unique Features: Natural, toxin-free, and cruelty-free products.
• Popular Products: Face washes, moisturizers, serums.
• Key Ingredients: Tea tree oil, aloe vera, vitamin C.

Mamaearth is a popular brand for all the people who care about quality and harmless skincare products. Known for its eco-conscious approach, the brand not only offers toxin-free products but also plants a tree with every order. It involves different skincare issues such as acne, aging, dry skin, and so on. Mamaearth products do not contain bad ingredients such as parabens and sulfate to affect the skin when using them every day. Due to the products’ natural and gentle nature, they are particularly suitable for use on sensitive skin and provide solutions without using major chemically compounded products.

3. Kama Ayurveda

• Unique Features: Pure, traditional Ayurvedic skincare.
• Popular Products: Body oils, face cleansers, scrubs.
• Key Ingredients: Turmeric, Neem, and Aloe Vera.

Kama Ayurveda uses traditional Ayurvedic formulas for recipes in making bespoke and efficient skincare solutions. The brand is recognized for its effective natural ingredients since it aims at treating and nourishing the skin. Products are not produced with artificial fragrance and colour to retain the natural purity of the products. Kama Ayurveda products are made with ancient Indian herbs, oils, and botanicals—effective ayurvedic skin care. They also use all-natural products possessing a clear vision for creations with a curation involving wellness.

4. Lotus Herbals

• Unique Features: Herbal formulations with natural ingredients.
• Popular Products: Sunscreens, face packs, night creams.
• Key Ingredients: Papaya, licorice, green tea.

Lotus Herbals is famous for its inexpensive and good skincare products, especially its sunscreen range. Their formulations involve using natural extracts together with advanced technological inputs, and they offer skin products for addressing ordinary skin issues such as the effects of the sun and skin aging.  Many Lotus Herbals products are mild and try to harmonize the impact of the natural and the scientific. It has its major concentration on the affordability factor yet not compromising on the quality, which is why they are much closer to the hearts of Indian consumers who are in search of daily use skincare products.

5. Biotique

• Unique Features: 100% botanical extracts, inspired by Ayurveda.
• Popular Products: Face scrubs, anti-aging creams, cleansers.
• Key Ingredients: Neem, basil, almond.

Biotique has a set of skincare products that are 100 percent natural and derived from natural herbs. The brand goes back to using Ayurvedic principles with modern Swiss biotechnology to provide customers with efficacious products. In its current state, Biotique’s products are great for those willing to find very affordable products made from natural ingredients. They come in formulations that seek to solve different skin issues of the Indian skin; fine lines, wrinkles, acne, and dry skin, among others. 

6. Plum Goodness

• Unique Features: Vegan, cruelty-free, and toxin-free.
• Popular Products: Toners, face masks, moisturizers.
• Key Ingredients: Green tea, chamomile, glycolic acid.

Plum Goodness is a brand committed to clean beauty with a strong emphasis on sustainability. All products are 100% vegan and free from harmful chemicals like parabens and phthalates. The brand uses gentle, effective ingredients to cater to different skin types, particularly focusing on acne-prone and sensitive skin. Their products come in recyclable packaging, making them an eco-conscious choice. Plum Goodness provides modern skincare solutions while maintaining a commitment to the environment.

7. Nykaa SkinRX

• Unique Features: Dermatologist-approved skincare for Indian skin.
• Popular Products: Serums, toners, sunscreens.
• Key Ingredients: Niacinamide, salicylic acid, hyaluronic acid.

Nykaa SkinRX provides a comprehensive skincare range endorsed by dermatologists exclusively for ladies with skin types prevalent in India. Their products are developed with a view to addressing some of the typical skin issues like acne, dark spots, and skin ageing. Nykaa SkinRX incorporates scientific formulations as its selling point, offering straightforward yet highly effective, products with ingredients of the highest quality. Currently, some of its serums and sunscreens are most liked because they are non-greasy and lightweight, which is perfect for the Indian climate.

8. The Moms Co.

• Unique Features: Safe, natural skincare for moms and babies.
• Popular Products: Lotions, face washes, and body oils.
• Key Ingredients: Shea butter, rosehip oil, Vitamin C.

The Moms Co., primarily, offers safe and non-toxic skin care products for moms and babies. The company stresses the non-aggressive approach, considering that all the products do not contain hazardous components and are suitable for delicate skin. Most of their formulations cater for the unique needs of mothers right from pregnancy through to the post-partum period. Moms Co has set a reputation, especially in natural, nutrient-rich ingredients that impart deep, enduring moisturizing and nurturing benefits.

9. Minimalist

• Unique Features: Clean beauty with a focus on transparency.
• Popular Products: Serums, moisturizers, and cleansers.
• Key Ingredients: Retinol, Niacinamide, Vitamin B5.

Minimalist is a clean beauty brand known for its transparency regarding ingredients. They focus on science-backed formulations that target specific skin issues such as acne, wrinkles, and dark spots. The brand provides high-quality, effective skincare without the use of harmful chemicals or fragrances. Minimalist’s no-nonsense approach appeals to skincare enthusiasts who want targeted treatments and clear information about what goes into their products.

10. MCaffeine

• Unique Features: India’s first coffee-infused skincare brand.
• Popular Products: Body scrubs, face masks, moisturizers.
• Key Ingredients: Caffeine, cocoa, and shea butter.

MCaffeine is India’s first caffeinated skincare range that helps the skin feel refreshed. The brand was found with coffee as an ingredient, which has the proficiency of detoxifying, exfoliating, and rejuvenating the skin. Their body scrubs and masks are very popular with customers due to the stimulating effects associated with them. All MCaffeine products are paraben and chemical-free and therefore ideal for those who want to get glowing skin.

Final Thought

All of these 10 brands provide a combination of Ayurvedic treatments and herbal and conventional techniques of skin treatment. So if you are looking for luxury or if you are on a tight budget, you will find something that fits your taste. Give that skin the care it deserves by using body lotions and creams prepared from nothing but the best for that skin-friendly and glowing skin.

How do you like to consume ghee? On your roti or with rice and sugar. Organic ghee has various benefits for your immune system, skin and heart. Excess of everything is bad. Taking in a high amount of this fat can play a reverse uno card on your health. What are the benefits of consuming ghee and which are the best organic ghee brands in India? We have the answer for you. A curated list of top 7 organic ghee brands in India, because we care about you and your health. 

The Indian ghee market is projected to expand at a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 8.72 percent from 2024 to 2032, from Rs 3,203 billion in 2023 to Rs 6,931 billion.  

Read more: 10 Best Herbal Tea Brands in India: Sip Your Way to Wellness

Top 7 Organic Ghee Brands in India 

To help you choose which is the best organic ghee brand in India for you, here are the brands that can meet your health and flavour standards. 

1. GirOrganic

Girorganic is one of the best organic ghee brands in India. Its pure and organic A2 Gir cow ghee has many benefits for the human body. This ghee is prepared in the wooden bilona method. With no added preservatives and feeding cows with organic fodder. It claims to help cure joint pains and improve immunity. Containing ayurvedic properties, it is a good source of healthy nutrients during pregnancy. 

Why Choose GirOrganic Ghee?

• Contains Beta-carotene, a coloring pigment extracted from A2 milk 
• Complete source of the strongest natural antioxidants
• Helps in losing weight & increases the good HDL cholesterol
• Rich in Omega3 & Omega 9 that tends to increase your heart health
• Has butyric acid which works against constipation 
• High in conjugated linoleic acid which has anti-inflammatory properties

2. Amul 

A popular choice for many. Amul is a well-known organic ghee brand in India. It offers different organic ghee catalogues. Amul cow ghee, high aroma cow ghee, Amul sagar ghee and Amul brown are the types of ghee that the brand caters to. Consumers like Amul ghee for its taste, quality and aroma. The brand maintains strict quality control measures ensuring purity and unadulterated. 

Why Choose Amul Ghee?

• It contains Beta-carotene, a coloring pigment extracted from A2 milk 
• Complete source of the strongest natural antioxidants
• Helps in losing weight and increases the good HDL cholesterol
• Rich in Omega3 & Omega 9 that tends to increase your heart health
• Contains butyric acid which works against constipation
• Rich in conjugated linoleic acid which has anti-inflammatory properties

3. Vedic

A popular organic ghee brand in India. Bilona churners are used to prepare Vedic ghee from the milk of indigenous Indian breeds, such as Gir, Sahiwal, or Red Sindhi. Milk drawn from these cows is alleged to be more nutritious than milk drawn from ordinary dairy cows. Vedic ghee has a proven medicinal, cosmetic and health benefits. Provides nourishment to all the tissues of the body and helps rejuvenating oneself. Its aroma and flavour increases the deliciousness of your daily food.

Why Choose Vedic Ghee?

• Grass-fed cow's milk is more frequently used in the preparation of Vedic ghee containing more nutrients such as omega-3.
• It is responsible for facilitating the uptake of calcium and phosphorus in order to form and maintain bones.
• It acts as an antioxidant and protects the cells from damage.
• This is important for blood coagulation.
• It is short-chain fatty acid, which might hold benefits to support the health of the gut and its capacity to reduce inflammation.

4. Kapiva

A reputed organic ghee brand in India made using the traditional Bilona method. It is made from A2 cow milk which is easier to digest and less likely to cause cases of digestive disorders than milk containing A1 beta-casein. Extracted from the Gir cows, which is an indigenous breed. These cows are fed on grass and are not factory-farmed; neither do they undergo cross-breeding so as to ensure that the ghee is pure.

Why choose Kapiva Ghee?

• Kapiva ghee is said to maintain good cholesterol in the body, and bad cholesterol levels in the body are expelled.
• Kapiva ghee was said to moisturize and hydrate the skin and hair while also doing a perfect job on the texture.
• Kapiva ghee is said to build immunity and detoxify the body with its high content of antioxidants and anti-inflammatory properties.

5. Country Delight

A leading organic ghee brand in India. Country Delight's ghee is boiled fresh and it contains absolutely no adulterants. Every step in the process is constantly monitored by our technology-enabled system, we can ensure you have a product that contains no added refined oils or fats. It offers desi danedar ghee and buffalo ghee. Its ghee is made from fresh cream which is obtained from pure cow milk, churned into butter and cleaned to eliminate all impurities. It is then granulated through a proprietary seeding process to give the typical granule structure.

Why choose Country Delight Ghee?

• A good source of the vitamins A and E, 
• aiding in digestion
• strengthening the immunity system 
• serves to preserve and develop heart health.

6. Himalayan Natives

A recommended organic ghee brand in India. Himalayan Natives desi cow ghee is purely extracted from purebred desi cow milk. All our products are 100 percent natural and ethically and sustainably sourced. It offers a variety - pahadi ghee, organic bilona ghee, A2 badri cow ghee, A2 gir cow ghee and A2 gir bilona cow ghee. 

Why choose Himalayan Natives Ghee?

• Himalayan ghee is one of the richest in antioxidants that help assist your body in the absorption of vitamins and minerals.
• Vitamin K2 in ghee available in the Himalayas is helpful in optimizing calcium deposition in bones.
• Nutrition in Himalayan Ghee Enhances the Process of Better Digestion.
• Himalayan ghee is the closest replacement for refined oils, and it will help keep your heart sound.
• Himalayan ghee contains CLA, a natural fatty acid, which helps accelerate the burning of fat by the body.

7. Sri Sri Tattva

Sri Sri Tattva is a renowned organic ghee brand in India. It offers 6 six varieties of ghee. A2 bilona ghee, pure ghee, cow pure ghee, A2 cow ghee, cow premium ghee and desi ghee being the names of the products. Sri Sri Tattva ghee has an intense nutty taste. Many have attributed it to good-quality ghee. For decades, it has functioned as a brand with an established reputation and has gained the trust of its customers through loyalty. It is known for its purity and quality and Ayurvedic properties.

Why choose Sri Sri Tattva Ghee?

• This process has been associated with several theoretical benefits such as enhanced digestion, absorption of nutrients, and decreased inflammation.
• Known for quality control and purity standards.
• It can be used in a variety of cooking applications, such as sautéing and baking.

Benefits of having Organic Ghee

1. Ghee is rich in healthy omega-3 fatty acids, which will ensure healthy blood vessels and a healthy heart.
2. Ghee contains conjugated linoleic acid that helps reduce body fat and also weighs.
3. Ghee can be used to improve healing of wounds, reinforce skin, and increase collagen. It has also been used as a moisturizer.
4. Ghee is one other way of relieving constipation: it softens the stool and lubricates the walls of the intestines.
5. Ghee is an excellent source of fat-soluble vitamins A, D, E, and K. All these have immune-modulating properties and enhance immunity.

Read more: Top Organic Ingredients to Celebrate National Nutrition Week 2024

Final Word

Organic ghee is a rich source of nutrition and widely beneficial for the body, but like most fats, it should be taken in moderation to ensure people benefit from its intake without incurring any adverse effect on the body. Demand for organic ghee in India is on the rise and shifting towards a healthier and sustainable diet. Quality and traditionally made ghee can enhance your dishes and also improve your health.

Know more: Top 10 Strong Coffee Brands Dominating the Indian Market

Best Luxury Watch Brands in India For Women: Elegance At Every Tick

FAQs

Is it healthy to consume ghee daily? 

Yes, it's healthy to consume ghee on a daily basis, but not excessively. 

Is it healthy to have ghee at night?

Ingestion of ghee during the night may induce better digestion, deep sleep, and detoxification in the body.

Can we apply ghee on lips?

Yes, cow ghee is enough to cure all your lip problems; be they dry or dark, chapped or cracked; application of ghee on lips will solve them all.

India’s organized apparel retail sector is poised for a revenue growth of 8-10 percent in the current fiscal year, bolstered by a combination of factors. These include easing inflation, a normal monsoon, the festive and wedding seasons, and the rising popularity of fast fashion. This growth, though significant, is expected to be slower compared to the Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR) of 11-12 percent witnessed between fiscals 2018 and 2023. Retailers are therefore adopting a cautious approach, focusing on maximizing the efficiency of their existing operations rather than expanding aggressively.

In fact, the expansion of physical store space will slow significantly. Retailers are projected to add just 2.2 million square feet this fiscal, down from 3.6 million square feet last year. This reduction reflects a shift towards smaller stores and optimized use of current spaces. Retailers will focus on increasing their operational efficiencies, managing costs, and limiting their reliance on external debt.

Driving the Mass Market Surge

The mass market segment, the largest in apparel retail, is set to lead the charge, supported by the increasing consumer preference for fast fashion. This trend has only grown in popularity since the pandemic, with fast fashion now accounting for 60 percent of total sales in the mass market, up from 56 percent in the pre-pandemic era.

Anuj Sethi, Senior Director at CRISIL Ratings Ltd, points to fast fashion as the key revenue driver for the sector this year, says "The mass market segment accounts for ~60 percent of total sales now, compared with ~56 percent before the pandemic, due to the rising popularity of fast fashion, which is expected to be the primary revenue driver this fiscal. The likely increase in demand for premium clothing during the upcoming festive and wedding seasons will also contribute to overall revenue growth of 8-10 percent this fiscal."

Retailers are adjusting their business strategies to meet this evolving consumer demand. Enhanced supply chain efficiency, the adoption of new trends, and an increased focus on fast fashion are all part of this shift. The market is seeing growth particularly in Tier II and III cities, where organized retail is making significant inroads. However, with major urban consumers shifting their spending towards experiences and luxury goods, expansion in these areas will remain conservative.

Festive Season Optimism

The upcoming festive season is providing a major boost to the retail sector, and leading brands are preparing to capture this opportunity. Berry Singh, Co-founder and COO of ace turtle, is enthusiastic about the potential for revenue growth adds, "We are very optimistic about the upcoming festive season and expect a solid revenue and business momentum uplift, projecting around 20 percent growth over last year. This period is always significant for apparel, and this year we’re seeing a growing demand for high-quality and personalized fashion, particularly across brands like Lee, Wrangler, and Dockers."

Singh notes that premiumization is also gaining traction, with customers willing to pay more for better quality and unique experiences. 

"The sell-through of premium products has gone up for our brands Lee, Wrangler, and Dockers. Customers are willing to pay a premium for better quality and experience. We have launched the Lee X Suneet Varma collection recently and are encouraged by the response from customers. We expect further uptick during the festive season."

ace turtle is leveraging its omnichannel tech platform to provide a seamless shopping experience across online and offline channels. Singh explains, "At ace turtle, we’re leveraging our omnichannel tech platform to offer a seamless experience, ensuring quick deliveries, personalized offers, and exclusive festive collections across stores and online channels. Our customers can expect curated collections from Lee and Wrangler, which focus on timeless denim styles, and from Dockers, offering smart-casual options perfect for the festive season, all paired with limited-time discounts and enhanced fulfillment services to meet the demand for fast, hassle-free shopping."

A Blend of Heritage and Modern Design

As fast fashion drives the mass market, the premium segment is seeing its own trends emerge. Adaara Couture, a brand that blends traditional aesthetics with contemporary design, is optimistic about the upcoming festive season. Naman Chitkara and Simran Antaal, Founders of Adaara Couture, highlight the importance of this fusion, "As we approach the upcoming festive season, we are optimistic about expanding our revenue and business, particularly in global markets. This season presents a unique opportunity for us to tap into diverse consumer bases and drive sales growth through our innovative offerings."

Chitkara and Antaal have observed an increasing consumer appetite for designs that reflect both heritage and modern sensibilities.  Witnessing a fascinating fusion of heritage and modern design sensibility. This blend not only appeals to traditional aesthetics but also resonates with contemporary tastes, creating a captivating experience for consumers. The brand is committed to delivering distinctive offerings that reflect this trend.

Comfort and Elegance for the Festive Season

Another brand making waves this season is Kingdom of White, India’s first all-white lifestyle brand. Vineet Haralalka, CEO of Kingdom of White, emphasizes the appeal of comfort and timeless style during the festive season. 

"In a world full of chaos, belong effortlessly with us. We are Kingdom Of White; India’s first all-white lifestyle brand, where every piece is crafted with passion and precision. We focus on premium fabrics that feel as good as they look—think breathable cotton and soft linens that drape effortlessly,” says Haralalka.

The brand’s kurta-style shirts, designed for the festive season, are expected to be a significant hit. 

"Our festive collection is like the ultimate party starter, designed for those who want to shine bright without sacrificing comfort. Picture this: you, dancing on the beats of dhaak in our kurta-style shirt. These shirts are perfect for everything from family feasts to late-night dance-offs, giving you that effortlessly cool vibe," adds the CEO.

Kingdom of White is also planning to expand its footprint across India with the opening of 15 new stores, expecting a significant spike in revenue during this festive season. With everyone out shopping, the brand is sure that the demand for unique white styles will surely rise. Additionally, with 15+ stores opening across India, it anticipates reaching more customers, which will contribute positively to its overall business growth."

Consumers, according to Haralalka, are increasingly seeking versatile, comfortable clothing that doesn’t compromise on style. 

Kingdom of White is introducing a special festive collection that blends comfort with elegance. For the festive season, Kingdom of White is introducing an exciting collection of styles that blend comfort and elegance.

Managing Costs and Enhancing Profitability

While festive demand and fast fashion offer exciting opportunities, apparel retailers are also focusing on cost management and profitability. Stable input costs and better inventory management are helping to prevent significant inventory write-offs, unlike the previous fiscal year, when sharp changes in raw material prices led to a decline in profitability.

Anil More, Associate Director at CRISIL Ratings, explains "Better inventory management and stable input costs will prevent significant inventory write-offs, unlike last fiscal when sharp cost changes lowered profitability by 100-110 basis points."

Retailers are also being cautious about new store openings, relying more on optimizing existing operations to maintain profitability. More adds, "The marginal increase in profitability this fiscal will be driven by apparel retailers streamlining existing stores and opening new stores only as necessary, given that demand has not fully recovered. Besides, the need to offer higher discounts and incur marketing spends to attract customers will limit the overall improvement in operating margin to 7.2-7.4 percent against ~7.0 percent in fiscal 2024.”

Cautious Optimism

As the apparel retail sector navigates the festive season and beyond, it remains cautiously optimistic. Growth is expected to be driven primarily by fast fashion and premiumization, while retailers focus on enhancing operational efficiency. However, changes in commodity prices, inflation trends, and consumer spending behavior could impact the sector’s performance in the long term.

The best luxury watches may make you appear chic, daring, and self-assured, whether you are planning a lengthy journey with friends or family, excelling at work, or attending an event. It all depends on how a luxury watch defines your essence and personality. Every luxury watch brand in India offers something unique and special. Bringing the combination of comfort and style, here are the top 10 luxury watch brands in India for Women. 

The luxury watch market in India has reached a revenue of $2.68 billion this year. With an estimated increase of 1.24 percent CAGR in between 2024 - 2029. 

Know more: Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India: How to Make the Right Choice

How to Choose the Right Luxury Watch For You

Some factors to consider while buying a luxury watch for you. 

• What suits your Persona: Go with with you think is your liking and what suits your styling, personality and identity. 
• Material: Choose a material that does not cause any harm to your skin. From staps to inner back part of the watch should be comfortable to wear. 
• Movements: Every watch has different movement mechanism. Figure out what your prefer. 
• Design: Look for something that you find unique and attractive. Enhancing your overall styling. A design that speaks for you. 

Read more: Top 10 Sunglasses Brands in India Under ₹2500

Top 10 Luxury Watch Brands in India For Women

Let your luxury watch match your persona. To help you make the right choice here are some of the best luxury watch brands in India. For women you love refinement!

1. Bvlgari

Bvlgari is a luxury watch brand in India for women. It is known for its Swiss precision and Italian elegance. Its luxury watches are exquisitely crafted and have audacious color combinations. Bvlgari watches are geometrically tested and made. Its materials are made out of rare stones, make it more unique and special. A Bvlgari watch is perfect fit for formal events, professional settings and sometimes casual outings. Has its own online website so authentication and safe purchasing. 

Why to go for Bvlgari Luxury Watches for Women

• GMT function - A GMT watch shows the user two time zones at once. 
• Chronography - Measure time (in real-time and relatively) to different levels of accuracy.
• Tourbillon - A mechanism that constantly rotates the balance wheel, balance spring and escapement while the movement is running. 

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Bvlgari 

• Serpenti line 
• Sporty Diagono 
• Octo Collection 

2. Cartier

Cartier is a popular choice of many women as a luxury watch brand in India. Its watches are made with high-quality material. Precious metals, diamonds and skilled craftsmanship are factors making its luxury watches stand out. Its watches are produced in limited runs. Contributing to its value and exclusivity. Three words that define Cartie luxury watches are elegance, emotion and innovation. This is the best luxury watch for women who want to portrait elegance in business settings or everyday wear. Available on its own website and other online purchasing platforms. 

Why to go for Cartier Luxury Watches For Women

• SolarbeatTM movement - Photovoltaic movement works with both natural and artificial light. 
• High effeciency quartz movement -  A watch mechanism that uses an electronic oscillator powered by a quartz crystal.
• CNC machines - Follow directions from a computer exactly, every single time, without getting tired or slipping. This makes a difference because of how the gears, the key components of a watch or clock, are made.

Iconic Luxury Watch Models by Cartier

• Tank 
• Santos 
• Ballon Bleu

3. Hermes

Hermes is a well-known luxury watch brand in India for women. Its watches have a variety of designs. Cape Cod looks like a square inside of a rectangle. Materials used to make these luxury watches are stainless steel, gold and titanium. Hermes watches also have full-grain leather bands. Along with its inner portion made out of hypoallergenic material. Hermes watches for women are best suited for semi-formal events, casual outings as well as travelling. Available on its own official website - hermes.com.

Why to go for Hermes Luxury Watches For Women

• Sensual architecture - The styling, material used, emotions evoked and sensory experience.
• 38-hour power reserve - For how long a mainspring of a watch can store the energy necessary to power a watch. 
• Counteracting gravity - Ensuring watch accuracy even in non-gravity positions. 

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Cartier

• Medor 
• Kelly 
• Dressage 
• Arceau 

4. Jaeger

Jaeger a perfect choice for every woman who likes luxury watches. Its watches are known for their inventive designs. Horizontal gadroons and a swivelling case design are the specialities of this luxury watch brand. Precision, invention, innovative designs and attention to detailing are the USP of Jaeger.  Its watches are for everyday use including formal and casual outings. Jaeger watches are available on multiple luxury e-commerce platforms like Tata Cliq and ethos watches. It official website is - jaeger lecoultre. 

Why to go for Jaeger Luxury Watches For Women

• Chronograph - Measure time (in real-time and relatively) to different levels of accuracy.
• Worldtime chronograph - Allows  to see the time in different cities around the world simultaneously. 
• Memovox - A model series of mechanical wristwatches with alarm function of the Swiss watch manufacturer Jaeger-LeCoultre.

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Jaeger

• Reverso
• Polaris
• Rendez-vous
• Master

5. Patek Philippe

A renowned luxury watch brand in India for women. Patek Philippe watches have complex detailing with innovative mechanics. The best part about this brand is every movement simple or complex hand decorated. Elegance, understated and classic is the speciality of its watches.  Its timeless designs make it worthy to wear for a lifetime. Best suited for collectors events, special celebrations and formal parties. Patek Philippe has an online website named - patek philippe official site. 

Why to go for Patek Philippe Luxury Watches For Women

• Mechanical movement - Both automatic and hand wound movement are found in this luxury watch brand in India.
• Quartz movement - Force behind the dial that drives the hands and powers all complications. The battery sends an electrical current through a small quartz crystal, which electrifies it and creates vibrations.
• Silinvar -  A novel, patented material based on monocrystalline silicon. I
• Compliant mechanism - A flexible mechanism that achieves force and motion transmission through elastic body deformation. 

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Patek Philippe

• Nautilus
• Aquanaut
• Calatrava
• Gandolo

6. Chanel

Well-crafted luxury watch brand in India for women. Its high quality is proven by Chanel’s in-house production of ceramics. With a commitment to innovation and fashion, this brand has its unique technology to fulfil its promise. Its watches are dedicated remain consistent towards its heritage and patrimony. Chanel watches for women are best for everyday wear and semi casual events. It has its own online website, catering to authenticity. 

Why to go for Chanel Luxury Watches For Women

• Calfskin strap - The durability, flexibility and natural appearance of luxury watch brands. 
• Manual-winding mechanical movement - This is one of the movements where the watch has to be hand-wound in order to store energy and power its functions.
• High-precision quartz movement - A type of watch movement that makes use of a quartz crystal oscillator to keep time.
• Self-winding mechanical movement - Type of watch movement that incorporates a rotor automatically winding the mainspring as the watch is worn.

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Chanel

• J12
• BOY-FRIEND
• CODE COCO
• Monsieur

7.  Gucci 

A reputed luxury watch brand in India for women. Known for its material choice, rare elemental designs and excellent quality. Proving what high quality product looks like. Gucci watches are still quite popular all over the world because of their amazing designs and never-ending improvements. Its styling includes boldness and a wide range of materials, patterns, color combinations and prints. Its watches are suitable for both formal and casual settings. Gucci has its own online website for watches. Along with that you can find them on other luxury e-commerce platforms. 

Why to go for Gucci Luxury Watches For Women

• Automatic movements -  A mechanical movement first marketed in the beginning decades of the 20th century. 
• Bioplastics - A more sustainable alternative to petroleum-based plastics and are used in some watches,
• Quartz movements - A type of watch movement that uses a battery to power the watch and is powered by a quartz crystal

Iconic Luxury Watch Collections by Gucci

• Gucci Dive
• Gucci Grip 
• 25 H
• G-frame collection 

How to Maintain Your Luxury Watch

Some tips for you to maintain your luxury watches for preservation and longevity.

1. Regular Cleaning: Preserve its shine and functionality with warm water and proper cleaning material. Avoid using chemical-based solutions. 
2. Correct Storing Place: Dont keep it under direct heat for a long time. Store it in a cool and dry place. 
3. Inspecting Damage: closely check or get it serviced for deep cleaning. Look for any damage on the dial, needles or straps/chains.
4. Damaging Materials: Try not to expose your luxury watches chemicals, sun heat and magnets. 

Read more: Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India

Final Thought

Making a perfect choice of which luxury watch is best for you is crucial before spending a huge amount. Finding that one luxury watch that reflects your personality is the most important factor to be considered. While investing in a watch there are specific characteristics that need to be looked after. This guide has all the answers to your questions. Enhance your elegance with these best luxury watch brands in India. Happy Shopping!

Read more: Top 5 Streetwear Brands in India with a Blend of Culture and Style

When you think about the best lipstick brands in India, you might find yourself overwhelmed by the sheer variety available. Finding the right lipstick can instantly change your look, but with so many choices, it’s hard to decide. Whether you're after bold colors or soft, everyday nudes, there’s a lipstick for everyone. With options for every budget and style, these top 10 lipstick brands are your go-to for flawless lips. Here are the must-have picks that every beauty enthusiast should add to their collection!

India's beauty and personal care market has experienced remarkable growth, with the lipstick segment playing a significant role. According to various reports, the lipstick market in India was valued at approximately INR 1,500 crore in 2020 and is projected to grow at a CAGR of around 10% between 2021 and 2026, driven by evolving consumer preferences, increasing disposable incomes, and the influence of digital marketing.

Read: The Future of Retail Beauty Industry in 2023

Best Lipstick Brands in India for a flawless look

1. Mac Cosmetics

When it comes to high-quality lipsticks, Mac Cosmetics stands out as a favorite among beauty enthusiasts in India. Known for their extensive shade range, you'll find everything from bold reds to subtle nudes that cater to every skin tone.

The formula is creamy and long-lasting, ensuring you look fabulous all day without constant touch-ups. You can also enjoy various finishes, including matte, satin, and gloss, allowing you to express your unique style effortlessly.

Plus, Mac's reputation for cruelty-free products means you can feel good about your choices. Whether you're prepping for a special occasion or just want to elevate your everyday look, Mac Cosmetics delivers the quality and variety you crave in lipstick.

Dive into their collection and discover your perfect shade!

Read: Cosmetics Craze: How Online Shoppers are Splurging on Beauty Essentials

2. Maybelline New York

Maybelline New York is a go-to brand for lipstick lovers in India, offering a perfect blend of affordability and quality.

With a wide variety of shades and finishes, you can easily find the right one for any occasion. Their popular ranges, like the Superstay Matte Ink and Color Sensational, deliver intense color and long-lasting wear, ensuring you look fabulous all day.

You'll appreciate the smooth application and comfortable feel, making it a favorite among beauty enthusiasts. Plus, Maybelline often launches trendy collections inspired by global fashion, keeping your makeup game fresh.

Whether you prefer bold reds or subtle nudes, Maybelline has something for everyone, making it a staple in your makeup kit. Enjoy exploring their vibrant offerings!

3. L'Oreal Paris

L'Oreal Paris offers an impressive range of lipsticks that cater to diverse preferences and styles. You'll find everything from creamy mattes to glossy finishes, ensuring you can express your personality through your lip color.

The brand's signature collections, like the Color Riche and Infallible lines, provide high pigmentation and long-lasting wear, perfect for your busy lifestyle.

Whether you're going for a bold red for a night out or a subtle nude for everyday wear, L'Oreal Paris has you covered.

Plus, the moisturizing formulas keep your lips feeling soft and hydrated throughout the day.

With colors inspired by the latest trends, it's easy to find the perfect shade that complements your unique look.

Read: Top 10 Premium Formal Wear Brands for Women in India

4. Lakmé

Lakmé stands out as a quintessential Indian brand that brings together vibrant colors and innovative formulations.

You'll love their extensive range, catering to every skin tone and occasion. From creamy mattes to glossy finishes, Lakmé offers lipsticks that are both trendy and long-lasting.

Their iconic "Lakmé Absolute" line features stunning shades that can transition seamlessly from day to night.

You can also explore their "Enrich Matte" collection, which provides great pigmentation without drying your lips.

With affordable pricing, Lakmé makes high-quality beauty accessible to everyone. Plus, their stylish packaging adds a touch of elegance to your makeup bag.

Whether you're a makeup newbie or a pro, Lakmé has something to elevate your lipstick game!

Read: Top 10 Women's Footwear Brands in India for Comfort and Class

5. Revlon

When you think of bold and vibrant lip colors, Revlon undoubtedly comes to mind. This brand has been a go-to for many beauty enthusiasts, offering a wide range of shades that cater to every skin tone.

You'll love their Super Lustrous Lipstick line, which combines rich pigments with a creamy formula for a smooth application. The colors are long-lasting and provide excellent hydration, making your lips feel soft all day.

Revlon also offers matte and satin finishes, giving you options for every occasion. Plus, their iconic packaging adds a touch of glamour to your makeup collection.

With Revlon, you can confidently express your style and personality through your lip color, ensuring you stand out in any crowd.

Read: Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

6. Colorbar

Colorbar is a brand that stands out for its commitment to delivering high-quality cosmetics at affordable prices.

When you explore their lipstick range, you'll find vibrant shades that cater to every skin tone and occasion. Their products often incorporate nourishing ingredients, ensuring your lips stay hydrated while looking fabulous.

You'll appreciate the smooth application and long-lasting formulas that hold up throughout the day. Whether you prefer classic matte finishes or glossy looks, Colorbar offers something for everyone.

Plus, their eco-friendly packaging reflects a modern approach to beauty. With frequent launches and collaborations, you'll always find something new to try.

Colorbar is definitely a brand you should consider adding to your makeup collection for that perfect lip look.

Read: Top 10 Luxury Handbag Brands In India 2024

7. Nykaa Cosmetics

If you're looking for trendy and affordable lipsticks, Nykaa Cosmetics is a brand you can't overlook. Their extensive range of lip products caters to every style, from matte to glossy finishes.

You'll find a plethora of shades, perfect for any occasion or mood. Nykaa's formulas are known for their smooth application and long-lasting wear, making them ideal for your busy lifestyle.

Whether you prefer bold reds or subtle nudes, there's something for everyone in their collection. Plus, their lipsticks often feature hydrating ingredients that keep your lips comfortable throughout the day.

With frequent discounts and offers, you can easily stock up on your favorites without breaking the bank. Dive into the world of Nykaa and discover your perfect lipstick today!

Read: Top 10 Makeup Brands in India: Best Picks for Every Beauty Lover

8. Faces Canada

Faces Canada is a brand that stands out for its vibrant collection of lipsticks designed to enhance your beauty.

You'll love their wide range of shades, from bold reds to soft nudes, catering to every skin tone and occasion. The lipsticks offer a creamy texture that glides smoothly on your lips, providing comfortable wear throughout the day.

With options like matte, satin, and glossy finishes, you can easily find the perfect style to match your mood. Plus, Faces Canada focuses on quality, ensuring that their products are long-lasting and richly pigmented.

You'll appreciate their commitment to cruelty-free practices, too. If you want to elevate your makeup game, exploring Faces Canada's lipstick range is a must!

9. Lotus Herbals

Have you ever considered how natural ingredients can elevate your lipstick experience?

Lotus Herbals is a standout brand in India that embraces this philosophy. Their lipsticks are infused with herbal elements like jojoba oil and shea butter, ensuring your lips stay nourished and hydrated throughout the day.

You'll find a stunning array of shades, from vibrant reds to soft nudes, perfect for any occasion.

What sets Lotus Herbals apart is their commitment to being cruelty-free and environmentally friendly, so you can feel good about your purchase.

Plus, their formulations are free from harmful chemicals, making them a safer choice for your lips.

With Lotus Herbals, you're not just applying color; you're treating your lips to nature's best.

10. Chambor

Chambor is a brand that truly understands the art of lipstick, offering a luxurious range that caters to diverse preferences.

You'll find an array of stunning shades, from bold reds to soft nudes, perfect for every occasion. Chambor's formulas stand out for their smooth application and long-lasting wear, ensuring you feel confident throughout the day.

Their lipsticks are enriched with nourishing ingredients, keeping your lips hydrated while providing excellent pigmentation. You can easily choose between matte, satin, and creamy finishes, allowing you to express your unique style.

With Chambor, you're not just purchasing lipstick; you're investing in quality and elegance. Elevate your makeup game and experience the charm of Chambor's exquisite lip products.

 

According to a report by ResearchAndMarkets, the beauty and personal care market in India is expected to surpass USD 23 billion by 2025, with the color cosmetics segment, including lipsticks, contributing significantly to this growth. Factors such as rapid urbanization, increasing influence of Western beauty standards, and rising beauty consciousness among young women and men are expected to continue driving demand.

These days, formal wear is entirely relevant to every modern woman. Consumers in India are always in need of formal pretty attire, which has seen brands developing and instituting exquisite designs, quality, and the perfect fit in their clothes. International brands such as Mango and H&M are available, as well as numerous domestic varieties that people can easily relate to, such as Fab India and Van Heusen. Whether you want smart power trousers, a blouse, or an elegant office dress, these brands have something unique in them. All of these pieces can be distinguished based on special highlights, such as the use of organic fabric or specific types of stitches. In this article, we’ll look at the 10 premium formal wear brands for women in India and why they are the best brands to wear for professional occasions. Let’s explore what makes each one special.

Growth of the Female Formal Wear Market in India

The market of female formal wear has exhibited rather fast growth in relatively recent years in India. A research report from Research and Markets claimed that the women's formal segment in India was $187.06 billion US in the year 2023. The revenue from women’s formal wear is expected to rise by 4.9 percent from 2024 to 2030 and touch nearly $261.47 billion. Such trends become valuable to organizations to improve their looks to meet the new emerging reflect the need for professional women’s apparel in today’s changing corporate look in organizations; hence, there is a growing demand for stylish and formal outfits. 

Also Read: Top 10 Premium Handbag Brands in India

10 Best Formal Shoe Brands for Men in India 2024

Top Formal Wear Options for Females in Corporate Environments: 

It was evident that when it came to business clothing, women had a large number of choices to make whatever they wanted while dressing formally. Here are some of the top formal wear choices for women in various sectors:

1. Tailored Suits: One is a blazer and trousers or a skirt, which is appropriate for any occasion and is very stylish. Plain black, navy, or grey suits are best, as they can be worn with almost any color of blouse.
2. Blouses and Dress Shirts: Crisp white or pastel-coloured blouses are essential in any corporate wardrobe. They can be paired with trousers or skirts for a professional look.
3. Pencil Skirts: These flattering skirts are perfect for a professional environment. They can be easily paired with blazers and blouses for a complete outfit.
4. Kurtas and Ethnic Wear: In sectors that embrace cultural attire, elegant kurtas with tailored pants or churidars can be a great choice, blending tradition with professionalism.
5. Shift Dresses: Simple and elegant shift dresses in solid colors or subtle prints can be appropriate for business settings and are easy to accessorize.
6. Formal Trousers: Tailored trousers made from comfortable fabrics are a staple. It gives a professional appearance, and at the same time, it can easily facilitate the mobility of an employee throughout the working day.

Also Check: Top 10 Women's Footwear Brands in India for Comfort and Class

Top 10 Ethnic Wear Brands in India : Best and Most Famous

Top 5 Jewellery Brands in India -A Comprehensive Guide

List of the Top 10 Premium Formalwear Brands for Women in India 

Here are the top brands that blend style, quality, and comfort for the modern professional woman. From classic suits to chic dresses, these brands offer the best in formal fashion.

1. Forever 21: Trendy Styles with a Professional Edge

Forever 21 is a youth clothing brand for teenagers and young adults conveniently located around the globe. Established in Los Angeles in 1984, the company developed a reputation for being a fast fashion company that sold affordable trendy items. Their catalogs are always being restocked on the market, meaning that their patrons always get the new stock to choose from. The aim of Forever 21 is to target young fashion-conscious customers who are in the occupation market for trendy, vibrant, and cheap workwear. As the brand offers both casual and formal wear, it has established its unique place among the competitors and attracts people who want to look unique but professional.

• Material: Polyester and cotton blends for durability and comfort.
• Signature Collection: Smart casual blazers, pencil skirts.

2. Chemistry: Affordable Fashion Meets Office-Ready Designs

Chemistry is a formal and casual wear ethnic Indian fashion brand that targets working women. Starting off as an online store whose goal was to mix fashion with cost-effectiveness, Chemistry is an online store that wants to help young ladies dress professionally and fashionably. Modern-cut garments and work-appropriate clothing expense most of the brand’s target consumers. Chemistry ensures that each dress of the contemporary design that it offers looks appropriate and comfortable when worn. As such the brand is preferred by those who, as for flexibility and are looking for an appropriate outfit that can be worn from the office to a business dinner, for instance.

• Material: Soft cotton, viscose blends.
• Signature Collection: Casual office dresses, and blazers with modern prints.

3. Vero Moda: Minimalist and Elegant Workwear

Vero Moda is a popular clothing brand from Denmark since 1987. Vero Moda has become an iconic clothing brand offering the simple and elegant latest fashion clothing range. As such, the goal of the brand is to offer modern and affordable fashion to match the latest fashion trends, especially to the young working population. Vero Moda has designed fashion clothes with simple designs, excellent cuts, and wearable garments suitable for today’s women’s busy daily schedules. The brand development goal is to use environment-friendly materials and production processes towards sustainability. Owning to the fact that Vero Moda aims at providing fashionable as well as eternal wear to work, the brand has remained popular among most working women.

• Material: High-quality polyester, cotton, and linen.
• Signature Collection: Slim-fit trousers, crisp white shirts, blazers.

4. Promod: French-Inspired Office Elegance

Promod is a French clothing line that was founded in 1975 and has always offered women a chic style. The clothing captures the upmarket, notably French appeal, and can easily fit into the daily working women’s dressing. Hence, Promod is aimed at producing garments that can be coordinated with other outfits in such a way that every woman will find a way to be unique and appropriate for her workplace. It is with elegance in consideration that Promod’s collections are generally associated with print and texture. The brand seeks to educate women on how to make them more empowered through fashion, hence becoming a favorite for women who seek elegance and refinement in their business outfits.

• Material: Viscose, linen, and soft cotton blends.
• Signature Collection: Elegant office blouses, and structured midi skirts.

5. Mango: Sophisticated and Refined Formalwear

Mango is a brand of ready-to-wear clothes for men and women that originated in Spain in 1984. Being a quality-oriented brand, it produces diverse clothes while still remaining elegant and endangered at the same time. Currently, Mango seeks to offer fashionable outfits for women who seek to dress formally at the workplace. Its objective of designing clothes without trends guarantees that its garments will always be fashionable the following season. Mango has established itself as an apparel retailing company that targets the mid- and upper-end consumer who desires luxury wear, wear-to-work outfits, and occasion wear, yet at a price they can afford.

• Material: High-quality wool, polyester, and cotton blends.
• Signature Collection: Power suits, classic black blazers.

6. Van Heusen: Professional and Sharp Designs

Van Heusen is one of the best-known Indian formal and business wear brands for women and men. The company has been providing professional fashion wear for more than one and a quarter century in the market. The brand vision of Van Heusen is therefore on delivering fine quality and properly fitted garments that emblematic discipline and professionalism. This is achieved through new designs and the incorporation of new fabric material technologies that will enhance style, comfort and quality. Van Heusen targets people’s potential to become better through dressing, so it is suitable for those people who need stylish and formal outfits to wear to work.

• Material: Premium cotton and polyester blends.
• Signature Collection: Formal shirts, blazers, and trousers.

7. Allen Solly: Smart Casuals for the Modern Professional

Allen Solly is an Indian apparel brand that specializes in smart casual and formal wear for both men and women. Allen Solly began in 1993 as one of the pioneers to point dress-down Fridays in the world of business professionalism in India. Comfort and practicality are the key ideas for the brand—the pieces easily transform from daytime to evening wear. The clothing line looks into creative cuts and quality fabrics so as to suit the new generation working population for both formal and leisure wear. Due to its quality, combined with funny but rather elegant execution, it is especially loved by younger working women.

• Material: Soft cotton, stretchable polyester blends.
• Signature Collection: Casual blazers, printed shirts, and trousers.

8. Fab India: Ethnic Elegance in Formalwear

Fab India is an India-based retail company that retails Indian apparel and home accessories. It was established in 1960 to provide an international platform for Indian craftsmanship and traditional skills. Fab India offers a traditional type of cloth wearing in modern looks, meaning it suits the best for ethnic formal wear. Sustainability and fair trade are essential values for the brand, helping local artisans and the population. Through such ideas, Fab India provides an ethnic look while dressing at the workplace, which makes it suitable for any woman of culture aspiring to dress ethnically in their working environment.

• Material: Handwoven cotton, silk, and linen.
• Signature Collection: Kurta sets, ethnic jackets, and sarees for office wear.

9. Biba: Traditional Meets Modern Formalwear

Biba is an ethnic wear fashion apparel brand, and in India, it is very famous for its range of bright colors and heavy embroidery work. Biba was founded in late 1988 to focus on women only who could appreciate the modern design of traditional formal clothing. The brand has an extensive collection of kurtas, tunics, and salwars that are comfortable yet stylish. To be more specific, Biba aims to make ethnic formalwear trendy while at the same time ensuring that it can be afforded by the average individual. It focuses on quality and prêt-à-porter, which infuse traditional fabric knowledge of India with global trends, giving professional wear looks.

• Material: Cotton, silk, and viscose blends.
• Signature Collection: Printed kurtas, formal churidar sets.

10. H&M: Stylish and Trendy Workwear

H&M is a fast fashion company that hails from Sweden and has faced significant growth over the last couple of years. The outfits are comparatively affordable, making them favourable for those in the working class. Having been in existence for some time now, this brand was established in the year 1947. ”Different H&M collections are available throughout the year so that the customer can always find the latest fashion. The sustainability of such a brand can also be seen in the material and the process used, which are recyclable. H&M has occasional clusters of fancy wear, therefore ensuring the working lady dresses formally yet elevates her style of dressing at the workplace, hence its popularity in the modern corporate world.

• Material: Soft polyester, cotton blends.
• Signature Collection: Trendy office shirts, fitted blazers, and slim-fit pants.

Materials Used in Formal Clothing

1. Cotton: Cotton is a natural fabric known for its breathability and softness. It absorbs moisture, making it ideal for all-day comfort. Perfect for crisp shirts, blouses, and summer wear.

2. Polyester: Polyester is a durable, wrinkle-resistant fabric that maintains its shape well. It’s low-maintenance and easy to care for, making it a popular choice for blazers, trousers, and dresses.

3. Viscose: Viscose is a semi-synthetic fabric with a silky finish and excellent drape. It feels soft against the skin and is often used for flowy dresses, skirts, and lightweight blouses.

4. Linen: Linen is a breathable and lightweight fabric perfect for hot weather. It has a natural, relaxed texture and is often used in summer blazers, trousers, and formal dresses.

5. Wool: Wool is a warm, resilient fabric that offers natural insulation. It’s ideal for structured suits and blazers, providing a polished look while ensuring comfort in cooler weather.

Conclusion

These are the 10 best brands that sell trendy formal wear for women in India. Right from the elegant look of Vero Moda to the ethnic look of Fab India, they all add something different to the product mix. If you are in the market for the perfect pair of trousers or the newest blazer, then you may find what you’re looking for with these brands.

Phoenix Mall of Asia, located in North Bengaluru, is a luxury retail destination that marks a new era of shopping and leisure in India. As the country's first luxury retail mall, it offers an unparalleled experience that merges sophistication, style, and an immersive environment. This article delves into the unique features of Phoenix Mall of Asia, exploring the various elements that make it a must-visit destination.

Beyond Shopping Destination

Phoenix Mall of Asia isn't just a shopping mall; it's a destination that transcends traditional retail boundaries. Spanning millions of square feet, the mall's design is a masterpiece in itself, with awe-inspiring façades, grand entrances, and nature-inspired installations that captivate visitors from the moment they arrive. Each floor is thematically designed, creating a seamless journey that feels more like walking through an art gallery than a shopping center.

The mall's open-plan layout further enhances the experience, allowing visitors to meander through the spaces with ease. The environment is carefully curated to evoke the sensation of strolling through the world's fashion capitals, making it a truly unique experience in India.

One-Stop Luxury Destination

Phoenix Mall of Asia houses an impressive array of premium brands, including world-renowned fashion labels, high-end designer stores, and luxury boutiques. Visitors can indulge in a world of refinement as they explore the mall's numerous retail offerings, which are complemented by an extensive selection of restaurants, cafes, spas, and Bengaluru's largest multiplex.

The mall's grandeur is evident in its over one million square feet of retail space spread across five floors. A dedicated metro station and various mall zones ensure a seamless and convenient experience for all visitors. From personal concierge services to valet parking and Wi-Fi, the mall offers a host of amenities that cater to the discerning shopper.

Innovative Retail Spaces 

Phoenix Mall of Asia stands out not only for its luxury offerings but also for its innovative and thematic spaces. The Luxury Boulevard, for example, is a walk-through reminiscent of the world's most iconic streets for luxury shopping, while the Eco Earth floor zone celebrates sustainability with eco-friendly brands and educational kiosks.

Other standout features include the Fan Park, a dynamic space for events and gatherings; Foodthopia, a contemporary food court with a diverse range of cuisines; and Eden Arcadia, a serene zone that offers a peaceful respite amidst the hustle and bustle of the mall.

Futuristic Shopping Experience

The mall also embraces cutting-edge technology with its Digital X zone, where visitors can experience augmented reality mirrors, interactive product displays, and immersive virtual reality experiences. This futuristic realm adds a new dimension to the shopping experience, blending retail with entertainment in a way that appeals to tech enthusiasts and casual shoppers alike.

Tribute to Nature

Phoenix Mall of Asia pays homage to nature in various ways, from the Aquatic Reflection zone, which offers a tranquil escape inspired by the sea, to The Oasis, a central space that celebrates the tropics of Asia and Bangalore's botanical beauty. 

With its meticulously designed spaces, premium brands, and immersive experiences, it is set to redefine the shopping and leisure landscape in India. Whether you're looking to indulge in high-end fashion, savor exquisite dining, or simply enjoy a day out, Phoenix Mall of Asia offers an experience that is truly extraordinary.

India’s retail sector is on the brink of a transformative era, driven by rising domestic consumption, favorable economic conditions, and evolving consumer preferences. India requires around 55 million square feet (MSF) of Grade-A mall space over the next four years to align with other South Asian economies on the basis of Retail Space Per Capita (RSPC) — a measure that divides Grade-A mall space by total population.

This surge in demand is being propelled by a shifting consumer landscape, with increasing discretionary spending, a rising appetite for experiential retail, and a growing influx of international brands, according to a recent report by Cushman & Wakefield. As India’s retail sector rapidly evolves, meeting the demand for high-quality shopping spaces will be crucial for sustaining growth and ensuring long-term success.

Shifting Consumer Landscape Driving Retail Growth

The report highlights a significant shift in Indian consumer behavior, with an increasing focus on discretionary spending. Over the last decade, urban India’s spending on discretionary items has risen from 27 percent in FY2011-12 to about one-third in FY2022-23. In contrast, spending on essentials has seen a steady decline. This shift is reflected in rising monthly spending on food delivery services and credit card usage, signaling higher consumer confidence and greater willingness to spend on non-essential goods and services.

Consumers are also directing more of their income toward travel, vehicles, and premium consumer durables, showcasing a marked transition towards aspirational spending. "India’s retail sector is at a pivotal moment. The rising consumer confidence and increasing discretionary spending are clear indicators of the sector’s potential," said Saurabh Shatdal, Managing Director, Capital Markets, and Head of Retail, Cushman & Wakefield. "To capitalize on this growth, it is imperative to address the supply-side challenges and ensure the availability of quality retail spaces."

India’s Growing Appeal to International Retailers

India’s growing consumer market has also caught the attention of international retailers, with many global brands now eyeing expansion into the country. AT Kearney’s Global Retail Development Index of 2023 ranks India highly in terms of growth potential, citing macroeconomic growth, income increases, government initiatives, a robust digital payment ecosystem, and improved infrastructure as factors making India an attractive market.

The report notes a sharp increase in the number of global brands entering India, with an average of 25 brands entering annually in 2024, compared to just 12 before the pandemic. This influx of international retailers is further driving the demand for premium retail spaces. "The urgency for global retailers to enter and expand in India is very high," the report stated. International brands see India’s retail potential as a key growth opportunity, further fueling the need for high-quality retail environments capable of delivering superior shopping experiences.

The Urgent Need to Accelerate Quality Retail Development

Despite robust consumer demand and the influx of international brands, India’s retail infrastructure has not kept pace. Over the last eight years, India has seen only 20 MSF of Grade-A malls added to the market, averaging just 2.5 MSF annually. As a result, existing Grade-A malls in top real estate markets are operating at near-full capacity, with vacancy rates at their lowest levels in years. "The addition of 55 million square feet of Grade-A retail space will be crucial in meeting the demands of this dynamic market," emphasizes Shatdal.

This lag in mall development has created a pressing need for accelerated construction of high-quality retail spaces. India’s total Grade-A mall inventory currently stands at 61 MSF across the top eight cities, translating to a mere 0.5 square feet per capita—significantly lower than other regional peers such as Indonesia, the Philippines, and Vietnam. To reach a 1.0 RSPC by 2027—on par with Indonesia—India would need to add approximately 55 MSF of mall space over the next four years.

"The demand for Grade-A malls, projected to reach 55 million square feet by 2027, highlights the evolving preferences of consumers and the need for modern, experiential shopping spaces," noted Akash Nagpal, Vice President of Leasing at Trehan Iris. "We believe in high-quality developments that not only cater to this growth but also enhance community engagement. By embracing innovation and sustainability, we aim to create vibrant retail environments that redefine shopping in India."

Gurgaon Leading the Retail Revolution

Gurgaon, a key city in the Delhi NCR region, is emerging as a prime destination for retailers looking to cater to the growing demand for premium shopping experiences. "Gurgaon is leading the retail revolution in India," said Vineet Dawar, Sr. Vice President - Sales & Strategy, Elan Group. "The city's strategic location, accessibility, and high-quality retail offerings have attracted leading brands and developers, making it a hub for premium shopping experiences."

With a thriving economy, cosmopolitan culture, and excellent infrastructure, Gurgaon is well-positioned to meet the needs of discerning consumers who are seeking curated shopping environments, personalized services, and unique experiences. Dawar added, "The increasing demand for premium shopping experiences, driven by evolving consumer preferences, is outpacing the current supply, highlighting the need for accelerated retail space development."

The Role of High Streets and Office-Retail Complexes

While the focus has been on mall development, other formats such as high streets and Office-Retail Complexes (ORCs) are also playing an essential role in India’s retail growth. High streets, especially in major cities, have seen a resurgence in popularity, with rental premiums now exceeding pre-pandemic levels.

"Prominent high streets across major cities have seen rental premium overshoot the pre-COVID peaks, mostly in 2019," the report noted. Meanwhile, Office-Retail Complexes have emerged as an alternative solution to the limited availability of Grade-A mall spaces in top cities. Over the last seven years, more than 70 ORC projects have been delivered, attracting quality retail tenants and contributing to the sustained growth of India’s retail landscape.

READ MORE: The Friendly Neighborhood Malls Resurgence

Bridging the Gap: Delivering 55 MSF of Mall Space by 2027

The projected demand for 55 MSF of Grade-A mall space by 2027 presents a significant opportunity for developers. However, meeting this target will require a considerable increase in construction capacity, with 9 to 11 MSF of mall space needed per year—3.5 to 4.5 times the capacity addition seen over the last eight years.

"India’s retail landscape is evolving rapidly," observed Kunal Rishi, COO of Paras Buildtech. "This demand reflects the rising aspirations of consumers, the expansion of organized retail, and the growing need for premium retail destinations across the country. As urbanization reaches nearly 40 percent by 2030, the demand for modern, strategically located retail spaces is increasing to cater to evolving consumer preferences."

Looking ahead, the focus will be on creating retail environments that go beyond traditional shopping. Rishi added, "As consumer habits shift and more brands enter the market, the emphasis will be on integrating lifestyle, entertainment, and community engagement into retail spaces. The development of high-quality mall spaces will be key to supporting this evolution, offering retailers the infrastructure to meet the needs of a dynamic and rapidly changing market."

Located at the junction of the Noida-Greater Noida Expressway and the Trans Yamuna Expressway, The Grand Venice Mall stands as a beacon of luxury and entertainment in the National Capital Region. Spanning 1.3 million square feet, this destination mall combines shopping, dining, leisure, and entertainment, promising an unparalleled experience for visitors of all ages.

Experiential Entertainment

The Grand Venice Mall dedicates approximately 300,000 square feet to experiential entertainment, catering to every family member. Children can enjoy specially designed play areas, while adults can indulge in spa treatments and personal shopping experiences. The mall features a vibrant gaming zone with indoor golf and a snow park, providing unique activities for thrill-seekers. Additionally, curated galleries offer cultural experiences, and a 5-screen multiplex presents the latest cinematic releases. Dining options abound, ensuring every palate is satisfied.

Amenities and Safety

The mall offers an array of amenities, including a lost and found service, digital wayfinding, ATMs, an Emergency Response Team, and first aid equipped with an AED machine. Complimentary Wi-Fi, valet parking, concierge services, wheelchairs, and baby care facilities enhance the visitor experience. Comprehensive security measures ensure a safe environment for all.

Unique Selling Points

The Grand Venice Mall's unique selling points add a touch of magic to every visit. Guests can immerse themselves in the symphonies of live piano music, reliving the enchantment of live performances at the Grand Piano. For a romantic experience, couples can enjoy Venetian-style gondola rides, creating unforgettable moments on the water.

The Grand Venice Mall is a masterpiece of architectural design, recreating iconic Roman art and structures. The Bell Tower of the St. Mark Basilica and the Fountain of Wishes are meticulously recreated, showcasing detailed sculptures and artworks. Statues of Julius Caesar, the Leaning Tower of Pisa, and other marvels transport visitors to the heart of Roman history and culture.

International Collaborations

The Grand Venice Mall continues to expand its attractions with captivating amusements developed through international collaborations. From an underwater sea walk to ocean life experiences, mermaid shows, and the Magic Sky, the mall also offers India's first digital sky with a 3D effect.

It is always difficult to get the perfect over-ear headphones that would fit you. As it was observed, in most cases there are so many products around; thus the question of choice becomes important. The following brands are the top 5 over-ear headphone brands in India which are repeatedly discussed in this article. In this case, we will focus on what they are, their latest developments, and their uniqueness. These brands include everything from those that would like a powerful bass, to people seeking active noise cancellation or a stylish product. Read on to discover the unique features and new-gen innovations that make these headphones the top choices for music lovers and audiophiles in 2024. Let’s dive in!

List of the Top 5 Over-Ear Headphone Brands in India

Here’s a list of the best over-ear headphones brands to help you find your beast.

1. Apple: Premium Sound Meets Smart Technology

Apple’s AirPods Max does not just make it with eye-catching features, it ensures great audio quality too. Being brand-specific, it also has interesting functionalities such as spatial audio, which allows the user to feel engulfed in a surround sound environment, along with active noise cancellation that helps in blocking out the outside noise. The transparency mode is also a useful function that lets users listen to music while hearing outside sounds occurring around them. They are the AirPods Max those wearing the most effective H1, and these Ear Overhead headsets are again very simple to use in terms of switching devices.

Why Choose Apple?

• Apple is known for its sleek design and advanced technology.
• It offers seamless connectivity with Apple devices.

Key Features:

• Spatial Audio: Creates a 3D sound experience for movies and music.
• Active Noise Cancellation: Blocks out unwanted noise, making your music experience better.
• Transparency Mode: This lets you hear the outside world while still listening to music.

New-Gen Innovations:

• AirPods Max comes with a powerful H1 chip for improved sound quality.
• Automatic switching between Apple devices for a hassle-free experience.

Also read: Best Earbud Brands in India: Your Sound Upgrade Awaits!

2. JBL: Powerful Bass and Trendy Design

For heavy bass lovers in love with lively sound and chic designs, JBL headphones are ideal. They have pure bass sound for loud, booming sounds and a collapsible structure that makes them suitable for traveling music lovers. With a maximum battery life of thirty hours, you are guaranteed continuous playtime. Among JBL’s recent developments are features like Fast Pair or Ambient Aware modes, which increase the attractiveness for daily use. A great way for people to enjoy inexpensive yet great-sounding equipment.

Why Choose JBL?

• JBL is famous for its deep bass and vibrant sound.
• Perfect for people who love heavy-bass music.

Key Features:

• Pure Bass Sound: Delivers strong, punchy bass.
• Foldable Design: Easy to carry around.
• Long Battery Life: Up to 30 hours of playtime on a single charge.

New-Gen Innovations:

• Fast Pair with Google devices for quick connectivity.
• Ambient Aware and TalkThru modes for easy conversations without removing headphones.

Also check: U&i Reveals Energy & Plus Series Wireless Neckbands for Fitness Enthusiasts

3. Sony: Leading the Way in Noise Cancellation

When it comes to noise-cancelling technology, Sony seems to be at the top of the field in offering consumers excellent sound quality in headphones such as the WH-1000XM4. It even has Adaptive Sound Control, wherein the ear cups sit as they read the user’s activity and Hi-Res Audio. The huge form factor can be used for long durations without causing discomfort. Features such as noise cancellation powered by AI, and 'Speak-to-Chat', which pauses the music when you talk, are the ones that place Sony apart. Good for those who wish their sessions to be free of interruptions from external noise.

Why Choose Sony?

• Sony is a top choice for its industry-leading noise cancellation.
• Ideal for people who want to enjoy music without distractions.

Key Features:

• Adaptive Sound Control: Automatically adjusts sound settings based on your activity.
• Hi-Res Audio: Provides clear and detailed sound quality.
• Comfortable Design: Lightweight and soft ear pads for long hours of use.

New-Gen Innovations:

• AI-driven noise cancellation that adapts to your surroundings.
• "Speak-to-Chat" feature pauses music when you start talking.

4. Bose: The King of Noise Cancellation and Clarity

Bose is another company known for noise cancellation and has a balanced frequency response for vocal as well as bass sections. With acoustic noise cancellation and multi-device connectivity, switching between one gadget and another is quite easy. For instance, Bose AR gives the feature of augmented reality with impressive sound quality when touching buttons and offers the functionality of control within the headset. The Bose headphones also have enhanced voice that facilitates good call connection and can be worn for prohibiting time without inflicting ear-heaviness for enhanced sound quality, making it perfect for music lovers.

Why Choose Bose?

• Bose is known for its superior noise-canceling technology and clear sound.
• Great for music lovers who prioritize audio quality.

Key Features:

• Acoustic Noise Cancelling: Reduces ambient noise for a clear listening experience.
• Multi-Device Connectivity: Easily switch between devices without reconnecting.
• Intuitive Controls: Simple touch controls for volume and playback.

New-Gen Innovations:

• Bose AR for immersive audio experiences.
• Improved voice pickup for better call quality.

5. BoAt: Affordable and Stylish Audio Solutions

Speaking of the value for the money, BoAt unveils high-quality audio accessories that appeal to young people in India. Popular for their durability and punchy bass-driven sound quality, BoAt headphones are made to endure wear and tear. They have also added battery capacity to the new Rockerz series, together with enhancing the quality of the sound that is produced by the headphones. Whether it is Bluetooth 5.0, voice assistant, or any feature, it is all about delivering beautiful, affordable, and excellent musical devices to consumers.

Why Choose BoAt?

• BoAt offers great sound quality at a budget-friendly price.
• Popular among young music enthusiasts in India.

Key Features:

• Signature Sound: Provides balanced sound with deep bass.
• Sturdy Build: Made to withstand daily wear and tear.
• Voice Assistant Support: Access Google Assistant or Siri with a simple tap.

New-Gen Innovations:

• New Rockerz series with improved battery life and sound quality.
• Bluetooth 5.0 for faster connectivity and longer range.

What to Look for When Buying Over-Ear Headphones

1. Sound Quality: Choose headphones that offer a balanced sound with clear highs, mids, and deep bass.
2. Noise Cancellation: Consider models with active noise cancellation to block out external noise.
3. Comfort & Fit: Look for lightweight designs with cushioned ear pads for long-term comfort.
4. Battery Life: Opt for headphones with long battery life, especially if you use them while traveling.
5. Connectivity Options: Ensure compatibility with your devices, whether through Bluetooth or wired connections.

New-Gen Features to Watch Out For

• Spatial Audio: For a 3D sound experience, perfect for movies and immersive music.
• Voice Control: Hands-free control with built-in voice assistants like Siri, Google Assistant, or Alexa.
• Quick Charging: Get hours of playtime with just a few minutes of charging.

Final Thoughts

Choosing the right over-ear headphones can greatly enhance your music experience. Whether you are looking for premium options like Apple and Sony or budget-friendly choices like BoAt, there's something for everyone. Keep your needs and preferences in mind, and you’ll find the perfect pair that suits your style.

From raising a toast to special moments, through having a refreshing drink, the sparkle of wines revives the scene, adding a touch of sophistication to the table. Be it romantic evenings, casual brunches, or a splash of luxury and freshness in life, these effervescent gems are sure to be celebrated. Find out some of the best sparkling wines made in India with this guide. Let's begin our journey of sparkling wonders right here in India, cheers to the adventure!

Know more: Top Champagne Brands in India: Pop, Fizz And Celebrate

Top Sparkling Wine Brands in India

Here are the 7 best sparking wine brands in India. What makes them special and why you should choose one of these. Get all the answers with this hand-picked list.  

1. Codorniu

Codorniw is the oldest sparkling wine producer in the world. Out of the top sparkling wine brand in India as well. This winery's fermented sparkling wine, or Cava, is its signature offering. Sparkling wines from Codorniu are renowned for their lively, crisp, and traditional Mediterranean character. Some claim to taste like mousse, lemon, and green apples. 

Best Sparkling Wine by Codorniu

• Codorníu Extra Brut Nature: A classic Mediterranean-flavored wine that is dry and well-structured.
• Codorniu Cava Brut: A traditional Cava with mousse, lemon, and green apple overtones
• Anna de Codorníu Brut: A delicate, adaptable cava with lovely fruity notes

2. NOI Sparkling 

NOI is one of the greatest sparkling wine brands from India. Chenin Blanc and Thompson seedless are the grapes used by NOI. Its sparkling wine has become popular because of its flavor, fragrance, and versatility. Tropical fruit notes, florals, and a sunny summer's day are seen in its sparkling wines. NOI is somewhat off-dry and an attraction for Indian wine drinkers who want their wines sweeter.

Best Sparkling Wines by Noi

• NOI SPARKLING ROSE: A perfumed wine, scented with lemon zest, strawberries, and blueberries. It is for those who seek a sophisticated rosé in Provence style that has acidic bubbles and a hint of sweetness.
• NOI Spritzer Classico: some people feel that it has that tangy flavor with a long after-taste in the palate while others describe it to have a tropical taste of it.

3. Martini 

NWS is the National Wine & Spirits Distillery, based in a small town near Turin, which was acquired in 1863 by Alessandro Martini and Luigi Rossi to form the basis of the Martini brand. It produces sparkling wines, vermouth, and other spirits. This leading Indian sparkling wine brand is associated with nightlife, and its heritage goes strongly down the route of festivals and parties.

Best Sparkling Wine by Martini

• ASTI: Made from the fragrant Moscato Bianco grape, which is cultivated in the Piemont region's special Asti environment.
• Rose: A sophisticated and fragrant concoction of vibrant summer fruit. Pink flowers provide a counterbalance to the richness of the wild strawberries and raspberries. It looks best when dining al fresco, thanks to its rose-colored body.
• Prosecco DOC: Dry, with flavors of apple, banana, and thyme, this crisp sparkling wine is a great way to wake up the palate before dinner or to pair with an aperitivo.

4. Krug 

It was established in the year 1843 by German immigrant Joseph Krug at Reims in France. For Krug sparkling wines, all three Champagne varietals including Pinot noir, Chardonnay, and Pinot Meunier are used. The underlying philosophy of Krug's artistry begins with the understanding that the entity behind each piece of land is a musician with its own character. Its long aging period, skillful blending process, and subtle tastes and fragrances make people fond of Krug sparkling wine.

Best Sparkling Wine by Krug

• Krug Grande Cuvee
• Krug Clos d'Ambonnay
•  Krug Clos du Mesnil
• Krug Brut Rose
• Krug Brut

5. Bisol Belstar

Bisol winery in the Italian Veneto region produces a style of sparkling wines branded as Belstar. In Valdobbiadene, where they have made wine for over 500 years, Bisol has been perfecting the recipe for their Prosecco for the last 30 years. The slopes are used for plantations, and manual picking is done. Belstar perfectly cooks any light meal-the fish appetizers or the spring vegetables-caressing the tongue with delicate bubbles.

Best Sparkling Wines by Bisol Belstar

• Bisol Belstar Prosecco: Quality, balanced, and so versatile, a proper prosecco that still captures the nose of apple, pear, and lemon zest.
• Bisol Belstar Cuvee Rose: It is pink in color, smells delicious and flowery, and has a crisp sweetness to acidity ratio.
• Bisol Belstar Cult Prosecco DOC Extra Dry NV: a sparkling wine produced by pressurizing tanks during a second fermentation process, as in the Charmat technique.

6. Veuve Clicquot

This highly popular sparkling wine brand traces its origin to a time when a cloth merchant, Philippe Clicquot, founded it in 1772. Among the most ancient Champagne houses, Veuve Clicquot was the epitome of striving to get closer to perfection, passion for quality within the Pinot Noir grape variety, and great art of aging. Well-balanced and spicy and invigorating, it has a medium-long finish with the strong, bright nose and notes of lemon, lime, pear, peach, cream, nectarine, toast, pineapple, biscuit, and bread dough. It's a medium lemon hue.

Best Sparkling Wines by Veuve Clicquot

• Veuve Clicquot Brut Yellow Label: discloses an aromatic character highlighted by notes of pear, apple, and peach, among other white and yellow fruits. 
• Veuve Clicquot Rich: perfect fusion of gourmet, fruity tastes, including mango and pineapple from the Orient, pear, and the refreshing notes of verbena and lemongrass.
• Veuve Clicquot Rose: A long, graceful finish, aromas of red fruits, biscuits, and pastry, and a beautiful combination of freshness and structure.

7. Tiamo 

The grapes that Tiamo uses for its production are mainly obtained from certified organic vineyards, specifically in the northern part of Italy and in the region of Valdobbiadene. The bubbly released by Tiamo has an airy nose with scents of apple and banana. The colour is classified to be soft light yellow. It has also been recorded as having a beautiful dry closing, fresh and light palate, and balanced acidity and body.

Best Sparkling Wines By Tiamo

• Tiamo Prosecco Rose: A crisp and Venice Trieste resh sparkling wine, the Tiamo Prosecco Rose has notes of sliced apples, pears, citrus, and strawberries along with flowery aromas.
• Tiamo Pinot Grigio Veneto IGT: It smells fragrant with notes of butter, cream, lemon, and almonds.

Read more: Explore Top Tequila Brands in India: A Spirited Journey

Best Rum Brands in India: 2024 Edition

Specialities of Sparkling Wines

Sparkling wines are unique due to the carbonation process that gives a fizzy quality, and are emblems of celebration and effervescence

• Carbonation process

Carbon dioxide produced in the course of the fermentation of grape juice gives bubbly wine the characteristic fizz and effervescence.

• Production method

Sparkling wine is usually double fermented and pressure-bottled. Champagne, the tank method known as Lambrusco and the transfer method are the three most used techniques.

• Grape varieties

There are countless varieties of grapes, but probably the most well-known include Chardonnay, Pinot Noir, and Pinot Meunier.

Read more: Top 10 Scotch Whisky Brands in India 2024 | Alcohol%

Final Word

Raise a glass to the sparkling wonders that India has in store for you! Whether it is the crisp and refreshing notes of a classic brut, the fruits that come alive in a delicate rosé, or the luxurious and complex body of a vintage bottle, these sparkling wines really have something for every palate and occasion. Perfect for celebrations, intimate dinners, or just to be savoring each special moment in life, each sip brings along a splash of sophistication and joy. So, take a virtual tour through these brilliant sparkling diamonds and savor with the bubbles. Cheers to raise a glass for sparkling in life!

FAQ’s

Which country consumes sparkling wine the most?

Germany is the world’s largest consumer of sparkling wine. On an average 4.7 bottle per person.

Is sparkling wine healthy?

Best sparkling wine has natural nutrients like zinc, magnesium and potassium. Good for heart and circulation. 

What is the perfect temperature to serve a sparkling wine?

Serving sparkling wine at 6-8 degrees Celsius is the ideal temperature. 

Amazon India is gearing up for what it predicts will be its "biggest ever" festival season sale with the Great Indian Festival 2024. Kicking off on September 27, the sale promises to bring a range of products, deals, and a host of exclusive offerings, especially for Prime members who will enjoy early access. Saurabh Srivastava, Vice President of Category Leadership at Amazon India, highlighted the festival's importance, saying, "For the past eleven years, we've been at the heart of Amazon's festive journey, driven by the unwavering trust of our customers. Their belief has shaped our path in India, and our sellers' dedication has been our strength."

Amazon India’s Great Indian Festival isn’t just about making sales – it's a reflection of how e-commerce is reshaping the Indian retail landscape. By focusing on customer needs, leveraging technology, and expanding logistics capabilities, Amazon continues to be a key player in driving the digital transformation of retail in India. With a sprawling delivery network, featuring fulfillment centers across 15 states and over 2,000 delivery stations, Amazon is ready to make this season seamless. Prime members can look forward to twice as many same-day deliveries as last year, ensuring their festive essentials arrive faster than ever.

Tier II and Tier III Towns Drive Growth

According to Ranjit Babu, Director of Consumer Electronics at Amazon India, this year’s festival is poised to be massive, with a growing number of orders expected from Tier II and Tier III towns. "We’ve seen significant momentum in these regions, and it’s clear that aspirations for quality products are no longer limited to urban centers," said Babu. With more than 25,000 new products being launched during the festival, Amazon is looking to cater to a diverse range of consumers across India. These new launches span across categories such as smartphones, home appliances, fashion, and more, ensuring something for everyone.

This year, Amazon is making a significant push to support India's small businesses. With exclusive deals and discounts up to 70 percent off on a specially curated selection, customers can find incredible value while supporting local sellers. Babu noted, "This initiative isn’t just about offering discounts. It’s about giving smaller businesses a platform to reach millions of customers across the country."

The Upgrade Wave

One of the standout trends this festive season is the rise in demand for consumer electronics, particularly upgrades. "Consumers are no longer looking for just any product – they want the best," shared Babu. He pointed out that the festival will feature a range of attractive offers on electronics, from 5G smartphones starting at Rs 8,999 to high-end TVs at previously unheard-of prices.

"The festive season is the perfect time for customers to upgrade to that Android flagship smartphone or finally make the switch to a larger TV screen," Babu mentioned. The company is also making it easier for customers to upgrade through financial tools like low-cost EMIs, instant bank discounts, and Amazon Pay Later, all designed to make big-ticket purchases more accessible.

Amazon India is also stepping up to provide an even smoother shopping experience. One notable addition is the phone setup service, available in over 300 cities. "Customers no longer have to worry about the hassle of setting up a new device. We’ll have someone at their doorstep to guide them through the entire process," explained Babu. This level of customer support is a strategic move to enhance the overall shopping experience and build greater customer loyalty.

This year, the trend is clear – consumers are focused on upgrading their lifestyle. From flagship smartphones to large-screen TVs, the appetite for high-quality products is at an all-time high. Babu mentioned, "Our sales expectations align with this trend. The festival isn't just about offering the lowest prices; it's about how much we can help our customers upgrade."

This strategy means that while discounts and deals will be prevalent, Amazon is also ensuring that customers can stretch their budgets further, thanks to options like extended warranties, exchange offers, and comprehensive protection plans.

One key driver of sales during this year’s festival is the company's focus on affordability and value. The Amazon Pay Later service, for instance, will allow customers to pay in easy installments. Even without a credit card, customers can apply for an instant loan, making it easier to purchase high-end products. Babu stated, "Our goal is to take the average sales price up by double digits across categories. We’re offering more value for older products, more options for no-cost EMIs, and making it simpler for customers to make that big purchase."

For example, Amazon is offering the iPhone 13 at a net price of Rs 37,999 when considering exchange and bank offers. In addition, customers can opt for a 12-month no-cost EMI through Amazon Pay Later. Such offers make premium products more accessible, encouraging more customers to consider upgrading during the festival.

Logistical Mastery

Behind the scenes, Amazon’s logistical network is in overdrive, ensuring products reach customers faster than ever. With fulfillment centers in 15 states and over 2,000 delivery stations nationwide, Prime members can expect double the number of same-day deliveries compared to last year. This robust infrastructure is particularly beneficial for customers in smaller towns who previously had limited access to high-end products.

"Amazon’s logistics capabilities are tailored for customers in locations where certain products might not be readily available," Babu highlighted. He added that this accessibility was a game-changer for consumers living in Tier II and III cities, allowing them to access a wide range of products that would otherwise be out of reach.

The Power of AI

Amazon has also been investing in AI-driven tools like Rufus, which aims to help customers make more informed purchase decisions. Although still in its early stages, these AI tools provide valuable assistance in guiding customers through product comparisons and helping them make choices suited to their needs. "It's all about empowering customers to make smarter decisions," said Babu.

Boosting Gifting

As the festival period continues, Amazon expects to see a surge in gifting, especially toward the later part of the sale event. Babu pointed out, "Categories like consumer electronics, appliances, and smartphones typically see strong demand in the earlier days, while the gifting trend picks up as we approach Diwali."

Amazon’s platform is ready to cater to these varying demands with a broad selection of products suitable for gifting, from tech gadgets to household essentials. The company expects to see a spike in smaller yet desirable items such as headphones, wearables, and smart home devices as customers look for practical gifts.

Ranjit Babu sums it up, "Our mission is to ensure that everyone, no matter where they are in India, can enjoy the festive season with the best products, deals, and services. This festival isn't just about shopping; it's about elevating the overall experience for our customers."

As the festival kicks off, it’s evident that Amazon India is more than ready to deliver an unparalleled shopping experience, making it easier than ever for millions of Indians to upgrade, gift, and celebrate this festive season in style.

Situated in Whitefield, Bangalore, VR Bengaluru is a mixed-use retail development that stands as a testament to modern urban living. Spanning a massive 600,000 square feet, this development is more than just a shopping destination. It is a unique blend of retail, hospitality, entertainment, and collaborative working spaces, all under one roof. Owned, developed, and operated by Virtuous Retail South Asia Pte Ltd, VR Bengaluru has earned its reputation as a "first-of-its-kind community-centric integrated lifestyle destination."

Retail and Hospitality Excellence

The centre is home to The Hive, a dynamic co-working space designed to foster creativity and collaboration among start-ups and entrepreneurs. Additionally, The Waverly - Hotel & Residences offers luxurious accommodation, ensuring that visitors can enjoy a comfortable stay. The SkyDeck, an activated rooftop, features a temperature-controlled pool, a jogging track, and an open-air LED screen, providing a perfect blend of relaxation and entertainment.

In 2016, VR Bengaluru welcomed South India's first H&M store, marking a significant milestone in its retail journey. The retail arcade boasts an impressive assortment of brands, catering to diverse shopping preferences.

Unmatched Entertainment Options

Entertainment is at the heart of VR Bengaluru, with a nine-screen multiplex from PVR, including Bangalore's only purpose-built IMAX theatre and India's largest Gold Class theatres. These facilities promise an unparalleled cinematic experience, with the IMAX screen offering a pure, unadulterated viewing experience.

Community and Family Engagement

VR Bengaluru is committed to creating a family-friendly environment. The pedestrianized outdoor locales, known as "Garden City," provide a safe and vibrant space for children to play and explore. The center also features a vintage carousel and the "Magic Garden," a sculpted, soft foam play area that is safe and germ-free for young children. For older kids and teenagers, Fun City offers a full arcade with unique indoor rides, ensuring entertainment for all ages.

A Hub for Community Events

The open landscaped events space at VR Bengaluru regularly hosts a variety of community events, such as music festivals, farmers’ and artisan markets, and activities for children. This focus on community engagement highlights VR Bengaluru's role as a social and cultural hub in the city.

VR Bengaluru is more than a retail destination; it is a comprehensive lifestyle center that caters to the diverse needs of its visitors. From high-end retail stores and luxurious accommodations to top-notch entertainment and community spaces, VR Bengaluru offers an all-encompassing experience that sets it apart as a premier urban development in Bangalore.

The global pet care industry is experiencing a profound transformation, driven by changing consumer preferences, technological innovation, and a rising focus on animal welfare. What was once a niche sector is now a cornerstone of the global retail landscape, as pet owners increasingly treat their animals as family members, prioritizing their health, nutrition, and overall well-being. This shift is creating a surge in demand for premium pet products and services, leading to remarkable growth in the pet care market. The industry's evolution has significant implications for retailers, manufacturers, and consumers alike.

The Surge in Pet Ownership and Spending

The pandemic marked a turning point for the pet care industry. According to a recent Morgan Stanley report, pet ownership skyrocketed during COVID-19 as individuals and families sought companionship during lockdowns. This surge in adoption elevated pets to the status of family members for many, fundamentally changing the way people perceive and care for their animals.

Simeon Gutman, Morgan Stanley's Retail Analyst, explained, “American pet ownership experienced a pandemic boom as a surge of people added a family member with fur, feathers or fins during COVID.” Although the rate of new pet adoption has slowed since its 2020 peak, the report highlights that spending in the pet sector is set to continue growing steadily.

Gutman further stated, “While the percentage of households adding pets has receded somewhat from its 2020 peak, growth in new households among those most likely to spend more on pets, combined with increased spending on areas such as veterinary care, should compensate for the drop in ownership.” This compensation is expected to drive an annual spending growth rate of 7 percent in the pet care sector by 2030.

Projected Growth in the Pet Industry

According to the Morgan report, annual household spending on pets is forecasted to reach $1,445 per pet by 2026 and rise further to $1,733 per pet by 2030. This represents a dramatic increase in total industry spending, from $122 billion in 2019 to a projected $261 billion by 2030, marking a 113 percent growth in just over a decade.

These projections are driven by a combination of factors, including the growing number of households that prioritize spending on their pets' health, well-being, and comfort. Categories such as veterinary care, grooming, and premium pet food are expected to see significant increases in demand, bolstered by consumers’ increasing preference for high-quality products that align with their pets' specific dietary and lifestyle needs.

The Rise of E-Commerce in Pet Care Retail

While the majority of pet owners (about 80 percent) still prefer to shop for their pets in physical stores, the online pet care market is rapidly expanding. The Morgan Stanley report indicates that nearly 70 percent of pet owners have purchased pet supplies online in the past six months, up 9 percent from the previous year’s survey. This shift mirrors the broader trend toward e-commerce that has reshaped retail globally.

This rising inclination towards online shopping is transforming the way retailers approach the pet care market. Companies that previously relied on brick-and-mortar sales are increasingly investing in digital platforms, offering subscription services, home delivery, and personalized product recommendations to meet the growing demands of online consumers.

Pet Care Market Trends

Supporting these findings is a detailed Fortune Business Insights report, which provides a comprehensive overview of the global pet care market. The report values the market at $246.66 billion in 2023 and projects it to grow from $259.37 billion in 2024 to an astounding $427.75 billion by 2032, with a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 6.45 percent during the forecast period. Notably, North America dominated the market with a 33.81 percent share in 2023, underscoring the region’s significant contribution to the industry.

The surge in spending on pet care products such as food, healthcare, and grooming is a reflection of a growing awareness of pet welfare and well-being among owners. Pets are increasingly viewed as part of the family, and this sentiment is driving demand for premium, tailored products that cater to their specific health and dietary needs.

One notable trend identified by Fortune Business Insights is the shift toward dietary food items designed to combat obesity in pets. Obesity in pets, particularly dogs and cats, has become a prevalent issue, with data from VCA Hospitals revealing that 25 percent to 30 percent of North American canine pets aged 5 to 11 years were classified as obese in 2021. This has spurred demand for low-calorie, high-nutrition food options, along with plant-based and vegan alternatives that align with the growing trend toward healthier lifestyles for both humans and pets.

Innovation in Pet Care Products and Services

The pet care industry is not only growing in terms of market size but also in innovation. Companies are now developing cutting-edge products to enhance the quality of life for pets. From location-tracking devices and smart pet feeders to interactive toys like smart laser cat toys, technology is being integrated into nearly every aspect of pet care. This innovation is driving market expansion and offering pet owners new ways to monitor, engage, and care for their pets.

According to the Fortune Business Insights report, pet owners in the U.S. spent approximately $50 billion on pet food and treats alone in 2022, a reflection of the growing focus on nutrition and the increasing preference for high-quality, health-conscious products. With companies like Mars Incorporated and Nestlé S.A. offering a wide array of premium pet food items, the market for pet-related products is expected to expand rapidly in the coming years.

Market Challenges and Restraints

Despite the promising outlook, the pet care industry faces several challenges. One of the most significant hurdles is the high cost of premium products, which can limit access for lower-income pet owners. Additionally, the spread of animal-borne diseases and inconsistent regulations surrounding product labeling and promotion pose barriers to growth. These factors may inhibit market expansion, particularly in developing regions where income levels are lower, and regulatory frameworks are less established.

Nevertheless, companies are working to overcome these challenges by developing more affordable product lines and advocating for standardized regulations that ensure the safety and quality of pet care products across different markets.

Pet Care in India: A Burgeoning Market

One market that presents enormous potential is India, where pet ownership is on the rise. The World Food India 2024, organized by the Ministry of Food Processing Industries (MOFPI), included the pet food category for the first time as part of the agenda.

The experts highlighted the rapid growth of India’s pet food industry, driven by the shift from pets as functional animals to family members. Satinder Singh, General Manager at Royal Canin, stated, “India's pet population is rapidly growing, but the pet food industry's presence is still in its infancy compared to global markets. While the demand for pet care and nutrition is increasing, we have only scratched the surface of what's possible.”

There are over 31 million pet dogs and over 2.44 million pet cats in India. The pet population is expected to grow at a CAGR of 9 percent over the next five years. The country’s pet care market is still nascent but holds immense promise due to the evolving attitudes of pet owners. As pets are increasingly considered family members, owners are shifting their focus toward personalized nutrition, premium food products, and high-quality veterinary care.

Dr. Umesh Kallahalli, Senior Vet at Mars Petcare, added, “Pets have evolved from being functional animals to cherished family members, and with this shift, pet parents have become far more discerning in their choices.” This change is driving demand for human-grade ingredients and vegan options in pet food, as well as innovations in pet diagnostics and personalized care.

Collaboration and Innovation

Looking ahead, collaboration between industry players, regulatory bodies, and technology providers will be key to driving continued growth in the pet care sector. Pallavi Anand, Business Head at Nestlé Purina Petcare, highlighted the importance of a unified approach, stating, “The pet food industry in India is undergoing a fundamental shift, driven by changing consumer behaviors and a growing sense of responsibility among pet parents.Today’s pet parents are more informed, and their expectations are evolving. They seek more than just food; they look for tailored nutrition that ensures the long-term health and well-being of their pets.”

"Technology is playing a pivotal role in simplifying the pet ownership experience and helping pet parents make informed choices. The future of pet nutrition lies in personalized care, and to support this, we need science-based regulatory frameworks. As an industry, it’s crucial for us to collaborate and ensure that the quality and safety of pet food in India continues to improve," added Anand.

As the pet care industry evolves, companies are expected to continue innovating and diversifying their product offerings to meet the changing needs of pet owners. This includes the development of science-backed nutrition solutions, new diagnostic tools, and technologically advanced products that simplify the pet ownership experience.

The pet care market is undergoing a remarkable transformation, with projected growth rates that far outpace many other retail sectors. As pets become more integrated into family life, the demand for high-quality, personalized products and services will continue to rise.

For retailers and manufacturers, the challenge lies in navigating the evolving landscape while addressing affordability and regulatory concerns. For pet owners, the future promises an abundance of choices that will enhance their pets’ lives, from specialized nutrition to cutting-edge wellness solutions.

Every woman dreams of finding that perfect pair of shoes that complements her perfectly. If you are in search of the latest fashionable heels or the comfort of flats, then these top 10 women's footwear brands in India are worth checking out. This means that when it comes to the use of quality materials coupled with good design and style, they are spoilt for choice. Here is the list, let’s take a closer look at each brand and find out more about them.

How to Choose the Right Shoe for You

1. Look for Quality Materials: Shoes made from high-quality materials last longer and feel more comfortable. Look for leather, suede, or premium synthetic fabrics. They provide a better fit and are more durable.

2. Check for Proper Cushioning: Shoes with cushioned soles and arch support are ideal for long hours. They reduce foot pain and provide comfort throughout the day.

3. Make Sure It Fits Well: A good fit is essential. Try shoes on at the end of the day when your feet are slightly swollen. This ensures a comfortable fit even when your feet expand.

4. Don’t Forget the Style: Choose styles that match your personality and wardrobe. From casual sneakers to formal heels, pick something that complements your look.

Also check: Top Sports Shoe Brands in India: Best for Comfort and Style

10 Best Formal Shoe Brands for Men in India 2024

List of the Top 10 Women Footwear Brands in India 

Here’s a list of top footwear brands for your everyday look, which will make you fashionable and keep you comfortable all day long.  

1. Metro Shoes: A Classic Choice

Metro Shoes has been a prominent footwear retailing company in India and was founded in 1947. It has established itself in delivering fashionable outfits, well-made and in varied styles. Whichever shoes you require— stylish high heels for partying or casual flats for everyday use, Metro has it for you. As of now, it has branched out in over 200 stores in India and is still considered as a fashion-forward shoe brand for women.

• Signature Styles: Pumps, sandals, and wedges.
• Material Matters: High-quality leather and breathable fabrics.
• Comfort Factor: Cushioned insoles and ergonomic designs.

Also Check: Top 10 Shoe Brands in India : 2024's Top Picks

2. Mochi: Trendy and Affordable

Mochi has become one of the favorite fashion brands among young women with its stylish design and lower in price. With its inception in the year 2000, the brand has a range of styles, from ethnic juttis to modern ballet flats. From glamming up for festivals to comfortable regular wear, Mochi has it all. Fashion-forward collections loved by many fashionistas, Their brights offer color and pattern lovers the opportunity to experiment with color.

• Signature Styles: Ethnic juttis, ballet flats, and block heels.
• Material Matters: Vegan leather and colorful fabrics.
• Comfort Factor: Lightweight and flexible designs.

Read More: Top 10 Sneaker Brands in India

3. Hush Puppies: Comfort Meets Style

Hush Puppies epitomizes casual style and comfort. While it is American in inception, the brand has made a considerable dent for itself in the Indian market. Hush Puppies, a known shoe brand for its easygoing, comfortable collection, is one brand that every woman can rely on who loves fashion with comfort benefits. Featuring air-soles and foot-forming material, these shoes are ideal for long days at the office or an easy-breezy casual day out.

• Signature Styles: Loafers, casual sneakers, and flats.
• Material Matters: Soft leather and air-cushioned soles.
• Comfort Factor: Perfect arch support and extra padding.

4. Bata: Iconic and Reliable

Bata falls under one of the oldest brands when we talk about footwear in India and it was established back in 1931. Bata has a long-standing tradition of delivering good, affordable footwear and carries something for everyone. The brand has been revered for its sturdy, well-wearing designs since way before most of us were born. Its wide array of options — from classic flats to office heels and everyday sandals, ensure that there is something for everyone.

• Signature Styles: Classic flats, office heels, and everyday sandals.
• Material Matters: Durable leather and sturdy fabrics.
• Comfort Factor: Great support and long-lasting comfort.

5. Catwalk: For the Fashion-Forward

Catwalk has emerged as the brand that has revolutionized the fashion of heels in India by being glamorous and bold. It came into existence in 1990 and mainly targets fashion merchandise and luxury products for increased visibility and relevance in the market. Whether it is a fashionable stiletto or an appropriate platform shoe, the Catwalk shoe collection is for all those women who like to be different. The brand of shoes that are known to make stunning shoes good for parties and other occasions is Catwalk.

• Signature Styles: Stilettos, platforms, and stylish sandals.
• Material Matters: Synthetic leather and metallic finishes.
• Comfort Factor: Fashion-focused, with moderate comfort.

6. Clarks: Effortless Elegance

Clarks was established in the UK in 1825 and is known for its range of footwear products that feature both form and function. Their India range is targeted at maintaining the customers with classy and modern clothing styles. Being the epitome of quality and comfort, that is, made from the best leather and excellent cushioning, Clarks shoes would be a great investment for a business outfit or any other occasion, where one would want and deserve to look good and feel comfortable at the same time.

• Signature Styles: Classic pumps, elegant flats, and comfortable wedges.
• Material Matters: Premium leather and cushioned soles.
• Comfort Factor: Exceptional comfort and support for long wear.

7. Liberty: Everyday Comfort

The Indian footwear giant Liberty Shoes is 56 years old, having been established in the year 1954. Being famous for its quality and comfortable shoe line, Liberty is ideal for women who want stylish shoes, and these shoes are very durable. Liberty stocks print shoes for casual wear, casual and branded sneakers to formal shoes therefore catering for young and mature women with a variety of preferences.

• Signature Styles: Casual sneakers, sandals, and formal shoes.
• Material Matters: Soft fabrics and flexible soles.
• Comfort Factor: Breathable designs and cushioned footbeds.

8. Red Tape: Style with Substance

Red Tape is a premium lifestyle brand known for its high-quality leather shoes and stylish designs. It began in 1996 and soon became very popular, especially among the women who looked for fashionable and, at the same time, long-lasting shoes. The brand’s collections are so diverse that they are worn by business people during work and by fashion-conscious people during other times.

• Signature Styles: Loafers, sneakers, and formal heels.
• Material Matters: Genuine leather and premium materials.
• Comfort Factor: Padded insoles and supportive arches.

9. Van Heusen: Modern and Chic

Among many brands that are dominating the market, Van Heusen has proven its competency by being the leading brand in the shoe category. Their shoes are for the modern women who aspire to the elegance and style of present-day women. Just as the Hein Style range presents smart business wear, Van Heusen has the perfect collection of shoes, especially for ladies' office pumps, and chic sandals for mini getaways, among others. Policies that the brand holds include quality and comfort, which has given it an advantage over other brands of shoes for women who seek shoes that are versatile.

• Signature Styles: Office pumps, chic sandals, and stylish loafers.
• Material Matters: Luxe fabrics and polished finishes.
• Comfort Factor: Designed for long hours, with cushioned support.

10. Inc. 5: Contemporary and Classy

INC 5 is not only a fashion brand company but also its product identifies the modern fashion trend with comfort. It was established in 1998 and it has developed into everyone’s source of fashionable and comfortable footwear for the modern women. Inc. 5 is famous for their fabulous mules, sleek chic flats and pretty heels and can well be described as designs that boast style and comfort. Whether you plan to go out on a dinner and wear some formal clothing or go out for a party and dance, Inc. 5 offers all type of outfits.

• Signature Styles: Trendy mules, fashionable flats, and chic heels.
• Material Matters: Soft leather and stylish synthetics.
• Comfort Factor: Extra cushioning and flexible soles.

Factors to Consider for a Good Shoe

1. Breathability: Look for shoes with breathable fabrics like mesh or leather. They keep your feet cool and dry.
2. Flexibility: A good shoe should bend easily at the ball of the foot. This allows natural movement.
3. Support: Shoes with good arch support help maintain posture and reduce strain on your feet.
4. Durability: Sturdy construction ensures your shoes last longer, even with regular use.

How to Maintain Your Shoes for a Long Life

1. Clean Them Regularly: Wipe your shoes with a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt. For leather shoes, use a leather cleaner and conditioner.

2. Store Properly: Keep your shoes in a cool, dry place. Use shoe trees to maintain their shape, especially for leather shoes.

3. Use Shoe Bags: Store your shoes in cloth bags to protect them from dust and moisture.

4. Rotate Your Shoes: Don’t wear the same pair every day. Rotating shoes allows them to air out and last longer.

The Final Step 

These top 10 women's footwear brands in India offer a perfect blend of style, comfort, and quality. Whether you need something for work, a party, or everyday wear, these brands have something for everyone. So, why wait? Step up your shoe game and add these to your collection

Herbal teas are something that has long been savored in India for their soothing properties and health benefits. Being a natural detoxing, unwinding, or wellness perk is how herbal teas have been cherished in India, from ancient Ayurvedic recipes to modern wellness blends containing answers to all of your problems with stress, digestion, and much more. Whether you want to improve digestive system functioning, protect yourself from stress, or just enjoy an aromatic cup of bliss, India's tea culture is incredibly varied and full of options when it comes to herbal brews that will elevate your tea time to the next level. Let's explore some of the best herbal blends that have the power to revolutionize health, one cup at a time!

Read More: Top Organic Ingredients to Celebrate National Nutrition Week 2024

Best Couverture Chocolate Brands in India: Marking the Sweet Revolution

Top 10 Herbal Tea Brands in India

Let’s dive into what makes these herbal tea brands in India so special and how they have taken root in India’s tea culture.

1. Organic India

Organic India is one of the leading herbal tea companies of India; this company was founded way back in 1997 by Bharat Mitra and Bhavani Lev, a couple from Lucknow, India. Organic India is a global company that produces organic herbal and Ayurvedic health products approved as halal. It is their line of organically grown tulsi teas that have been popular in India, the US, Canada, and also in the UK. It produces Ayurvedic-ancient-fashioned organic herbal teas. Such teas are a special feature of organic India. Its range covers many tea flavors, which start from classics like Tulsi Green Tea to elaborative mixes like Turmeric Ginger Tea. 

2. Teabox

Teabox is one of the finest herbal tea companies in India. With a focused interest in sourcing and supplying the finest teas from all corners of the globe, they are highly interested in getting teas directly from tea plantations and farmers for delivery as fresh and of high quality as possible. Teabox has made a distinct name for itself in respecting its zeal in giving each customer who looks forward to exploring and indulging in a wide variety of great teas sourced from all around the world, an extraordinary tea experience.

3. VAHDAM India 

VAHDAM India, an Indian-based direct-to-consumer herbal tea brand, aims to offer only the finest teas ethically sourced from India. Ensuring fresh, pure Indian teas are directly available to consumers, VAHDAM India omits the middleman and ensures that farmers get a fair deal. For this purpose, it sources its tea directly from Indian tea gardens to meet the fair trade requirement while strengthening regional economies. Its varieties include black, green, oolong teas, herbal teas, and specialty blends by VAHDAM.

4. The Tea Shelf

A popular herbal tea brand in India, The Tea Shelf offers a fantastic range of the finest teas from around the globe. Their loose-leaf tea selection, ranging from black, green, and oolong to white, herbal, and fruit teas, is highly sought after. They provide an extensive range of teas from locations all over the globe, like Taiwan, China, Japan, and India, among many more. Among tea enthusiasts who appreciate the convenience of online shopping and an impressive range of high-quality teas available for sale, The Tea Shelf is probably a popular destination.

5. Typhoo 

Typhoo is a very prominent herbal tea brand, and the company's history dates back to 1903. The brand is prevalent both in India and in the United Kingdom. Typhoo makes a range of tea products. It strives to get the best tea leaves possible anywhere in the world. Because of this focus on quality and consistency, the company has managed to remain one of the names that consumers can rely on as far as teas go. By offering customers expert advice and recommending the suitable tea for consumer tastes, the store's knowledgeable tea specialists help consumers select the right tea for themselves.

6. Goodwyn Tea

Goodwyn Tea is recognized for its ethical-source herbal teas. They are especially famous for well-researched loose-leaf teas from around the world. Dedicated to sustainable and ethical sourcing techniques that ensure their teas were made under social responsibility. Several types of teas offered by Goodwyn Tea include fruit, herbal, oolong, black, green, and white teas. 

7. Karma Kettle 

Karma Kettle is the herbal tea brand in India and is more famous for the innovative blend of traditional Indian flavors with modern touches. However, it does focus on sustainability-oriented sourcing methods along with premium ingredients. Karma Kettle sells several unorthodox tea blends that add contemporary ingredients like fruits, spices, and flowers to the traditional Indian teas. This herbal tea brand believes in quality to deliver a premium tea experience.

8. The Indian Chai 

One of the prominent brands of herbal tea in India, Indian Chai, is quite popular for its genuine Indian chai mixes. They have different flavors for chai—many of them carrying cardamom, cloves, ginger, and cinnamon—which are the basic spices of India. Its mix of chai is based on ancient Indian recipes to provide an authentic taste of chai. They possess a variety of flavors, such as cardamom, ginger, and masala chai.

9. Tata Tea Teaveda

Tata Consumer Products, one of the FMCG leader companies in India, manufactures the herbal tea brand Tata Tea Teaveda. It is a is a well-known branded company, which basically makes it clear to point out that it uses natural ingredients and Ayurvedic principles. They have a line of teas that are wellness-oriented. It adds Ayurvedic herbs and spices in most of their teas for various health benefits. These herbal teas target specific health issues and try to encourage general health and wellness.

10. Dharmsala Tea Company

Dharmsala Tea Company, one of the popular brands of herbal teas from India, specializes in Himalayan teas from sources that are both ethical and of the highest order. The teas are grown in Dharamshala in an untouched setting in Himachal Pradesh, India. Most of their herbal teas have organic certifications; hence, you can be very sure they do not carry any harmful chemicals and pesticides. A mix of teas ranges from herbal mixes to oolong, green, and black teas.

Choose the Right Herbal Tea

Sometimes, people find it difficult to choose the best herbal tea due to many alternatives. The following tips will lead you to the appropriate brew.

• Reflect on Your Health Goals: Consider teas that contain chamomile, lavender, or tulsi if you want to relax. If you want your digestive system to work better, then pick peppermint or ginger. If you want your immunity to be built up, then blends of tulsi and turmeric can be considered.
• Taste: Herbal teas come in an endless variety of flavors—from fruit and floral to spicy and earthy. Try a few different herbs to see which ones you enjoy the most.
• Look for Quality: Opt for teas that utilize high-quality, organic ingredients. To get the full benefit of the herbs, avoid teas that contain artificial flavorings or additives.

Read More: Top Champagne Brands in India: Pop, Fizz And Celebrate

Top 10 Strong Coffee Brands Dominating the Indian Market

Final Word

As diversified and diverse as India's ancient wellness traditions is the global scope of herbal tea brands. From soothing blends to invigorate the day through energy-boosting brews to benefit digestion, here are the 10 best herbal tea brands, rounding out flavor and health benefits. Whether you're on the lookout for a detoxifying drink, a stress reliever, or just an aromatic cup to sip on, there's something for everyone in these herbal tea brands in India. You can start by choosing the high-quality teas, and then decide which one suits your health goals by experimenting with a variety of flavors. So, at least, go holistic, one cup of herbal tea at a time!

Read More: Discover Top 7 Luxury Chocolates Brands in India: Savor the Finest

Explore Top Tequila Brands in India: A Spirited Journey

The Future of Phygital Retail: Trends to Watch in the Coming Years

In today’s rapidly evolving retail landscape, the boundaries between online and offline shopping are becoming increasingly blurred. Enter the era of "phygital" retail, a term that captures the fusion of physical and digital experiences. This hybrid approach is transforming how brands engage with customers by integrating the convenience of digital tools into the tactile world of brick-and-mortar stores. The result is a more personalized, dynamic shopping experience that meets the demands of modern consumers. The pandemic further accelerated this shift, with research showing that 84 percent of consumers now expect seamless integration between online and in-store experiences, driving brands to enhance their phygital presence.

Why Phygital Retail is Here to Stay

The rise of phygital retail is driven by a simple fact: consumers no longer view online and offline shopping as distinct experiences. Instead, they expect seamless transitions between the two. Whether discovering new products online, visiting a store for a hands-on experience, or completing a purchase via an app, customers today want flexibility, speed, and convenience.

According to research, nearly 80 percent of consumers prefer physical stores when they need a product immediately. At the same time, according to research by IMB, two-thirds of consumers discover new items online before ever stepping foot inside a store, while nearly three-quarters of retail customers still prefer to shop at a physical location rather than online. This duality has pushed brands to redefine shopping, creating experiences catering to immediate gratification and digital discovery.

The Phygital Advantage: What It Means for Businesses

At its core, the phygital strategy allows businesses to connect with customers wherever they are, enhancing convenience without sacrificing the in-person experience. This is especially vital in industries where the tactile nature of a product is essential, such as fashion or travel accessories. However, even these in-store interactions are no longer limited to the physical realm. Digital tools, such as interactive kiosks and augmented reality (AR), are increasingly being incorporated into stores to enhance customer engagement and bridge the gap between browsing and buying.

• Blending the Physical and Digital Worlds

Phygital Retail acknowledges that physical stores remain a significant part of the customer journey but are no longer the entire experience. A customer’s interaction with a brand now spans multiple touchpoints—from social media to in-store kiosks, digital marketing campaigns to mobile apps. By merging these touchpoints, brands can deliver a cohesive experience, ensuring consistency in how they are perceived, whether online or in-store.

This holistic approach enables retailers to create stronger, lasting connections with customers by recognizing their diverse needs and preferences. For example, younger consumers might favor digital interactions, while older shoppers prefer in-store visits. The phygital model accommodates both, offering options that cater to all demographics.

• Transforming In-Store Experiences

In the age of digital integration, the traditional retail store is no longer just a place to buy products. Instead, it becomes an experiential hub, offering unique and interactive ways for customers to engage with the brand. Digital shelf displays, virtual assistants, and self-checkout kiosks are other examples of how brands can elevate the in-store experience by incorporating technology. These features improve operational efficiency and allow customers to take control of their shopping experience, fostering a sense of autonomy and satisfaction.

• Bridging In-Store Exploration with Online Convenience

For many consumers, especially those shopping for high-value or personal-use items like luggage or travel accessories, the ability to touch and feel products is essential. Yet, the convenience of online shopping remains unbeatable. Brands that implement phygital strategies can offer the best of both worlds — customers can explore products in-store, then make their final purchase online, often with customized recommendations based on their in-store experience.

This seamless transition between physical and digital realms ensures that brands meet evolving customer expectations, especially in industries where practical evaluation and ease of purchase are equally important.

Phygital Solutions Shaping the Future of Retail

As retailers look to the future, they are embracing a range of innovative phygital solutions designed to meet the changing expectations of consumers. These solutions improve the customer experience, boost efficiency, and enhance brand loyalty.

• Smart Fitting Rooms: Equipped with touchscreens and RFID technology, these rooms allow customers to receive personalized recommendations and styling advice based on their preferences and purchase history. Integrating digital tools into the fitting room experience creates a tailored shopping journey that feels intuitive and engaging.
• Self-Checkout Kiosks: Speed and convenience are paramount for today’s shoppers, and self-checkout kiosks enable customers to scan, bag, and pay for items without waiting in line. This contactless approach particularly appeals to tech-savvy consumers and helps retailers reduce labor costs.
• Interactive Product Displays: By combining the physical act of browsing with digital content, interactive displays allow customers to access in-depth product information, reviews, and comparisons right from the store aisle. This enhances decision-making and drives sales by providing real-time, relevant insights.
• Digital Shelf Edge Displays: These advanced displays use e-ink and LED technology to present product information, pricing, and promotions. They offer a dynamic alternative to traditional price tags, ensuring accuracy and capturing customer attention.
• Leverage AR and VR for Enhanced Experiences: Augmented and virtual reality tools can bring products to life, allowing customers to visualize how items look or function in their environment. This technology benefits retailers looking to bridge the gap between online and in-store shopping.
• Mobile-First Approach: In-store mobile apps are becoming a must-have. Integrating features like store navigation, exclusive offers, and mobile payment options ensures a smoother shopping experience.
• Experiential Retail: Physical stores should focus on experiences that cannot be replicated online. Hosting in-store product demonstrations or workshops provides customers with hands-on knowledge while increasing brand engagement.

Strategies for Success in Phygital Retail

Brands that want to thrive in the phygital era must implement strategies that prioritise the customer experience across all touchpoints. Here are a few key approaches:

1. Offer Multiple Fulfillment Options: Customers today expect flexibility in how they receive their purchases. Whether through in-store pickup, curbside service, or home delivery, brands should provide various options to meet diverse preferences. The "Buy Online, Pick Up in Store" (BOPIS) model is particularly effective in driving online and in-store traffic.
2. Create Personalization at Scale: Harnessing data from both digital and physical interactions allows brands to deliver personalized recommendations, enhancing the shopping journey. Offering tailored experiences based on customer behavior helps foster loyalty and differentiate a brand in a crowded marketplace.
3. Enable Omnichannel Loyalty Programs: Rewarding customers for engaging with a brand across multiple platforms — whether through purchases, social media interactions, or in-store visits — builds a deeper connection and encourages repeat business. Omnichannel loyalty programs are crucial to maintaining engagement and nurturing long-term relationships.
4. Chatbots and Virtual Assistants: Whether online or in-store, AI-powered assistants can guide customers through their shopping journey.

The Path Forward

As the retail industry continues to evolve, phygital strategies will play a crucial role in shaping the future of shopping. Brands that embrace this hybrid approach blending the best of physical and digital worlds, will be well-positioned to meet the changing needs of their customers. By delivering a seamless, personalized, and engaging experience, retailers can attract a wider audience and build lasting brand loyalty in the years to come.

Authored By

Naina Parekh, Founder, EUME

Sports cars are becoming a popular choice among Indian car lovers. With their speed, sleek designs, and high performance, they are more than just vehicles—they’re symbols of success. If you’re considering buying one, here's a look at the top 10 sports car brands in India and everything you need to know before making your choice.

The Indian Sports Car Market: A Revving Revolution

The Indian sports car market is growing fast. Brands like Porsche, Lamborghini, and Ferrari are gaining popularity. More people are now looking for luxury and performance in their cars. In 2024, the sports car market in India is expected to generate revenue of $265 million. It is predicted to grow at a rate of 3.34 percent each year from 2024 to 2028. By 2028, the market size could reach $302 million. As interest in high-end cars continues to rise, the future looks promising for sports car enthusiasts in India.

Also Read: Top 10 Car Brands in India 2024

Elevate Your Drive: Unveiling The Top 5 Luxury Car Brands In India

Top 10 Sports Car Brands in India: Your Ride Guide

Indian sports cars often match global standards in terms of technology and performance. However, road conditions and fuel quality can impact performance. Always choose a car that suits both your style and the local environment. Here’s a guide that will help you choose from the top 10 sports cars in India.

1. Porsche

Porsche is a German brand famous for its high-performance sports cars. The Porsche 911, a classic, offers a thrilling drive with its powerful engine and agile handling. The Cayman is perfect for those seeking a mid-engine experience, while the Panamera combines sports car performance with luxury sedan comfort. Porsche cars are known for their top-notch engineering and timeless design, making them a favorite among car enthusiasts. They blend speed and luxury, making every drive an exciting experience.

• Top Models: 911, Cayman, Panamera.
• Key features: Known for its performance and timeless design, Porsche offers a great balance of luxury and speed.

Also Read: Festive Season to Boost India's Pre-owned Luxury Car Market

2. Lamborghini

Lamborghini, an Italian brand, is synonymous with bold designs and extreme performance. The Huracán and Aventador are iconic models, known for their stunning looks and roaring V10 and V12 engines. The Urus, a high-performance SUV, offers the thrill of a supercar with the practicality of an SUV. Lamborghinis are known for their striking exteriors and unmatched speed, making them a symbol of extravagance and thrill for those who want to stand out on the road.

• Top Models: Huracán, Aventador, Urus.
• Key features:  With bold designs and powerful engines, Lamborghini is perfect for those who love to stand out.

3. Ferrari

Ferrari is a legendary Italian brand, celebrated for its sleek designs and powerful engines. Models like the Roma and Portofino combine elegance with sportiness, while the 812 Superfast delivers one of the fastest drives in the world. Ferrari cars are crafted for those who seek the ultimate driving pleasure. Known for their rich racing heritage and eye-catching designs, they offer an exhilarating experience that few other brands can match.

• Top Models: Roma, Portofino, 812 Superfast.
• Key features: Ferrari is synonymous with speed and style, offering a thrilling driving experience.

4. Aston Martin

Aston Martin is a British brand that combines sophistication with high performance. The DB11 and Vantage models are known for their elegant design and powerful engines, while the DBS Superleggera offers a perfect blend of luxury and speed. Aston Martin cars are crafted with attention to detail, making them a favorite among luxury car enthusiasts. These cars offer a smooth, refined driving experience with a touch of British charm and elegance.

• Top Models: DB11, Vantage, and DBS Superleggera.
• Key features: Combines British elegance with high performance, making it ideal for luxury car enthusiasts.

5. Mercedes-Benz AMG

Mercedes-AMG is the performance division of Mercedes-Benz, offering a range of high-performance cars. The AMG GT is a stylish coupe with incredible speed, while the C63 S and E63 S sedans combine luxury with sports car performance. AMG models are known for their powerful engines and advanced technology, making them a great choice for those who want both comfort and excitement in one car. They provide a dynamic driving experience with a touch of elegance.

• Top Models: AMG GT, C63 S, E63 S.
• Key features: Offers high-performance models with a mix of comfort and cutting-edge technology.

6. BMW M Series

The BMW M Series is a high-performance line from BMW, known for its precision and power. The M3 and M4 offer thrilling handling and speed, while the M5 is a powerful sedan with impressive performance. BMW M cars are designed for driving enthusiasts who appreciate sharp handling and strong acceleration. With their sporty design and cutting-edge technology, they provide an exhilarating driving experience that is both fun and sophisticated.

• Top Models: M3, M4, M5.
• Key features: Known for its precision handling and powerful engines, perfect for speed lovers.

7. Audi RS Series

Audi’s RS series offers high-performance versions of their luxury cars. The RS7 is a powerful sedan, while the RS Q8 is a sporty SUV that combines speed with space. The RS5 is a sleek coupe with a responsive engine. Audi RS models are known for their Quattro all-wheel drive and advanced technology, making them perfect for those who want a luxurious and fast ride. They offer a great mix of performance, comfort, and style.

• Top Models: RS7, RS Q8, RS5.
• Key features: Audi’s RS series offers a blend of performance, technology, and luxury.

8. Jaguar

Jaguar, a British brand, is known for its stylish designs and strong performance. The F-Type is a popular sports car with a powerful engine and a dynamic drive. The XE SV Project 8 is a track-focused sedan with exceptional speed. Jaguars offer a unique blend of traditional British craftsmanship with modern technology. They are perfect for those who want a combination of elegance and thrilling performance on the road.

• Top Models: F-Type, XE SV Project 8.
• Key features: Offers unique British styling with powerful performance.

9. Maserati

Maserati is an Italian brand that delivers a unique mix of luxury and performance. The Ghibli is a stylish sedan, while the Quattroporte offers more space without sacrificing speed. The Levante is a sporty SUV with impressive power. Maserati cars are known for their beautiful design and strong engines, offering a distinct Italian flair. They provide a sophisticated yet thrilling driving experience, making them a standout choice for luxury car buyers.

• Top Models: Ghibli, Quattroporte, Levante.
• Key features: Maserati combines Italian design with thrilling performance, offering a unique driving experience.

10. Nissan GT-R

The Nissan GT-R, often called "Godzilla," is a Japanese sports car known for its incredible performance. It features a twin-turbo V6 engine that offers supercar-like speed at a competitive price. The GT-R’s advanced technology and powerful drivetrain make it a favorite among performance enthusiasts. It combines everyday usability with supercar performance, making it a great option for those who want a high-speed thrill without breaking the bank.

• Key features: Known as the "Godzilla" of cars, it offers unbeatable performance at a competitive price.

Maintaining Your Dream Ride: The Cost of Owning a Sports Car

Owning a sports car is not just about the purchase price. Maintenance, fuel, and insurance costs are also high. Here’s what to keep in mind:

• Servicing & Maintenance: Regular servicing is crucial for sports cars. They need more care compared to regular cars, and parts are often expensive.
• Fuel Efficiency: Sports cars are built for performance, not fuel efficiency. Be prepared for high fuel costs, especially if you drive in city traffic.
• Insurance and Depreciation: Insurance premiums for sports cars are high. Also, sports cars can depreciate faster than other cars, so consider resale value when buying.

Things to Consider Before Buying a Sports Car in India

• Road Conditions: Sports cars have low ground clearance, making them less ideal for rough roads or speed breakers. Make sure your usual routes are sports car-friendly.
• Resale Value: Sports cars may not hold their value as well as other luxury cars. Check the resale value of the model you're interested in before buying.
• Customization Options: If you want a personalized touch, check what customization options are available. Many brands offer custom interiors, colors, and tech features.

Beyond the Showroom: Experiences and Communities

1. Exclusive Sports Car Clubs: Join clubs like the “Supercar Club of India” to connect with fellow enthusiasts. They organize events, drives, and meet-ups across the country.

2. Events and Expos: Keep an eye out for automotive events like the “Auto Expo” or “Luxury Lifestyle Weekend” to see the latest sports car models and connect with industry experts.

Conclusion

Buying a sports car in India is more than just owning a car. It’s about passion and lifestyle. Whether you crave speed, luxury, or style, there is a perfect sports car for you. However, consider road conditions and maintenance costs before choosing. Each brand offers unique features and driving experiences. So, pick the one that suits your needs and enjoy the thrill of the ride!

It is a truth universally acknowledged that India is a land that weaves together traditions, customs, and communities. Unsurprisingly, this landscape is also known for its refined skill and craftsmanship, as it possesses the best of cotton, silk, and more. One of the top garment manufacturers in the world, this nation is certainly no stranger to fashion runways and global textile shows. Rather, it is home to a range of items from haute couture to daily wear, which considerably influence global trade.

Current Statistics

According to data compiled by the Confederation of Indian Textile Industry (CITI), India’s apparel exports marked robust growth of 11.85 percent in July, thanks to strong demand in the United States and European markets. Remarkably, apparel exports rose to $1,277.20 million in July this year, up from $1,141.95 million in the same month last year. The future looks promising for this sector, provided the world recognizes its value and potential.

When compared to other leading textile-exporting countries, India’s performance is notable. While China remains the largest textile exporter, India’s steady growth reflects its rising share in the world market. Moreover, its strategic focus on quality and innovation is positioning the nation as a strong competitor globally.

Global Steps

The Indian government is committed to forging partnerships with several nations to enhance market access, allowing the world to appreciate India’s skill and finesse. For instance, the India-Australia Free Trade Agreement has been signed, offering zero-duty access to India for about 96.4 percent of exports (by value), which is likely to double bilateral commerce to $45-50 billion in about five years.

Similarly, the India-UAE Comprehensive Economic Partnership (CEPA) looks promising. This agreement may enable India to become a key player and grow strategically to position itself as a leader in the world market. To date, India has signed 13 free trade agreements (FTAs) and six preferential trade agreements (PTAs) with various trading partners. There is huge potential and opportunity for India to fully benefit from these agreements.

Key Initiatives

The Indian government has also set up seven Pradhan Mantri Mega Integrated Textile Region and Apparel (PM MITRA) Parks in Greenfield/Brownfield sites, with an outlay of Rs 4,445 crore for seven years up to 2027-28. These parks aim to enable the textile industry to become globally competitive, attract large investments, and boost employment generation. The Production Linked Incentive (PLI) Scheme for Textiles, with an approved outlay of ₹10,683 crore, will promote the production of Man-Made Fibre (MMF) Apparel, MMF Fabrics, and Products of Technical Textiles, enabling the textile sector to achieve size and scale and become competitive.

Moreover, the government has allocated Rs 1,480 crore for the National Technical Textiles Mission (NTTM) to promote and develop the technical textiles sector in India. The Silk Samagra-2 scheme is also being implemented from 2021-22 to 2025-26 to develop the sericulture industry in the country.

To enhance market access, the Market Access Initiative scheme provides financial support to various Export Promotion Councils and Trade Bodies engaged in promoting textile and garment exports through trade fairs, exhibitions, and buyer-seller meets. Additionally, a liberal and transparent investor-friendly Foreign Direct Investment (FDI) policy allows 100 percent FDI in the textile sector under the automatic route. From 2017-2022, the textile sector attracted $1,522.23 million in FDI.

International Cooperation

Several countries are aiding India in achieving its global aspirations. Numerous MoUs have been signed to support this, such as the MoU with the National Agriculture Food Research Organization, Japan, promoting collaborative research in the silkworm and silk industry. Another notable MoU is with “Uzbekipaksanoat,” Uzbekistan, focusing on cooperation in the sericulture and silk industry. The agreement between the Ministry of Textiles, Government of India, and the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Forestry, Government of Australia, is critical for establishing a Joint Working Group on cooperation in wool and woolen products.

Challenges and Opportunities

Despite its potential, the apparel industry faces several challenges, including intense global competition, regulatory complexities, and skill gaps. Additionally, providing cost-effective delivery is an issue in the face of competition.

Unfortunately, the sector contributes to greenhouse gas emissions, accounting for 10 percent of global carbon emissions. It also generates a massive amount of textile waste each year. However, smart tools and technologies can mitigate these challenges. Moreover, global supply chains are fragmented and difficult to track, making supply chain transparency a critical need in the sector.

Opportunities abound, as India has a major raw material base, which supports manufacturing value chains locally and globally. The nation's enormous workforce, expected to sustain until 2055, combined with relatively lower costs, gives India the preconditions to thrive. Additionally, the rise of eco-conscious consumers creates opportunities to experiment with sustainable and ethically produced apparel.

Impact of COVID-19

The COVID-19 health crisis significantly impacted the sector. Supply chain disruptions, uneven demand, declines in raw material prices, and market shrinkage were some of the many challenges. Millions of workers lost their jobs, and many factories shut down. Retailers also missed opportunities to connect with buyers during the lockdowns. While some companies adopted digital operations, they were not entirely prepared for the transition.

Despite these challenges, the apparel sector showed resilience, collaborating between governments and industry players to revamp production lines. The crisis also accelerated digital transformation, restructuring, and re-learning, leading to significant changes and opportunities.

The Tech Revolution

Technology is opening up new avenues for the apparel sector. Augmented reality (AR) offers virtual try-ons for customers, helping them make informed decisions and reducing returns. The metaverse is also transforming fashion, enabling brands to create virtual stores and fashion shows. Subscription models and the rise of resale platforms are also becoming key drivers for steady revenue streams in the industry.

Food for Future

To boost India's prospects in the apparel sector, several measures can be implemented, including refining infrastructure and adopting sustainable practices. Producing quality pieces paired with customization and timely delivery will be essential to meet buyer demands. Embracing cutting-edge technologies like AI and blockchain can enhance supply chain transparency and increase profitability.

India is at a promising juncture, armed with strong government support, strategic trade agreements, and technological advancements, making it well-positioned to maximize its strengths globally.

Authored By

Akash Agarwal, Whole-time Director, V2 Retail

The organic baby skincare products have seen an exponential growth in the recent years. As per a recent research suggests that around 61 percent of parents prefer to use baby products that contain natural ingredients. This shift is not just a passing trend, but rather a response to heightened consumer awareness about the potential risks that are associated with synthetic chemicals, fragrances, and preservatives found in conventional skincare products. In this context, many brands are successfully capitalizing on the "organic" trend in baby skincare and creating products that resonate with today’s modern consumers.

Rising Demand for Organic Baby Skincare

The primary factor that is driving the rising demand for organic baby skincare is the increasing awareness of the harmful ingredients found in many conventional products. Parabens, phthalates, sulfates, and synthetic fragrances are among the chemicals that parents want to avoid, especially for their newborns and infants, who have sensitive and more permeable skin. Furthermore, modern parents are more informed, thanks to the availability of information on the internet, blogs, and social media. They are no longer relying solely on the recommendations of pediatricians or mainstream advertisements; instead, they are doing their research, reading labels, and seeking out products with fewer and more natural ingredients. This change in consumer behavior has led to a surge in demand for organic baby skincare, with more parents looking for clean, chemical-free products that are also eco-friendly and sustainably produced.

Ways Brands are Tapping into the ‘Organic’ Trend

• Focusing on Clean and Simplified Ingredients: Today consumers are getting drawn to those products that have simple and easy-to-understand ingredients. Brands in the organic baby skincare space are reducing the number of ingredients in their formulas, often highlighting just a few natural components such as shea butter, coconut oil, or aloe vera. This minimalism not only aligns with the organic trend but also makes the products more appealing to parents who want to avoid harsh chemicals.
• Using Certifications and Transparency: Parents today are more informed and at the same time more skeptical about the ingredients that are used in baby skin care products. Therefore, to address this concern, brands are obtaining credible certification as they serve as a mark of trust and assure customers that their products meet stringent organic standards.
• Using Sustainability as USP: As the organic trend grows, so does the emphasis on sustainability. Brands are incorporating eco-friendly packaging and sustainable sourcing of raw materials into their marketing strategies. From biodegradable containers to sourcing ethically farmed ingredients, sustainability plays a key role in shaping consumer perceptions of a brand’s values.
• Launching Products for Diverse Skin Types: From moisturizing creams for dry skin to oils for extra-sensitive skin types, numerous brands are recognizing the diversity in baby skin types. By offering specialized products for various skin concerns, brands are able to appeal to a wider demographic and meet individual needs more effectively.
• Offering Subscription Models: Subscription services are gaining popularity as they offer convenience for parents who need baby skincare products regularly. Many organic brands are offering monthly or quarterly subscription boxes, ensuring parents never run out of their preferred products while enjoying discounted prices.
• Bringing Customized Solutions: Many parents opt for organic baby skincare due to concerns about their child’s sensitive skin. Organic products, free from synthetic fragrances, parabens, and sulfates, are less likely to cause allergic reactions or irritations. Therefore, brands are positioning their products as ideal solutions for sensitive skin, making them more attractive to parents looking for gentle, safe options for their babies.
• Emphasizing the Long-term Health Benefits: Many brands are focusing on educating parents about the long-term health benefits of organic skincare products. They highlight on how avoiding toxic chemicals in baby skincare helps prevent future health issues, positioning organic products as an investment in their child’s well-being.

The Future of the Baby Skincare Industry

As awareness of the benefits of organic products continues to grow, so too does the demand for organic baby skincare. This trend shows no signs of slowing down, and brands that prioritize transparency, sustainability, and purity are well-positioned to thrive in this evolving market. As brands seek to meet the changing needs and values of modern parents, the future of organic baby skincare will likely see continued innovation in product formulations, packaging, and marketing strategies. Organic skincare is not just a trend; it’s becoming a standard, with parents expecting nothing less than the safest, cleanest products for their little ones.

Authored By

Deepak Kumar, Co-founder & Director, Kinu

In a world where consumers seamlessly blend their online and offline shopping behaviors, the retail industry is undergoing a significant transformation. The days of simple omnichannel strategies, where brands engage consumers across multiple platforms, are giving way to a new era — unified commerce. This shift integrates all channels and touchpoints onto a single platform, breaking down silos to deliver a seamless shopping experience. Unified commerce aims to provide a consistent and personalized journey, no matter where or how the customer shops. But what’s driving this trend, and how are brands positioning themselves to leverage it?

The New Shopping Behavior: A Blend of Online and Offline

According to Locus and Coresight Research in a new report titled ‘From Omnichannel to Unified Commerce: Elevating Cross-Channel Customer Experience to the Next Level’, today's consumer is complex, leveraging multiple touchpoints to research, compare, and purchase products. According to a recent survey by Coresight Research, 65.8 percent of consumers now use a combination of online and offline channels when shopping. This blending of behaviors—such as researching products online (webrooming) and then purchasing them in-store—shows that consumers strategically use each channel’s strengths to meet their specific needs.

For example, 69 percent of consumers favor online shopping for product research, where they can browse vast selections, compare options, and read reviews. However, physical stores offer something online platforms cannot—63 percent of consumers prefer brick-and-mortar stores when they need immediate product availability, customer service, or simply a tangible shopping experience.

Moreover, a rising number of shoppers are participating in "showrooming," visiting physical stores to experience products in person before finalizing their purchase online. 48 percent of consumers engaged in showrooming in 2023, capitalizing on the benefits of both the physical and digital shopping worlds.

Omnichannel to Unified Commerce: What's Changing?

While omnichannel retailing allows customers to shop across multiple platforms, unified commerce takes it a step further. It merges all customer touchpoints—whether online, mobile, or in-store—into one cohesive platform. By integrating inventory, order fulfillment, and customer data systems, retailers can offer a seamless shopping experience.

For retailers, this approach is more than just a convenience—it's an economic opportunity. A Coresight survey found that nearly a quarter of respondents reported increased spending after engaging with multiple channels: 8.2 percent saw significant increases, while 16.6 percent saw slight increases. This demonstrates the power of a multichannel approach in driving consumer spending.

Webrooming and Showrooming

Two of the most important behaviors fueling unified commerce are webrooming and showrooming. Webrooming occurs when shoppers research products online but make their purchase in-store. This behavior allows consumers to compare prices and read reviews before heading to a physical store to inspect products and receive immediate customer service. According to Salsify’s 2024 Consumer Research report, 63 percent of consumers webroomed in 2023.

Showrooming, on the other hand, takes the opposite route. Consumers first visit physical stores to touch and test products but finalize their purchases online. This allows them to hunt for better deals or use promotions available on digital platforms. Showrooming was practiced by 48 percent of shoppers in 2023, showing its importance as a strategy for blending the best of both worlds.

Rise of Click-and-Collect Services

Click-and-collect services, including BOPIS (buy online, pick up in-store) and curbside pickup, are another way consumers merge their online and offline behaviors. Retailers have noticed that these services drive in-store traffic and increase upselling opportunities, all while reducing the cost of traditional delivery.

In fact, more than half of consumers have used a click-and-collect option, and the primary reason is speed: 28.2 percent of consumers believe it’s faster than home delivery. Additionally, 19.9 percent use these services to avoid checkout lines, while 18.4 percent prefer minimizing in-store browsing time, showing how these offerings cater to convenience-focused shoppers.

Social and Mobile Commerce

Social media is becoming a critical component of unified commerce. According to Coresight Research, 43.3 percent of consumers used social platforms as part of their shopping process in 2024, while 22.8 percent made purchases directly through social media, showcasing a conversion rate of over 50 percent. Social commerce is transforming how consumers discover, research, and buy products. Shoppable posts and in-app purchasing features have made the buying process quicker and easier than ever, with brands able to target consumers based on their browsing habits.

Similarly, mobile commerce plays a crucial role in connecting all shopping channels. A well-designed mobile app acts as a central hub, allowing consumers to access product information, promotions, and loyalty programs in one place. Apps like these help retailers gather data to personalize the shopping experience, while offering real-time updates on product availability and delivery.

Future-Proofing Retail

So, what’s next for retailers as they adapt to the era of unified commerce? The integration of customer-facing channels with back-end systems is key. By centralizing customer data, inventory, and order details, retailers can ensure a smooth shopping experience across all channels. Technologies such as RFID (radio-frequency identification) and advanced logistics systems are critical to managing inventory and fulfilling orders efficiently across multiple platforms.

Inventory synchronization across channels is crucial. Unified commerce allows retailers to prevent stockouts and enable services like ship-from-store and curbside pickup. In fact, 73 percent of retail IT executives in the US, UK, and Canada believe that unified commerce is either “extremely” or “very important” for the future of their businesses. And over 60 percent have already begun implementing in-store technology to support this transformation.

What Retailers Stand to Gain — and Lose

Retailers like American Eagle Outfitters, Nike, and Sephora are already capitalizing on their integrated digital and physical experiences. For instance, Target’s unified commerce strategy allows customers to choose between same-day delivery, in-store pickup, and curbside options, providing them with unparalleled flexibility. Target has also integrated RFID technology to keep track of inventory in real-time, reducing stockouts and streamlining the customer experience.

Walmart, too, is using its vast network of physical stores in conjunction with its digital platforms to gain an edge. The company’s acquisition of Vizio in 2024 further enhanced its ability to provide seamless advertising across digital and physical channels.

However, not all retailers are keeping pace. Those slow to adopt unified commerce risk losing their competitive advantage as consumer expectations evolve. These retailers will miss out on revenue-generating opportunities and may struggle to meet the needs of modern consumers.

What the Future Holds

The future of retail is customer-centric. Unified commerce takes the best elements of omnichannel retailing—convenience, personalization, and flexibility—and amplifies them. Retailers that prioritize a unified experience will not only improve customer satisfaction but also drive increased spending and loyalty. As the industry evolves, brands that successfully implement unified commerce will stand to gain the most, while those that don’t may risk falling behind.

In an ever-evolving retail landscape, one thing is clear: the shift to unified commerce is not just a trend—it’s the future. And retailers that embrace it now will be the ones leading the charge in tomorrow’s shopping experience.

India's audio scene is buzzing with an exciting range of earbuds that promise to elevate your listening experience! Whether you're chasing deep bass, craving crystal-clear calls, or seeking the perfect workout companion, there’s an ideal pair for you. The market is packed with cutting-edge options, featuring everything from active noise cancellation to lightning-fast charging. From budget-friendly gems to premium powerhouses, today's earbuds are smarter, sleeker, and more stylish than ever. With brands constantly pushing the envelope, finding your ultimate sound companion has never been this thrilling!

Read More: Top 10 Smart TV Brands in India 2024: Best Picks for Retailers

Top 8 Earbud Brands in India

With so many options on the market, choosing the right pair of earbuds comes down to your specific needs. Here are some of the best earbud brands in India:

1. Apple AirPods

With the debut of AirPods, one of the top earbud brands in India.  Apple aimed to offer a high-end, pleasant listening experience that included hands-free calling and Siri interaction. Although they are made specifically for use with Apple products, AirPods are compatible with any Bluetooth-enabled device. For better sound quality, AirPods have a high dynamic range amplifier and a specially designed high-excursion speaker. There is a low-distortion driver on the AirPods 4.

2. Samsung Galaxy Buds

Samsung introduced the Galaxy Buds. Standing second in the list, Samsung Buds are considered an excellent earbud brand in India. It offer a wireless, practical, and pleasant method to listen to music and other sounds. With Galaxy AI, these buds provide better sound quality and a more intelligent audio experience. A number of functions are available with the Galaxy Buds, including ambient sound and active noise cancellation.

3. Sony

Sony earbuds are a well-known earbud brand in India. It comes with a range of functions to suit various requirements and tastes. It is recognized for its audio expertise, and its earbuds frequently have a balanced frequency response and rich, detailed sound. Active noise cancellation (ANC) technology is a common component of its earbuds, which reduces outside noise and enhances the listening experience. DSEE function improves the overall sound quality of compressed audio files by restoring missing high-frequency noises.

4. Boat 

Boat is a popular earbud brand in India. It is producing reasonably priced headphones and other audio accessories. Its earbuds are well-known for emphasizing bass, which makes for an intense and energizing sound. In order to provide a snug and comfortable fit, boat earbuds are especially made to fit nicely in your ears. Numerous versions are compatible with voice assistants, including as Google Assistant and Siri. It usually has a long battery life, so you may listen to music continuously without having to charge them.

5. OnePlus

OnePlus is a prominent choice for earbud brand in India. Its earbuds are a combination of performance, elegance, and price. Its earbuds usually come with simple controls that let you handle calls, playback, and volume. OnePlus earbuds often provide a sound that is well-balanced, with distinct highs and mids and just the right amount of bass. Due to their IPX certification, which indicates their resistance to perspiration and water, several OnePlus earbuds are appropriate for outdoor sports and exercises.

6. Realme Buds

A famous earbud brand in India. Realme has a range of earbuds. It has various functions. The main features include noise suppression, transparency mode, and gaming mode. When you place the earbuds in or remove them, the smart in-ear recognition function instantly switches on and off music playing. Realme earbuds usually have a long battery life, so you may listen to music continuously without having to charge them. A lot of Realme earbuds are IPX rated, meaning they can withstand perspiration and water, which qualifies them for outdoor sports like exercise.

7. Noise

An eminent earbud brand in India. Noise is known for its reasonably priced audio gear. It introduced earbuds to provide a broader range of people with wearable technology that is high-quality, reasonably priced, and stylish. Noise's earbuds are renowned for their fashionable design, extended battery life, and rich audio quality. By canceling out outside noise, advanced ANC technology helps decrease ambient noises and provides an immersive listening experience. 

8. Jabra

Jabra is a noticeable earbud brand in India. It introduced earbuds for a number of reasons, such as noise cancellation, to satisfy the demands of professionals, and to give a selection of solutions for various applications. Incorporates wind protection and several microphones to provide crystal-clear audio communications even in loud surroundings. Jabra earbuds may last up to 30–35 hours when used with the charging case, or around 5-8 hours of listening on a single charge.

Read More: Top 10 Air Cooler Brands in India 2024: Ultimate Cooling Choices

Choose the Right One for You

With so many variations available, selecting the ideal earphones for you will depend on your unique requirements. Here are some crucial things to remember:

• Music Lover: If you are all about music quality, seek for earbuds with high-definition sound, an adjustable equalization, and cutting-edge codecs like LDAC or aptX to enjoy a more immersive audio experience.

• Fitness Enthusiasts: sweatproof, water-resistant earphones that fit snugly are a need. To be sure they can withstand your most intense exercises, look for characteristics like ergonomic design and an IP certification.
• Professionals: Noise-canceling microphones and good voice output are essential if you take business calls a lot. Great call quality and even ambient noise suppression are features found in many high-end earbuds, allowing for uninterrupted discussions.
• Gamers: Fast reaction times and low latency are essential for gaming. Certain earphones have been specially designed with settings that minimize latency and provide immersive sound effects for gaming.

Read More: Top 10 Washing Machine Brands in India: Curated list (2024)

Final Word

The Indian market offers a plethora of fantastic options, including well-established earbud brands. They are constantly pushing the boundaries of innovation. Whether you're looking for high-end features like active noise cancellation or a budget-friendly pair that gets the job done, there’s no shortage of choices. The key to finding the perfect pair lies in understanding your personal preferences and needs. By keeping your specific requirements in mind and exploring the options available, you can find the ideal earbuds that will elevate your listening experience and seamlessly integrate into your daily life.

Read More: Top 10 OTT Platforms in India that are Binge-Worthy

Spread over a sprawling 2.2 million square feet, Lulu Mall Lucknow has firmly established itself as one of the largest shopping and entertainment hubs in Uttar Pradesh. The mall recently marked its second anniversary, celebrating a remarkable milestone with approximately 3 crore visitors to date. The expansive mall features over 200 stores and 300 renowned brands, making it a popular destination for both locals and tourists.

Designed by UK-based architects, the mall has set a benchmark in design and architecture with its modern art theme. It features a unique blend of local stories and innovative design, with a smart space layout and infrastructure that distinguishes it from many others. The mall’s extraverted architectural projection integrates seamlessly with the street, introducing a 'High Street' concept with 'Piazzas,' inspired by traditional architecture. The skylight’s pointed arch geometry allows natural light to flood the interior while providing protection and reducing energy demand.

Key Attractions

As the flagship project of the LuLu Group, Lulu Hypermarket, along with Funtura—the largest indoor family entertainment center—has been pivotal in drawing visitors. Lulu Hypermarket, Lulu Connect, and Lulu Fashion Store have seen consistent high footfall, with shoppers eager to explore various offers and discounts. Funtura captivates visitors with its diverse attractions, including a carousel, mini coasters, drop towers, novelty games, VR-enabled adventure arena games, arcade video games, and an XD theatre.

Regional Director of Lulu Lucknow, Jai Kumar Gangadharan, emphasized the significance of retailers, stating, "Our retailers are the backbone of our success. Their dedication to providing exceptional products and service is the foundation upon which we build strong customer relationships."

Dining Experiences

Lulu Mall has also become a food lover’s paradise with the addition of several prominent restaurants and food brands. Gola Sizzlers, known for its diverse sizzler options, and Punjab Grill, offering exquisite North Indian cuisine, have both recently opened their doors. Barbeque Nation, famous for its interactive grilling experience, and Tunday Kababi, renowned for its Galouti Kababs, are also among the new additions.

Sameer Verma, General Manager of Lulu Mall, shared his enthusiasm for these new offerings, "We are thrilled to have these prominent restaurants and food brands to Lulu Mall. Our goal is to provide the people of Lucknow with the best possible shopping and dining experience, and we believe these additions will help us achieve that goal."

With over 40 food and beverage brands now available, including Bikanervala and Anna’s, Lulu Mall has solidified its status as a must-visit destination for diverse culinary delights in Lucknow. Whether craving sizzlers, barbecue, North Indian specialties, or iconic kababs, Lulu Mall offers a dining experience that promises to satisfy every palate.

A good night’s sleep is essential for your health and well-being. Choosing the right mattress makes all the difference. In their quest for the greatest mattress brand in India, consumers place much too much emphasis on factors like price/discounts, size, thickness, and material. They overlook the fact that factors including body type, weight, body heat, sleeping posture, and any back or sleeping problems are more crucial.  In India, several top mattress brands offer great comfort, support, and value. Let’s explore the top 7 mattress brands that are perfect for your restful sleep.

How to Shortlist the Best Mattress

To find the right mattress, start by identifying your needs. Do you want back support, cooling features, or luxury? Different brands offer various options. It's important to check customer reviews and expert opinions before making a decision. Reviews can give you real-life insights into the comfort and durability of the mattress.

Another helpful tip is to look for a trial period. Brands like Wakefit allow you to try the mattress for 100 days. This ensures you can test its comfort before making a final decision. Always consider the warranty, material, and firmness level that suits your sleep style.

Also read: Top 6 Consumer Trends in Mattress business

Factors to Keep in Mind While Shopping for a Mattress

When shopping for a mattress, consider these key points:

• Firmness: Decide if you prefer a soft, medium, or firm mattress based on your comfort.
• Material: Choose between foam, coir, or spring, depending on your support and feel preferences.
• Size: Ensure the mattress fits both your bed and room dimensions.
• Warranty: A longer warranty offers more protection and peace of mind.

List of the Top 7 Mattress Brands in India 

Here’s a list of top mattress brands in India which will help you get a good night's sleep to stay active all day.

1. Sleepwell – Trusted Comfort for Every Home

Sleepwell is one of India’s most popular mattress brands. Known for quality and comfort, they have a wide range of mattresses for every budget. Whether you want a simple foam mattress or a luxurious memory foam one, Sleepwell has you covered. Sleepwell mattresses are found in over 100 million homes in India!

Why Sleepwell?

• They use Neem Fresche technology to keep the mattress fresh and germ-free.
• Special orthopaedic mattresses are available for people with back issues.

2. Kurl-on – India’s Mattress Pioneer

Kurl-on has been a leading brand for many years. They started with mattresses made from coconut coir but now also offer foam and spring mattresses. Kurl-on is known for delivering comfort and durability at affordable prices. Kurl-on was the first to introduce coir mattresses in India, using coconut husk!

Why Kurl-on?

• Their coir mattresses provide strong support and last longer.
• They offer options ranging from basic to premium mattresses.

3. Duroflex – Mattresses for Healthy Sleep

Duroflex is famous for its orthopaedic mattresses, which are designed for better spine health. They use advanced technology to ensure you get the right balance of support and comfort. Duroflex is certified to provide the best back support.

Why Duroflex?

• They offer 5-zone orthopaedic support to protect your spine.
• Special cooling technology keeps you comfortable during hot nights.

4. Wakefit – Affordable Comfort, Delivered Home

Wakefit is a new brand but has quickly become popular. They sell affordable foam mattresses directly to your home. Wakefit’s focus is on making high-quality mattresses accessible to everyone. Wakefit mattresses come in a box, making delivery and setup easy!

Why Wakefit?

• Wakefit mattresses are affordable without compromising on comfort.
• You get a 100-day free trial to see if the mattress suits you.

5. The Sleep Company – Smart Mattresses for the Modern Sleeper

The Sleep Company is all about innovation. They use a unique SmartGRID technology that adjusts to your body shape, giving you both softness and support. Their mattresses also stay cool, which is perfect for hot weather. The Sleep Company’s mattresses are perfect for people who get too hot while sleeping.

Why The Sleep Company?

• SmartGRID technology provides personalized comfort.
• These mattresses stay 80 percent cooler than traditional foam mattresses.

6. Nilkamal Sleep - Thoughtfully Designed for You

Experience the ultimate combination of comfort and support with the Doctor Dreams ECOAIRLatex Foam Mattress. Made from 100% natural latex foam and wrapped in Cool Tencel fabric, this mattress strikes the perfect balance between softness and support, ensuring a restful night's sleep. The queen-size mattress, available in a stylish white and green, adds a touch of elegance to your bedroom.

Why the Nilkamal Sleep?

• Superior air circulation for all weathers
• Optimum spinal alignment for better comfort

7. Sunday Ortho Latex- For Ultimate Solution 

The Sunday Ortho Latex is a hybrid mattress that expertly blends memory foam and latex, providing both superior back support from memory foam and the cooling benefits of latex. Designed with 5 zones for optimal back support, it also comes with a 100-night risk-free trial. Unlike compressed mattresses, it is built to last longer.

Why the Sunday Ortho Latex?

• softer foam under your shoulders to help you sleep in greater comfort.
• firmer foam under your hips, exactly where you need it to keep your spine aligned naturally.

Cleaning and Maintenance: Keeping Your Mattress Fresh

A mattress can last longer if you take care of it properly. Here are some tips to keep it clean and fresh:

• Use a Mattress Protector: A protector helps shield the mattress from dust, spills, and stains. It’s an easy way to prevent damage and keep your bed hygienic.
• Rotate Regularly: Every few months, rotate the mattress from head to foot. This prevents one side from wearing out too quickly and keeps it in good shape.
• Air It Out: Once a month, take off all the bedding and let the mattress air out for a few hours. This helps reduce moisture and keeps it smelling fresh.
• Vacuum Often: Dust can collect on your mattress over time. Use a vacuum to clean the surface and keep it free from allergens.
• Avoid Jumping on It: While it may be fun, jumping on the bed can damage the mattress springs and reduce its lifespan.

Which Mattress is Right for You?

• For Back Support: If you need strong support for your back, Duroflex and Sleepwell are great options. They offer orthopedic mattresses designed to align your spine and reduce pain.
• For Luxury and Innovation: Want the latest in mattress technology? The Sleep Company and Kurl-on have innovative features like SmartGRID technology and advanced materials for extra comfort. These brands are ideal if you’re looking for a premium sleep experience.
• For Affordable Comfort: On a budget but still want good quality? Wakefit offers comfortable mattresses at affordable prices. They provide great value without compromising on quality.

Final Thoughts

The right mattress is key to a good night’s sleep. Whether you need back support, cooling comfort, or a budget-friendly option, these top 7 mattress brands in India have something for everyone. Choose wisely and enjoy a better sleep every night!

Omaxe Chowk, a new commercial hub in the heart of Chandni Chowk, aims to transform the retail landscape of one of Asia's oldest and busiest shopping destinations. Spread across 4.5 acres with a built-up area exceeding 10 lakh sq. ft., Omaxe Chowk is designed to accommodate the bustling activity typical of this historic market.

Resurgence in Foot Traffic and Sales

This mall has witnessed a remarkable surge in both foot traffic and sales over the past few months. This uptick is the result of carefully crafted strategies aimed at enriching the mall's offerings and creating a more immersive shopping experience. "Our goal has always been to seamlessly blend the heritage charm of Chandni Chowk with the conveniences of modern retail," says Jatin Goel, Executive Director of Omaxe Group. 

One of the mall’s proudest achievements is the successful integration of vintage Chandni Chowk retailers into a more organized retail environment. The introduction of DAWATPUR, India's largest food court, has been a game-changer, drawing food enthusiasts from across the city. Additionally, the multi-level parking facility has addressed a long-standing issue, making the mall more accessible and boosting foot traffic.

Unique Features 

Omaxe Chowk distinguishes itself from other shopping destinations through its unique blend of traditional and modern elements. The mall is meticulously organized into various retail sections, including apparel, jewellery, and food, featuring both legacy brands and contemporary high-street names. "We’ve brought together the best of both worlds—heritage food brands like Tunday Kababi and Qureshi Kabab sit alongside organized players like Haldiram’s and Giani’s in DAWATPUR," Jatin Goel notes. 

This eclectic mix ensures that visitors have a wide variety of options, catering to diverse tastes and preferences. The presence of bridalwear giants like Chhabra 555 and renowned jewellers such as Tanishq and Ratan Chand Jwala Nath further enhances the shopping experience, making it a one-stop destination for shoppers with varied needs.

Advanced Technologies for Enhanced Operations

In line with its commitment to providing an elevated shopping experience, Omaxe Chowk has embraced advanced technologies to improve operations and customer engagement. The mall’s security infrastructure has been significantly bolstered by AI-powered surveillance cameras, ensuring a safe environment for visitors. Additionally, the use of social media for real-time updates and seamless navigation has made the mall more user-friendly. "We are continually exploring innovative ways to engage our visitors and provide them with a seamless experience," says Jatin Goel.

'Foodtainment' to Attract Visitors

To further enhance visitor satisfaction, Omaxe Chowk has introduced several 'foodtainment' concepts, combining food and entertainment in unique ways. DAWATPUR not only offers a rich variety of culinary delights but also hosts events like "Dawatpur ki Kahaniya" and "Delhi 6 Vibes," where cultural narratives and traditional music come alive. These initiatives have successfully drawn more visitors, offering them experiences that go beyond conventional shopping and dining.

Anchor Brands Strengthen Retail Offerings

The recent addition of anchor brands like White Hanger and Odhni has further solidified Omaxe Chowk’s reputation as a premier shopping destination. These brands offer an extensive selection of premium apparel and accessories, attracting a broad spectrum of shoppers.

"Our anchor brands play a crucial role in enhancing the overall shopping experience by offering variety and quality," Jatin Goel emphasizes.

Omaxe Chowk represents a significant development in the retail sector of Chandni Chowk. By combining modern infrastructure with traditional charm, it seeks to elevate the shopping experience and provide a robust platform for businesses to grow.

India’s chocolate revolution is in full swing, and couverture chocolate is at the forefront of this delicious movement. With its high cocoa butter content, rich flavor, and silky smooth texture, couverture chocolate is every dessert lover's dream. Whether you're a professional pastry chef or an enthusiastic home baker, using high-quality couverture can transform ordinary sweets into gourmet creations. From velvety ganaches to flawless chocolate coatings, it’s time to explore the finest couverture chocolates that will make your desserts shine and your taste buds dance! Ready to indulge in the best couverture chocolate brands in India has to offer?

Best Couverture Chocolate Brands in India

Made with sweetness and refinement, here are the best couverture chocolate brands in India. Learn and lead the road of chocolatey desires. 

1. Morde

Morde is a prominent coverture chocolate brand in India. It is a cocoa and chocolate food service brand that was founded in 1983. Its chocolates are made in a fully automated facility in Manchar, Pune. Morde's products are renowned for their excellence and dedication to customer support. Chocolate bars, compounds, chocolate chips, pastes, dips, decorations, and inclusions are among the many chocolate goods made by Indian company Morde.

2. Baker's Chocolate

Kraft Heinz is the owner of Baker's Chocolate, a well-known couverture chocolate brand. It provides a range of bulk chocolates, such as coconut flakes that are white, unsweetened, and sweetened. Its chocolates are sweet, semisweet and bittersweet. Semisweet and sweet baking chocolate have less chocolate liquor than bittersweet baking chocolate, which has at least 35 percent. Baker’s chocolate is frequently used in cooking. For instance, ganache made without sugar would be quite bitter, thus unsweetened baking chocolate shouldn't be used.

3. Callebaut

For more than a century, the Belgian chocolate manufacturer Callebaut is a leading couverture chocolate brands in India, has been producing chocolate. It is believed that its chocolate has flavors of vanilla, caramel sweetness, fruitiness, refreshing acidity, and roasted cocoa. Callebaut has chocolate in a range of shapes and forms, including bags, wrapped blocks, and more. They go well with the broadest range of flavors and components and are well-known for their robust, rich, and well-balanced chocolate flavor. Additionally, every bag you purchase directly supports West African cocoa growers.

4. Barry Callebaut

Barry Callebaut is a renowned couverture chocolate brand in India. It is a Swiss-based company. The company was established in 1996 by the merger of French chocolate manufacturer Cacao Barry and Belgian chocolate manufacturer Callebaut. A whole food sector is served by Barry Callebaut, which includes industrial food producers, chocolatiers, pastry chefs, bakers, lodging facilities, and caterers. It provides a variety of goods, such as WholeFruit chocolate, which is manufactured entirely of cacao fruit, and plant-based and dairy-free chocolate. To maintain the taste and fragrant oils, the couverture chocolate brand roasts the whole cocoa bean, including the husk.

5. Sihi

Sihi Chocolaterie is a well known couverture chocolate brands in Inia. It produces items made from cacao and pure chocolate. The organic cocoa used to make its chocolate is sourced from growers in Kerala and Karnataka. Made with traditional methods, it has no artificial colors, flavors, emulsifiers, preservatives, chemicals, or white sugar. Cacao nibs and 70 percent dark chocolate couverture are among the goods offered by Sihi Chocolaterie.

6. Fabelle

One of the best couverture chocolate brands in India. Its ingredients are sourced from unique cocoa-growing locations around the globe making Fabelle chocolates. A range of expertly created candies that draw inspiration from the elements of nature, including Earth, Air, Fire, Water, and Space. More exotic ingridients like as cocoa from Ghana and the Ivory Coast, are used to make the pralines. Certain chocolates are vegan and gluten-free which are offered by fabelle. 

What are Couverture chocolates?

Professional chocolatiers and pastry chefs utilize a premium chocolate kind called couverture. The French word "couverture" (meaning "covering") describes one method of coating desserts and chocolate bonbons. 

Compared to other chocolate varieties, couverture chocolate typically has a greater amount of cocoa butter—between 32 and 39 percent. This improves the flavor and gives it a creamier, mellower taste with a harder snap when broken.

Uses of Couverture chocolates

With a greater proportion of cocoa butter, couverture chocolate is a premium chocolate that may be used for a variety of industrial and culinary applications. The following are a few typical uses:

• Baking: couverture chocolate has a high percentage of cocoa butter, it may react differently from other chocolates when used in baking.
• Molding: Its fluid nature makes couverture chocolate simple to mold into many forms, including chocolate eggs.
• Coating and dipping: The rich flavor and glossy finish of couverture chocolate make it perfect for coating and dipping. Use it to make truffles, chocolate-covered strawberries, or Christmas bark.
• Decorating: It has a glossy texture, making it a great option for cake and other baked item decoration.

Last Word

Couverture chocolate brands in India, stand as a hallmark of premium quality in the world of desserts and confections. With its rich cocoa butter content and smooth, luxurious texture, it is the go-to choice for professional chefs and home bakers alike. As the chocolate revolution in India gains momentum, the availability of high-quality couverture options ensures that your culinary masterpieces will not only look stunning but also deliver a decadent, unforgettable taste experience. Indulging in couverture chocolate is more than just a treat—it’s an art form that turns every dessert into a work of edible art. 

India's traditional retail sector, long characterized by its reliance on over 15 million Kirana stores, is witnessing a significant transformation. The emergence of digital solutions is reshaping the sector, with eB2B (e-commerce-led Business to Business) platforms driving this change.

According to a recent study by Redseer Strategy Consultants, the B2B kirana market is embracing digital innovation, leading to improved procurement management, enhanced access to formal credit, and better customer service.

The Shift Toward Digital Solutions

The study, titled ‘B2B e-commerce Opportunity in India,’ underscores the remarkable shift from fragmented, traditional trade models to digital platforms. This transition is particularly evident in remote and rural areas, where Kirana stores are increasingly adopting eB2B platforms to streamline their operations.

Anil Kumar, Founder and CEO of Redseer Strategy Consultants, highlighted the profound impact of digital platforms on traditional trade practices: "The Indian B2B kirana market is on the cusp of a remarkable transformation as digital platforms revolutionize traditional trade practices. Our report highlights strong growth driven by digital adoption, with eB2B solutions reshaping supply chains and improving efficiencies. Kirana stores now have unprecedented access to products and financial services, marking a fundamental shift in how businesses operate and thrive in the coming years. The future of this market is promising and poised to redefine retail in India."

Key Growth Drivers

Several key factors are accelerating the growth of eB2B platforms in India:

1. Fragmented Supply Chains: Traditional B2B channels involve multiple intermediaries, leading to delays and increased costs. eB2B platforms streamline these processes by eliminating intermediaries, resulting in faster and more reliable delivery and inventory management.
2. Operational Efficiencies: eB2B platforms enhance demand forecasting, streamline warehousing operations, and integrate vertically with suppliers. These improvements enable Kiranas to better manage inventory and boost profitability.
3. Financial Inclusion: Previously reliant on informal credit, kirana stores now benefit from formal financing options available through eB2B platforms. This access to credit supports product range expansion and better cash flow management.

Leading the eB2B Revolution

The report identifies udaan as a leading force in the eB2B market, with its innovative approach significantly impacting the sector. Vaibhav Gupta, Co-Founder and CEO of udaan, noted, "udaan is transforming the future of eB2B retail by empowering kiranas and small retailers with unmatched access to a wide variety of quality and affordable products, and credit while leveraging technology. Our rapid growth in Bengaluru and Hyderabad is just the beginning. We are committed to revolutionizing the eB2B retail landscape across Bharat, expanding into new clusters, and driving an efficient and profitable growth for millions of small businesses."

Key findings from the study include:

• Market Share in Bengaluru and Hyderabad: udaan has established itself as the preferred partner for kirana stores in these cities, capturing a significant market share. It now serves approximately 80 percent of kirana stores in Bengaluru, with around 15,000 stores transacting daily on the platform.
• Doubling of Buyer Base: udaan has demonstrated exceptional growth, with its buyer base doubling within the year.
• Micro-Market Strategy: The report emphasizes udaan’s Micro-Market Strategy, which has been crucial in increasing buyer penetration and wallet share by 1.2 to 1.4 times in key markets. This strategy includes regional focus, customized offerings, and high customer satisfaction, as reflected in udaan’s strong Net Promoter Scores (NPS) and growing loyalty among Kirana store owners.

A Promising Future for eB2B

The outlook for the eB2B sector remains optimistic. Platforms like udaan are expected to replicate their success across more regions, expanding product categories and adopting private label strategies. As digital B2B solutions continue to evolve, they are projected to capture a larger share of the retail market, challenging traditional retail channels that still dominate India's essential market.

The shift toward eB2B platforms represents a fundamental change in India's retail landscape, offering new opportunities for growth and efficiency in the sector.

India’s home and household sector is on the verge of a transformation, poised to skyrocket to an astounding $237 billion by 2030! Fueled by rising disposable incomes, shifting consumer preferences, and a digital-first mindset, this sector is rapidly becoming a powerhouse in India’s economic story. From smart homes to luxury living, the growing appetite for convenience, comfort, and cutting-edge design is reshaping the way Indians interact with their living spaces. As consumers in Tier II and III cities unleash a tidal wave of demand, the market is witnessing unprecedented growth, opening the floodgates for innovation, premiumization, and tech-driven experiences that are redefining modern Indian homes, as indicated by the Deloitte’s Powering Consumption Growth: India’s Home and Household market report.

Anand Ramanathan, Partner, Consumer Products and Retail Sector Leader, Deloitte India said, “India's home and household market is witnessing a remarkable evolution, where consumers are gravitating towards premium and branded products, with businesses increasingly adopting a consumer-first approach. There is a deeper focus on consumer experiences and design-led product innovation. Social media and advanced technologies enable companies to precisely target and engage their audiences, making the market more dynamic and responsive to changing needs.

Surge of Premiumization and Consumer Durables

The rise in disposable incomes has triggered a massive demand for premium products. In FY23, India’s per capita disposable income grew by 13 percent, reaching $2,500. This increasing wealth is pushing consumers to invest in high-quality, branded home products, from smart appliances to luxury furniture. The consumer durables and appliances sector, accounting for over 45 percent of the home and household market, is expected to grow at a robust 7 percent CAGR, hitting $97 billion by FY30.

This growth is driven largely by large appliances like air conditioners and refrigerators, which contribute 60-65 percent of the sector's revenues. But small appliances, too, are on the rise, with consumers prioritizing convenience and technology in their kitchens and homes. The shift towards "smart homes" is becoming a dominant trend, with consumers upgrading to appliances that are not just energy-efficient but also connected to their phones and smart devices.

Functionality Meets Style

The furniture and furnishings sector is another key player in this lifestyle transformation. With an expected growth rate of over 10 percent CAGR, this market is projected to reach $62 billion by FY30. What’s driving this growth? The demand for multifunctional spaces in a world where hybrid working environments are becoming the norm. Bedroom furniture dominates the market with a 49 percent share, followed by living room essentials like sofas and dining tables.

Despite being largely unorganized, with 80 percent of the sector controlled by local workshops and artisans, premiumization is slowly taking hold. Branded, ready-made furniture is gaining ground, thanks to its appeal to urban consumers who prioritize aesthetics, durability, and convenience. The import of finished products, mainly from countries like China and Germany, is also on the rise, with beds and sofas topping the list of desired items.

The kitchen is no longer just a place for cooking — it's becoming the heart of the home. The kitchenware sector is expected to grow at an impressive 13 percent CAGR, reaching $10 billion by FY30. This transformation is driven by a shift towards organized markets, with 40 percent of the sector already in this category, and the remaining 60 percent still dominated by local, unorganized players catering to rural and price-sensitive consumers.

The cookware segment, which includes non-electrical items, holds the lion's share at 40 percent, followed by serve-ware and storage solutions at 35 percent. The demand for high-end, branded kitchen products is rising, particularly among younger consumers who are not just focused on functionality but also on style and design.

Blending Functionality with Aesthetics

Bathroom and kitchen fittings are another fast-growing sector, expected to grow at a staggering 16 percent CAGR, reaching $39 billion by FY30. The organized segment, which includes international brands offering premium, aesthetic solutions, controls about 55 percent of the market, while the unorganized sector remains strong in rural areas due to its affordability.

Energy-efficient appliances and eco-friendly kitchenware are becoming must-haves in Indian homes. Water-saving bathroom fittings and sustainable kitchen solutions are gaining popularity, driven by an increasingly eco-conscious consumer base. Government policies like the Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY) and Production Linked Incentive (PLI) schemes are further boosting demand, as they promote green technologies and energy-efficient products.

Lighting and Décor

The lighting and décor segment, though smaller, is growing at an 8 percent CAGR and is expected to reach $4 billion by FY30. Decorative lighting, which accounts for 20 percent of the market, is primarily driven by imports from China, while the LED segment dominates the remaining 80 percent. As LED prices continue to drop and the government pushes for more energy-efficient options, this sector will likely see even faster growth.

Décor, on the other hand, is highly influenced by local tastes and traditions, with unbranded items and local artisans shaping the market. Consumers are using décor to express their personal style, making it an essential part of home makeovers and renovations.

Rise of Tier II and III Cities

While India’s major urban centers have long been the focus of the home and household market, Tier II and III cities are now emerging as growth hubs. Rising disposable incomes, evolving consumer preferences, and the increasing reach of e-commerce platforms are driving demand in these cities. Young consumers in these regions are increasingly opting for modern designs, home renovations, and personalized offerings that cater to their tastes.

The rapid expansion of online shopping, combined with the rise of quick commerce platforms, has revolutionized how consumers in these cities shop for home products. More than 50 percent of buyers now consider online platforms when purchasing household goods, and this number is only set to rise.

Reimagining Consumer Experiences

Technology is becoming the ultimate differentiator in the home and household sector. Brands are now using virtual reality (VR), artificial intelligence (AI), and personalized shopping experiences to engage consumers. Smart homes, powered by IoT (Internet of Things), are becoming more common, and consumers are embracing tech-driven innovations that make everyday living more convenient.

For instance, consumers can now use VR to visualize how a new sofa or dining table will look in their living room before making a purchase. Personalized product recommendations powered by AI ensure that consumers find exactly what they’re looking for, whether it’s energy-efficient appliances or luxury décor.

The Green Revolution

Indian consumers are increasingly eco-conscious, with a growing demand for energy-efficient appliances, water-saving bathroom fittings, and sustainable kitchen solutions. Brands that offer environmentally friendly options are winning over consumers who want to reduce their carbon footprint.

Government initiatives like the UJALA scheme, which promotes LED lighting, and the Smart Metering Project (SMP), which encourages energy conservation, are also helping drive this shift. These policies are not only good for the environment but also attractive to consumers who want to save on utility bills while upgrading their homes.

The Way Forward

With the home and household market expected to hit $237 billion by 2030, this sector is one of the fastest-growing in India. Brands that can tap into the premiumization trend, meet the demands of Tier II and III cities, and leverage technology will be well-positioned to succeed.

To stay ahead, businesses must invest in innovation, not just in their products but also in how they engage with consumers. Omnichannel strategies, combining the best of online and offline shopping, are crucial for reaching India’s increasingly digital-savvy population. With the right approach, the home and household sector is set to be one of the most dynamic markets in India’s growth story.

In the fiscal year 2023-2024, Iris Broadway, Gurugram has experienced a substantial increase in both foot traffic and sales performance. Weekends now see an average footfall of between 40,000 to 45,000 visitors, a notable rise from previous years. This growth is largely due to strategic repositioning and the introduction of several new tenants, including major brands such as Reliance Smart, Max Fashion, Croma, and PVR Inox. The mall’s transition from a PRS model to a mixed MG and revenue-sharing model has been pivotal. "By aligning our leasing strategy with current market dynamics, we've cultivated a tenant mix that appeals to a diverse range of customers," says Abhishek Trehan, Executive Director, Trehan Iris. 

Unique Qualities and Customer Experience

Iris Broadway sets itself apart as the premier shopping destination in New Gurugram by offering an extensive blend of retail, entertainment, and dining options. As the only fully leased-out shopping center and food hub in the area, it caters to a catchment of over 3.5 lakh residents. The mall's strategic location, combined with a diverse tenant mix, ensures a vibrant and dynamic customer experience. Regular events, such as Christmas Carnivals and Summer Camps, further enhance visitor engagement and loyalty.

"Our strategic positioning and variety of tenants ensure a unique and enriching experience for every visitor," adds Aman Trehan, Executive Director, Trehan Iris. 

Innovative Foodtainment 

To enrich the visitor experience and drive foot traffic, Iris Broadway has introduced a range of innovative foodtainment concepts. The mall boasts a diverse culinary landscape featuring popular dining options such as Starbucks, Daryaganj, Gola Sizzlers, Social, Studi XO, Haldirams, House of Wok, KFC, McDonald's, WOW Momos, Beer Cafe, and Chaayos. These dining choices not only attract food enthusiasts but also contribute significantly to overall customer satisfaction by providing a variety of options within a vibrant and engaging environment.

"Our aim is to offer an exceptional dining experience that complements our retail and entertainment offerings, the diverse food options enhance the appeal of the mall, making it a must-visit destination for all." notes Abhishek Trehan. "."

Looking Ahead

Iris Broadway continues to innovate and adapt to meet the evolving needs of its visitors. With a focus on maintaining a vibrant tenant mix and offering unique customer experiences, the mall is poised for continued success. "Our goal is to keep evolving and providing exceptional experiences for our visitors, we are committed to staying ahead of the curve and ensuring Iris Broadway remains the top shopping destination in New Gurugram." concludes Aman Trehan. 

The approach and dedication to enhance the customer experience position Iris Broadway as a leader in the retail space, setting new benchmarks for what a modern shopping destination can offer.